Design Code Revision 01 Hawkins\Brown & Studio Egret West EC.PA.C-01 July 2025
We are creating a place the world will watch with wonder, on London’s iconic site of human ingenuity. Through our masterplan, we will reimagine the very fabric of living, working and urban wellbeing for London and future spaces. Attracting the world’s most inventive, imaginative and extraordinary minds. That place is Earls Court.
Nature
Innovation
A celebration of nature and its ability to connect and revive.
A showcase for climate and clean innovation and skills.
Our four place pillars underpin our vision and set the ambitions for the place we want to create.
2
Culture
Neighbourhood
A cultural ecosystem for the future of talent.
An inspiring neighbourhood designed for all stages of life.
Discover Wonder
Foreword After four years of deep consideration and collaboration with stakeholders and local people, The Earls Court Development Company (ECDC) is delighted to present the ambitious future plans for this iconic Site. We formed in 2021 during the lockdown imposed by the first global pandemic in a century, an era which was both disruptive and formative, demanding that we reflect and reassess how we will be living in the future. There could be no more engaging mission for a team specifically assembled to design a place fit for the 22nd century. As a team, ECDC shares a passion for transformational inner-city projects, and collectively have wide-ranging experiences from diverse international projects. Together, we are driven to fulfil the opportunities of this complex strategic site for London and rightfully put Earls Court as a place back on the global map. Our intent from the very beginning, was to take a different approach to community involvement in shaping design. Setting up as a local business and being right next to Site everyday, working closely with both local authorities, the Mayor’s office, local businesses and our neighbours has been fundamental in shaping our plans for the Site, which we believe are more relevant and exciting for it. We have listened and taken huge inspiration from Earls Court’s heritage, as a place that dared — to showcase, to entertain and celebrate the spectacular. A place that was so clearly cherished for being bold and brave, welcoming people from across the globe. Our plans retain that innovative spirit that embraces future thinking — an approach we believe has become more important now than ever before. An approach that continues to drive
us to create a global exemplar of sustainability. We understand our responsibility to deliver much needed homes and employment opportunities for London. Critical to achieving these aims is creating a place with personality, a place that once again becomes a destination with a broad cultural appeal and is fully inclusive to all that come to experience it. The masterplan has been created to prioritise urban wellbeing and includes a network of Exhibition Gardens that will be open and accessible for everyone to enjoy. We’re creating a pedestrian-first environment alive with daytime and evening active uses. This generosity of open space is evident at key arrival points as well as the unique Table Park and Lillie Sidings. Our commitment to create a better piece of city has been evidenced over the last three years as we have welcomed over 500,000 people back onto Site to enjoy a programme of events that nod to the past and point to the future of Earls Court. ECDC began with a mantra ‘to make haste slowly’ and ensure we took the time to both listen and appreciate the world of Earls Court, which helped to establish the early vision to bring the wonder back to Earls Court. Now, after over four years of consideration, we are proud to present our hybrid planning submission to the authorities for determination — a key milestone to enable the future of Earls Court as a place, once again, to discover wonder.
Rob Heasman CEO The Earls Court Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025 Development Company
3
As a panel of built environment experts, our peer review of the Earls Court Design Code aimed to ensure alignment with the National Model Design Code guidance and national best practice. The process has been highly collaborative with recommendations incorporated into this document. We will continue to monitor the delivery of the project and feel confident that this Design Code can become a benchmark for major brownfield developments in the future. Matthew Carmona Professor of Planning and Urban Design at The Bartlett School of Planning, University College London
Vicky Payne Co-author of the National Model Design Code
Revision No.
Date Issued
Description
P01 P02
July 2024 July 2025
Issued for Planning Issued for Planning
4
Contents 1. Introduction [IN]
7
2. Vision [VI]
25
3. Sitewide [SW]
51
Parameter Plans Landscape Built Form
52 100 192
4. West Brompton [WB]
257
Overview Landscape Built Form 5. Warwick Crescent [WC]
258 260 288 311
Overview Landscape Built Form
312 314 340
6. The Table [TT]
371
Overview Landscape Built Form
372 374 412
7. Empress Place [EP] Overview Landscape Built Form 8. Aisgill Gardens [AG]
427 428 430 444 471
Overview Landscape Built Form
472 474 484
9. Lillie Sidings [LS]
499
Overview Landscape Built Form
500 502 530
10. West Kensington [WK] Overview Landscape Built Form
559 560 562 596
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
5
6
1. Introduction [IN]
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
7
Introduction This Design Code, Revision 1 has been prepared by Hawkins\Brown and Studio Egret West to replace the Design Code, Revision 0, dated July 2024. It has been updated to take account of amendments to the Proposed Development and respond to feedback in relation to comments received from the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea (“RBKC”) and London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (“LBHF”). In July 2024, two Hybrid Planning Applications were submitted, one to RBKC (Reference: PP/24/05187) and one to LBHF (Reference: 2024/01942/ COMB) in relation to the redevelopment of land bounded by West Cromwell Road, Warwick Road, Philbeach Gardens, Eardley Crescent, Lillie Road, Old Brompton Road, the West London Railway Line (“WLL”), and 1 Cluny Mews in RBKC (the “RBKC Site”) and North End Road, Beaumont Avenue, West Cromwell Road, the WLL, land comprising the Empress State Building (“ESB”), Aisgill Avenue, the former Gibbs Green School properties fronting Gibbs Green Close, and properties fronting Dieppe Close (the ‘LBHF Site) which straddle the boundary between the two boroughs (together forming “the Site”). The Proposed Development will form the new Earls Court Development. The Hybrid Planning Applications are submitted on behalf of Earls Court Partnership Limited (“ECPL”) (“The Applicant”).
8
The RBKC Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots EC05 and EC06 for which no matters are reserved (“RBKC Detailed Component”), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the RBKC Site, with all matters reserved (“RBKC Outline Component”). The RBKC Detailed Component and RBKC Outline Component together are referred to as the “RBKC Proposed Development”. The LBHF Hybrid Planning Application is formed of detailed development proposals in respect of Development Plots WB03, WB04 and WB05 for which no matters are reserved (“LBHF Detailed Component”), and outline development proposals for the remainder of the Site, with all matters reserved (“LBHF Outline Component”). LBHF Detailed Component and LBHF Outline Component together are referred to as the “LBHF Proposed Development”. Together the RBKC and LBHF Proposed Developments form the Earls Court Development which comprises the redevelopment of the Site. The Earls Court Development will provide residential dwellings, purpose-built student accommodation, assisted living, workspace, culture, community, retail and leisure facilities alongside high quality public realm and open spaces.
The Proposed Development is currently anticipated to be delivered in eight main phases and over an estimated programme of approximately 19 years. The eight main phases encompass the full build out of the Proposed Development. The indicative development programme is based on the assumption that planning permission is secured in 2025. Elements of infrastructure works are expected to commence prior to Q3 2025. Where applicable, separate applications have already been submitted or may be submitted for these works as described in chapter 5 and the Infrastructure Works section of the submitted Environmental Statement. The impacts of these works have been considered as part of the Environmental Impact Assessment (“EIA”) and in and in relevant planning application documents for completeness and robustness. Therefore, for the purpose of the indicative development programme, the Proposed Development works are anticipated to be undertaken over 13 years for the Early Phases (completion targeted for Q2 2037) and 19 years for the All Phases (completion Q2 2043). First residential occupation is likely to be in Q1, 2031.
Depot is complex and whilst an indicative programme has been agreed with London Underground Limited (“LUL”), it is subject to ongoing review, detailed preparation and design, and additional consents. It may change and could delay vacant possession beyond the timescales currently anticipated. Due to the above, the Hybrid Planning Applications consider and assess two different scenarios. These are: 1. All Phases: comprising the entirety of the Proposed Development. This is currently anticipated for completion by 2043. 2. Early Phases: Phases 1-4 (the ‘Early Phases’) are completed, but the Depot remains operational and is delivered to a different programme from that currently anticipated in the All Phases scenario. This report considers each of these scenarios. For further information in relation to phasing and development scenarios, refer to the submitted Planning Statement and Environmental Statement.
No significant delay is anticipated between the phases. However, realising vacant possession of the Lillie Bridge
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
9
Post Planning Application Submission Amendments and Response to Consultation Feedback Since the submission of the Hybrid Planning Applications, consultation has been undertaken with LBHF, RBKC and relevant statutory and non-statutory consultees. As a result of the postsubmission consultation feedback, amendments have been made to the Proposed Development.
The purpose of this Design Code is to incorporate updates, which respond to key points of feedback that have been received. The updates can be summarised as follows: •
Amendments to reflect or clarify updates to Parameter Plans.
These amendments can be summarised as follows:
•
Adjustments to provide clarity on design principles in the context of flexible land uses.
•
Updates to enhance the articulation of built form in response to the townscape and heritage setting from key views.
•
Enhancments to further define how active frontages and the public realm come together.
•
Inclusion of additional and updated codes within the Design Code as outlined below
Additions to ensure ecological corridors are enhanced and landscape respond to local character.
•
Development Specification updates to reflect the above amendments.
Adjustments to clarify the approach to integrated planting and play space.
•
Additions to further clarify the potential Cluny Mews pedestrian and cycle connection, including alternative provisions.
•
Additions of design principles for a potential new square outside West Kensington Station.
•
Amendments to Parameter Plans to reduce height of EC03 by one storey, refine massing of WK02 and other incidental modifications.
•
Minor design updates to Development Plots within the RBKC Detailed Component (Plots EC05 and EC06) and LBHF Detailed Component (Plots WB03, WB04 and WB05).
•
• •
10
LBHF minimum residential unit number increased from 1,600 to 2,000 (proposed to be secured by an appropriately worded planning condition).
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
11
Format of the Application The Hybrid Planning Application includes a large number of documents and drawings including: Control Documents (for approval) The Control Documents are those seeking approval from the local authorities on the character, appearance, quality and quantum of development. These include the Development Specification, the Parameter Plans, and the Design Code. The Design Code has been written to be read in conjunction with these other Control Documents. Supporting Documents (for information) The Supporting Documents are not for approval and include the Design and Access Statement, as well as all supporting statements and technical assessments which form part of the Environmental Impact Assessment. The Design and Access Statement describes how the design has been developed and how it has responded to considerations, public and stakeholder consultation and other inputs to develop the principles for land-use, amount, scale, layout, landscape and an overarching approach to character and appearance.
12
An Illustrative Masterplan (as described within the Design and Access Statement) has been developed to show one way in which the Parameter Plans and Design Code can be interpreted. Detailed Component Documents The Hybrid Planning Application also comprises further applications which are submitted as Detailed Component. Information for these components are not covered as part of this Design Code explicitly, but the Detailed Component conforms with the relevant sitewide design guidance.
HYBRID PLANNING APPLICATION
OUTLINE
DETAIL
For approval (the Control Documents*)
For approval
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION
DESIGN CODE
APPLICATION DRAWINGS
For information
For information
DESIGN AND ACCESS STATEMENT VOL. 1
DESIGN AND ACCESS STATEMENT VOL.2&3
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS
PARAMETER PLANS
*Future RMAs will need to demonstrate compliance with the Control Documents.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
13
NPPF and NMDC
National Planning Policy Framework and National Model Design Code The National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) establishes the requirements and guidance for the assessment and production of design codes. It states that deign codes should respond to local character and design context to produce frameworks for creating highquality places. It also identifies that the production of the codes should be developed following an approach that is consistent with the principles as set out in the National Model Design Code. The National Model Design Code (2021), develops more detailed guidance for the production of design codes. This proposal provides a specific response for the Earls
c
ur
so
at
ntegrated.
gs – functional, healthy
Pu sp blic ace s
Co
Enhanced and optimised
Nat
en em
Safe, social and inclusive
t
Accessible and easy to move around
ov
Re
m
Homes and buildings
Cli
es
e, social and inclusive.
B u il t fo r m
A coherent pattern of development
Functional, healthy and sustainable
er
Attractive and distinctive
ct
Efficient and resilient
Us
and optimised.
I
Enhances the surroundings
ra
Made to last
Mixed and integrated
sible and easy to
C
ext
ity
rent pattern of
Cont
nt
e and distinctive.
an
de
s the surroundings.
es
esp
a
e
Lif
h
stics set out in Part 2
Central to the national policy guidance are the principles identified as the 10 Characteristics of Well Designed Places (National Design Guide). These characteristics define the key topics that should be considered in the production of design codes (where appropriate).
signed p ell-de lac w e A
aracteristics
ces have individual work together to racter. The ten nurture and sustain a They work to positively issues affecting bute towards the or good design set out g Policy Framework.
Court Development in this national policy context. It tailors a response that is most appropriate to the specific characteristics and opportunity, and balances a level of prescriptive control and degree of variety and change over time to deliver design quality over the long-term.
M
ure
m m u nit
y
The ten characteristics of well-designed places, National Model Design Guide
nt and resilient.
The ten characteristics of well-designed places
last.
14 8
An Integrated Approach The Design Code for the Earls Court Development has developed an integrated approach that reconciles the 10 Characteristics into three clearly defined sections: Vision, Landscape, Built form. By distilling the characteristics in to these three central themes, this Design Code is able to succinctly emphasise the overarching vision for the Site as
NMDC ‘10 Characteristics’
a response to the existing context and identity of the place. It then develops specific design guidance for both Landscape and Built form (at both a comprehensive sitewide scale and in response to more local Character Area conditions) to maximise a clarity in the design priorities and usability of the design guidance (whilst still reflecting the full range of policy characteristics).
Earls Court Design Code key sections
Context Overview Identity Public Space Nature
Landscape
Movement Resources
Built form
Lifespan Built form Uses Homes and buildings
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
15
Structure of the Document The Design Code has been organised into the following chapters: •
Introduction (IN) - An introduction to the Hybrid Planning Application, related documents, and a guide to using the Design Code.
•
Vision (VI) - A summary of the vision as described in the Design and Access Statement.
•
Sitewide (SW) – Design codes applicable to all areas of the strategic
16
framework (both Landscape and Built form) to define coherent strategic design guidance and clarity of documentation. •
Character Areas (CA) - Design codes applicable to each specific area of the strategic framework (both Landscape and Built form) to reinforce specific characteristics, constraints and design aspirations of interpretation and control.
Chapter 1
IN
Introduction
Chapter 2
VI
Vision
Chapter 3
SW
Sitewide
Chapter 4
WB
West Brompton
Chapter 5
WC
Warwick Crescent
Chapter 6
TT
The Table
Chapter 7
EP
Empress Place
Chapter 8
AG
Aisgill Gardens
Chapter 9
LS
Lillie Sidings
Chapter 10
WK
West Kensington
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
17
How to Read the Design Code This Design Code is organised in to Sitewide and Character Area scales. This approach enables the document to provide design guidance that will ensure a coherence in strategic principles across the development as well as respond to distinctive design opportunities in response to more local conditions. In order to use the Design Code in developing design responses for particular spaces or buildings within the development, it is therefore necessary to both read the Sitewide chapter and the relevant Character Area chapter (or chapters). Sitewide codes apply to the whole Site and establish the general strategic principles and guidance that is relevant to all spaces, plots and buildings. These define the key principles for the development and provide guidance for both Landscape and Built form topics. These codes should be read first to understand the key principles for the development.
18
Character Area codes then provide further specific guidance for particular spaces or plots in response to the particular character of an area of the Site. This guidance again develops with Landscape and Built form topics and enables more specific and distinctive design guidance. Codes at this level could include topics such as more specific landscape requirements, urban character properties, building typologies and material appearance or composition etc. In addition, Character Area guidance also enables the sitewide principles to be further developed in response to the immediate neighbouring context. For an understanding of guidance for a Plot or an area of public realm, both the Sitewide and relevant Character Area chapter should be read (see diagram on opposite page for Character Area extents). For Plots and areas of public realm on the edge of a Character Area, the neighbouring Character Area should be read for context.
EC21
EC20 WK05
WK03
WK04 WK06 EC19 WK07
WK02 WK01
EC08 WK12 WK08
EC18
EC16
EC17 WK11
WK09
EC15 EC09
EC06
EC04
EC05
EC14
WK10
WK06
EC10 EC03 WB10
EC11
WB04 WB05 WB03
Character Areas Key
EC01
[TT] The Table [EP] Empress Place [WB] West Brompton [WC] Warwick Crescent [AG] Aisgill Gardens [LS] Lillie Sidings [WK] West Kensington Plot name (as defined by Parameter Plans)
EC02
WB09
EC12 EC01
WB08
EC13 EC22
WB02 WB07 WB01
Earls Court Development Character Areas
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
19
DRAFT
How to Use the Design Codes EP.L.4 Cycle of route Codes are formed 6 components that both articulate the The boulevardspecific must provide a central approved guidance requirements asand movement route for cyclists pedestrians. The cycle route could be well as providing additional referencing demarcated. information, rationale and illustrative material to support interpretation. To connect into the sitewide cycle network and promote cyclist and
These components are identified below: pedestrian safety.
1
► refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Access
EP.L.5
Spill-out
2and movement.
Designs should allow for spill-out space in front of active ground floor uses. To allow space for active ground floor uses to spill-out into the street.
► refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Spill-out space.
vard
EP.L.6
3 4
Planting
5
6
Planting and trees must be located on either side of the Empress Place Boulevard. To create a two sided tree-lined street that references local street typologies and extends the character of Empress ReferencePlace.
1
Including Chapter [EP] - Empress Place Section [L] - Landscape Number [5]
2 Title Summarising the key aspect of the code 3
Text with status identified in bold
20
(provides a summary of the 4 Rationale purpose of the principle, identified in italic)
(cross-reference to 5 Cross-reference other sections of the Design Code and Earls Court Development I Design Code I June 2024
301
other documents in the submission)
graphics (a range of forms 6 Supporting of illustrative material and corresponding caption that help interpret the code)
Terminology and Status The Design Code adopts a consistent hierarchy of status throughout that is emphasised in bold letters for each code. This is a critical component of the guidance - identifying the strength of the design guidance, level of commitment and the implications for how designers respond and future RMAs are assessed.
Mandatory
The approach taken is through the use of “must”, “should” and “could” statements. The specific definition of the respective code status is described in the diagram below:
“must”
Principles that are approved requirements for a compliant RMA
“should”
Principles that are strongly encouraged (but also allow for alternative scenarios to be proposed within a RMA submission that meet equivalent objectives)
“could”
Principles that are suggestions or workable options (to be explored, considered and tested through the RMA submission)
Non-Mandatory
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
21
Approach to Design Code The codes have been developed through close engagement with the relevant statutory bodies and technical consultant input to provide an effective basis for future design development. This process has ensured that they most accurately reflect the vision and ambition for the Earls Court Development. The Design Code has considered four key strategic themes. These themes are set out below:
Access and inclusion
Sustainability
The ambition is for exemplary accessibility combined with social and economic inclusion to create a place that everyone, regardless of their age or disability, can enjoy and participate comfortably and independently.
Sustainability is central to the Earls Court Development, with an ambition to create a better piece of city for existing and future communities that are socially, economically and environmentally sustainable.
Specialist access consultants David Bonnet Associates (DBA), have contributed to the Design Code to ensure that the Proposal’s ambitions are captured in the Control Documents. In addition, the Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP) have contributed to the Design Code, ensuring a variety of perspectives are captured.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and Movement. Specific codes can also be found through relevant sections and spaces.
► Refer to Design and Access Statement:
Masterplan (EC.PA.08) and other relevant documents.
22
The Design Code’s approach to sustainability establishes guidance and objectives emerging from the Sustainability Strategy to ensure that the documents remain relevant with changing policy and technology. Striking the balance between flexibility and commitment will foster creativity and innovation to allow the Earls Court Development to meet its ambition.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape /
Sustainability. Specific codes can also be found through relevant sections and spaces.
► Refer to Sustainability Strategy (EC.PA.21), Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12) and other relevant documents.
Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP) workshop
Engagement
Stewardship
Extensive consultation has formed part of the design process. This has included a wide range of engagement with the public, Local Planning Authorities and other statutory bodies.
Long term stewardship will be critical for the delivery and maintenance of Earls Court Development.
The Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP) have reviewed sections of the Design Code, providing detailed feedback to help ensure designs are ‘people-first’. The PRIP focused on the public realm sections of the Sitewide, West Brompton and Aisgill Gardens chapters. In addition to the PRIP, feedback from public consultation events has also been incorporated into the Design Code and Illustrative Masterplan.
► Refer to Statement of Community
Involvement (EC.PA.43) and other relevant documents.
Maintenance of landscape and the public realm will ensure that plants, trees and green spaces thrive and continue to contribute to local biodiversity. The Estate Management Strategy outlines how Earls Court will be a clean, safe and secure environment for all users into the future. In addition to stewardship of the Site, the Control Documents, including the Design Code, establishes objectives and in some cases, processes to ensure that guidance remains relevant in the future.
► Refer to Estate Management Framework (EC.PA.35), Indicative Phasing Strategy (EC.PA.48), Temporary Uses Strategy (EC.PA.49) and other relevant documents.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
23
User Guidance The Control Documents guide different parts of the design, as outlined below. The user guidance diagrams below represent a reference for clarity and are not for approval. This is supported by the Illustrative Masterplan, which is used throughout the Design Code to assist with interpretation of the Design Code. Parameter Plans
WK12
U
WK11 WK10
Public Realm, Development Zones and Maximum Building Lines
Plot Plan
Maximum heights
•
Definition of the public realm and Development Zone boundaries and Limits of Deviation.
•
Break down of the Development Zones into smaller units of development (Plots).
•
•
Definition of Maximum Building Lines (Maximum building footprint).
•
Introduction of public routes through Development Zones and Limits of Deviation for these routes.
Definition of the Maximum Heights for Development - with distinction between horizontal sloped planes - and resulting Maximum Envelope.
•
Definition of areas where balconies can project beyond the Maximum Envelope.
24
Development Specification
Design Code
Design and Access Statement
Quantum of Development
Character, landscape and architectural expression and quality
Illustrative Masterplan
•
Definition of the Maximum Quantum of Development per Development Zone and per Land use.
•
•
•
The Quantum of Development has been informed by an Illustrative Masterplan and for specific areas, it includes the ability to combine uses in more than one way.
Consideration of a number of topics providing further definition and guidance to the detailed design and implementation of landscape and built form.
•
Qualitative controls operate at both a Sitewide and Character Area scale - and range from mandatory requirements to design guidance.
An illustration of one way in which the development could come forward following the Control Documents.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
25
26
2. Vision [VI]
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
27
2.1 A Global Legacy For 150 years Earls Court has been known as a global showcase for innovation, entertainment and excitement. A place known for wonder. A source of entertainment, employment and excitement, the Earls Court Exhibition Centres were alive with activity. It started when a cabbage patch was transformed into the America Fair, a grand exhibition that brought the Wild West to West London. In the following decades the Exhibition Centres welcomed thousands to global exhibitions and fairs, held seminal rock concerts and global events, and twice played host to events for the Olympic Games.
Historical events and activities that were held at the Exhibition Centres
28
Historical events and activities that were held at the Exhibition Centres
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
29
2.2 How the Vision Has Developed The vision has been informed by the requirements of the Planning Policy Framework, alongside a detailed character assessment and growth strategy for the Site, following the approach set out by the Characterisation and Growth LPG (2023) and as demonstrated in Chapter 3 of theDAS. Through early engagement, an understanding of what the Earls Court Site and its history meant to people was established. The days of Buffalo Bill and the Great Wheel at the World Fair Exhibitions, and Pink Floyd at the Exhibition Centres have passed but the legacy and memories of those times live on. Through a series of collaborative workshops with local residents, community organisations and amenity groups, alongside round-tables with arts, cultural and stakeholder groups—hundreds of people have shared their stories, recollections of the past, thoughts of the present and hopes for the future.
30
Masterplanning Workshops – developing a framework Masterplanning Masterplanning Workshops Workshops developing developing framework framework Masterplanning MasterplanningWorkshops Workshops––– –developing developingaaa aframework framework
Photographs from masterplan workshops
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
31
2.2 How the Vision Has Developed The overwhelming feedback was clear — that Earls Court had been a place of excitement, spontaneity and diversity. The myriad of shows and concerts at the Exhibition Centres brought a buzz to the area that is greatly missed. As important were the skills and training opportunities and the economic impact which the Exhibition Centres had on the local area. For younger people, for whom the Exhibition Centres had not been part of their past, the conversations focused on what the Site could become in future. One word came up again and again – wonder.
32
Community listening: Wonder emerges Responses gathered during the February and March 2022 masterplan workshops. Words have been scaled to be indicative of the level of importance given at the events.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
33
2.3 The Vision: To Bring the Wonder Back Reinstating the wonder Earls Court was known for will reflect its rich cultural heritage and the sense of excitement which so many experienced. The vision to bring the wonder back is based on four priorities which emerged through early public consultation during 2021. These set out the ambition and helped shape the emerging masterplan approach.
To bring the wonder back to Earls Court
34
Priority 1
Priority 2
Open up the former Exhibition Centres Site for the first time in 150 years — giving back to local communities.
A showground of world-class ingenuity — celebrating its legacy and history.
Priority 3
Priority 4
Create a better piece of city — a blueprint for future generations.
Addressing the climate emergency — an ambition to go beyond net zero.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
35
2.4 The Four Place Pillars of Earls Court Setting the standard for future urban development, Earls Court will re-emerge as London’s place to discover wonder. During consultation, the question ‘why would you come here’ was repeatedly asked. This led to the evolution of four place pillars which will create the identity for Earls Court. These formed a core part of the consultation material since early 2023 and underpin a unique proposition for the future development.
36
The vision evolved into a masterplan based around four place pillars:
Nature
Innovation
A celebration of nature and its ability to connect and revive
A showcase for climate and clean innovation and skills
Culture
Neighbourhood
A cultural ecosystem for the future of talent
An inspiring neighbourhood designed for all stages of life
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
37
2.4 The Four Place Pillars of Earls Court A celebration of nature’s ability to connect and revive Nature presents untold benefits to the health and wellbeing of ourselves and our planet. Amplifying its presence and fostering better connections with nature is our golden thread - creating diverse and generous spaces to play, meet, relax and for sanctuary, whatever the season.
38
c. 20 acres of public realm and green space for all to enjoy
Over 1,000 new trees will be planted throughout the Site
Connecting biodiversity east-west and north-south for planting and wildlife
c. 2.75 acres of new play space for all ages
Climate resilient planting for all seasons in landscapes and buildings
Reusing water to irrigate, interact and cool
Accessible landscapes to navigate the 8 metre level change
Includes a c. 4.5 acre urban park at the centre
Improved air quality within and around the Site
West C
romw ell R
Bea
oad
End Roa d
umo
nt A ven u
e
No
rth
West Cromwell Road
Mund Stre
k Warwic
et
W ar w
ue
en Av ill
sg
ick L
Cr esc ent
tB
ard ens
a ne
nt ce es Cr
m ro
L on pt
E
W es
W es t
ss Plac
on pt om r B
hG
e an
ey dl ar
nt ce es r C
Road
Empre
ac
k Warwic
Lillie
ick
ilb e
Table Park
e
Ai
W ar w
Road
Ph
Road
Old Brompto
n Road
Place Pillar axonometric: A network of Exhibition Gardens
View of the Cascades linking the Table Park, Empress Place, Aisgill Gardens and Lillie Sidings
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
39
2.4 The Four Place Pillars of Earls Court A showcase for climate and clean innovation and skills A new destination offering the scale, location and connectivity to create a home for a green economy, accelerating opportunities in a smart campus environment that supports start ups, scale ups and multi nationals to collaborate and tackle humanity’s challenges.
40
Co-working space enabling start up and scale up businesses
Up to 2.5 million sq ft of workspace across three locations
Working with partners to equip the next generation with vital skills bringing c. 12,000 jobs
A sustainable development improving air quality and water management on the site
Bespoke lab / office / research and development space, to meet high demand
Zero carbon low cost energy provided by the 5th generation energy sharing network
End Roa d
Bea
umo
nt A ven u
e
No
rth
West Cromwell Road
Mund Stre
k Warwic
et
W ar w
ue
ilb e
Cr esc ent
a ne
nt ce es Cr
m ro
L on pt
E
W es
ss Plac
tB
ard e ns
e an
ey dl ar
nt ce es Cr
Road
Empre
on pt om r B
hG
k Warwic
Lillie
ac
ick L
Table Park
e
Ai
en Av
ick
W es t
s
l gil
W ar w
Road
Ph
Road
Old Brompto
n Road
Place Pillar axonometric: A network of innovation clusters
Section through Empress Place workspace buildings
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
41
2.4 The Four Place Pillars of Earls Court A cultural ecosystem for the future of talent Earls Court is synonymous with the power of culture, creativity and performance with a magnificent heritage of spectacle dating back to the 19th Century. The spirit of delight and discovery is re-emerging as the site once again is proudly stitched back into London’s cultural map.
42
10 acres of outdoor space which can be transformed and used for seasonal events
A carefully curated mix of c. 100 places to eat, drink or shop
A variety of flexible spaces of all sizes to produce, rehearse and create
3 main cultural venues, around which culture and creatives can cluster
Repurposing the existing Train Shed into an immersive food and cultural destination
A new flower amphitheatre at Warwick Square to celebrate the historic entrance from the east
West C
romw ell R
End Roa d
Bea
oad
umo
nt A ven u
e
No
rth
West Cromwell Road
Mund Stre
k Warwic
et
W ar w
ue
ilb e
Cr esc ent
a ne
nt ce es Cr
m ro
L on pt
E
W es
ss Plac
tB
ard ens
e an
ey dl ar
nt ce es Cr
Road
Empre
on pt om r B
hG
k Warwic
Lillie
ac
ick L
Table Park
e
Ai
en Av
ick
W es t
s
l gil
W ar w
Road
Ph
Road
Old Brompto
n Road
Place Pillar axonometric: A cultural ecosystem
View of a flexible music venue within Phase 1
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
43
2.4 The Four Place Pillars of Earls Court An inspiring neighbourhood designed for all stages of life. The future of city living, creating a new urban fabric, a place where people want to visit but also stay and grow, whether to live or work. Reflecting the brilliance of London, Earls Court will be inclusive and accessible, allowing families, communities, businesses and social connections to take root and thrive.
44
c. 4,000 new homes
Targeting 35% affordable homes across all tenures
Homes for sale, for rent, for older people, for students and for post-graduates
Up to 2 childcare facilities
A new Community Hub and 8,000 sq ft of additional community and healthcare facilities
c. 100 retail, dining and leisure spaces
Lively streets with local amenities for residents
An 850m long active boulevard (the length of Regent Street, from Piccadilly Circus to Oxford Circus)
Zero carbon, low cost energy for all homes
West C
romw ell R
End Roa d
oad
No
rth
West Cromwell Road
Mund Stre
k Warwic
et
W ar w
Road
Ph
ilb e
ac
ick L
hG
ard ens
a ne
ue
s
l gil
Table Park
E
W es
Empre
m ro
e an
ey dl ar
nt ce es Cr
Road
Lillie
tB
L on pt
k Warwic
ss Plac
e
Ai
en Av
Road
Old Brompto
n Road
Place Pillar axonometric: An inspiring neighbourhood with a wide variety of housing types and tenures
Lillie Sidings Square will form the heart of the neighbourhood to the north of the development
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
45
2.5 A Commitment to Design Excellence Building on the place pillars, ECDC has set out design principles to guide the development of the first buildings and deliver on a commitment to design excellence. ECDC is focussed on enabling future trends and delivering a positive legacy. The Design Team’s role is to design a solution for the Site which delivers a global exemplar of sustainable development. The ambition is to create a place with personality which is accessible and welcome to all, a blueprint for future generations. This will be ensured by applying these design principles throughout the evolution of the development.
46
A New West Side Story
To celebrate the heritage of a place that has always embraced the opportunity to be different and made a strategic contribution to the future of this great city through innovation and entertainment; creating a new destination which puts Earls Court confidently back on the map and changes perceptions of West London.
Be Good Ancestors
Constantly thinking beyond today, working collaboratively to leave a better piece of city for existing and future communities, delivering the ambition to create the heritage of the future through exemplary design and sustainability.
An Earls Court for Everyone
The opportunity, privilege and responsibility of designing this new neighbourhood, one with people at its heart. A neighbourhood that brings people together, where they feel welcome, safe and included, a sense that this is truly for everyone.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
47
2.6 The Sustainable Development Charter ECDC is committed to delivering an exemplar development at Earls Court, a blueprint for future living, creating a resilient masterplan, considering the future, through sustainability and exceptional design. This means delivering innovative buildings and spaces, enhancing the environment, producing economic benefits for the widest number of people, and creating significant social and economic value for the local area. The development aspires to have a positive sustainable impact not just within the Proposed Development but beyond the boundaries of the Site. The focus on sustainability has run through and informed all aspects of the development proposals and processes. From day-one to in use, across ECDC’s own internal operations to meanwhile uses, and the way in which the team works with all stakeholders – from suppliers and contractors, to tenants, occupiers, partners and neighbours. These are ECDC’s principles for future living: to be people-centric and planet-conscious.
48
The Sustainable Development Charter (SDC), ‘Principles for Future Living’ sets out goals and objectives for three focus areas: social value, economic inclusion and environmental wellbeing. The goals underpin the vision and key priorities. Each goal has a clear set of metrics and targets that will allow measurement of performance and support continuous improvement, all with the aim of driving the best sustainable outcomes for all.
PRINCIPLES FOR
The purpose of the Charter is to: • Show how ECDC intends to build a sustainable Earls Court from meanwhile activities through development and during occupancy. • Provide the basis for the way ECDC will measure and report on progress. • As a result, establish the means to improve performance year-on-year for the good of the Earls Court community. • Provide a mechanism by which those who live, work, and visit Earls Court can assess the extent to which ECDC has delivered.
A Sustainability Charter for Earls Court
FUTURE LIVING 1
The Sustainable Development Charter, ‘Principles for Future Living’
It is not intended to be a ‘fixed‘ statement, but a Charter that will adapt and develop over time to suit the shifting programme of the development, and to better suit the changing needs of the communities and stakeholders.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
49
2.6 The Sustainable Development Charter Social Value The generation of social value is, and will continue to be, a core driver in everything ECDC does. In the context of Earls Court, social value is defined as ‘the importance that people (and society) place on changes to their lives caused by the actions and activities of ECDC.’ The social value created will be measured and reported on a regular basis. This measurement will be governed by the 11 OECD Dimensions of Wellbeing, and the guidelines set out for Social Return on Investment. Economic Inclusion ECDC’s mission is to deliver the very highest standards of economic inclusivity, to involve and benefit the widest number of people and local communities in and around Earls Court who are directly and indirectly affected by the project throughout its lifetime. Economic inclusion will be achieved when the widest range of people benefit from the advantages created by the development. This commitment will apply during design and construction as well as in the longer-term; through postoccupation and operation. Environmental Wellbeing ECDC’s aim is clear – to ensure impacts are climate positive, to respect and live within collective environmental limits, now and for tomorrow. One of the goals is to go beyond net zero carbon: simply put, to remove more carbon emissions from the atmosphere over the lifetime of the development than are emitted during the design, construction and operation of the scheme. To ensure this is verifiable, ECDC will measure progress against independent and internationally recognised environmental assessment methodologies to evidence and validate the outcome. For a first step ECDC has signed up to the UN Race to Zero campaign, aligned with Science Based Targets to guide and validate this ambition. ► For more information on the sustainability strategy refer to Sustainability Strategy (EC.PA.21). ► For more information on sustainability within the Illustrative Masterplan refer to Design and Access Statement Volume 1: Outline Component / Spatial Strategies / Sustainability (EC.PA.08). ► For more information on the socials values of the project refer to Social Value Statement (EC.PA.45). 50
The goals are as follows:
A safe, inclusive and supportive place for everyone
Involving local people
A wonderful place to live, work and visit
Maximise appropriate economic growth in the local area
Provide access to economic opportunities for all
Create an affordable community
Beyond net zero carbon
Water neutral
Celebrating and enhancing our natural environment
Delivering cleaner air
Circular resource use
Healthy living
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
51
52
3. Sitewide [SW]
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
53
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS Sitewide \ Landscape
Parameter Plans In order to guide the interpretation of the Parameter Plans, this chapter sets out a number of detail codes devised to clarify the rationale behind key parameters and principles.
The Design Code should be read in conjunction with the Parameter Plans and the Development Specification as the full suite of Control Documents.
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
Me ws un y
Rev. P01 P02
Wa rw Ro ad
eb ov ir
Ph ilb ea ch
Ga rd en s
Planning Application Boundary
50m
Ro ad
Crescent Eardley
Crescent
eet
Str
eet
ill sg Ai
nd Mu
ill sg Ai
Str
nd Mu
Potential Demolition Of existing buildings, and/or structures
0 @ 1:1250
Eardley
Royal Borough of Kensington & Chelsea Hybrid Planning Application
Partial Demolition Of existing buildings, and/or structures
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A).
d Roa
d Roa
50m
0 @ 1:1250
Full or Partial Demolition Of existing buildings, and/or structures
e n Clos s Gree Gibb
th End
th End
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A).
Full Demolition Of existing buildings, and/or structures
Pe ny we rn
Ro ad Pe ny we rn
Area below ground pertaining to the former Earls Court Station ticket hall and escalator barrel excluded from Planning Applications
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
EARL'S COURT STATION
Nor
Nor
e n Clos s Gree Gibb
Description
Planning Application Boundary
Ga rd en s
nue nt Ave umo Bea
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Ro ad
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
EARL'S COURT STATION
nue nt Ave umo Bea
ick
ell Road
Tr
Ph ilb ea ch
Cromw
Ro ad
A4 / West
Ro ad
ell Road
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
eb ov ir
ick
Description
Nevern Square
Tr
Wa rw
Cromw
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Cl
Me ws un y Cl
Rev. P01 P02
A4 / West
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
Nevern Square
ue en Av
ue en Av
London Borough of Hammersmith & Fulham Hybrid Planning Application
ad n Ro pto om
Project
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK Drawing
Ol
WEST BROMPTON STATION
WEST BROMPTON STATION
27/06/24
TH
ad e Ro rav ag Se
ad Ro
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S5
For Planning
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK
a se el am Ch lh d Fu an d on an gt ith in sm ns er Ke m of m h Ha ug of ro h ug l Bo ro ya Bo Ro on nd Lo
Checked By
d Roa
lie
ad e Ro rav ag Se
Lil
Date
Earls Court Development
ad n Ro pto om
002 - Demolition Plan
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
h End
d Roa
ce s Pla es pr Em
h End
Star Road
Scale @ A1
Drawn By
1 : 1250
d Br
Drawing
001 - Site Location Plan Nort
Nort
Star Road
d Br
Aisgill Avenue
Aisgill Avenue
Project
Ol
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
Lil
ad Ro
lie
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-002
P02
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Description
Me ws
Me ws un y
un y Cl
Nevern Square
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Wa rw
S
- 2m
Ro ad
A4 / West
Cromw
ell Road
V2
- 2m
ick
Development Zone (above Ground Floor)
Maximum Building Line (Ground Floor only)
Ro ad
Crescent
Project
- 2m
+/-
A
2m
m 12
ad e Ro rav ag Se
Purpose of Issue
S2
For Information
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK
004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm
a se el am Ch lh d Fu an d on an gt ith in sm ns er Ke m of m h Ha ug of ro h ug l Bo ro ya Bo Ro on nd Lo
+/-
Status
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
Earls Court Development
ad n Ro pto om
WEST BROMPTON STATION
B1 A
DG
Job Number
d Br
Drawing
2m
C
27/06/24
TH
Ol
+/-
ad e Ro rav ag Se
Checked By
d Roa
a se el am Ch lh d Fu an d on an gt ith in sm ns er Ke m of m h Ha ug of ro h ug l Bo ro ya Bo Ro on nd Lo
ce s Pla es pr Em
d Roa
Date
h End
h End
Star Road
Scale @ A1
Drawn By
1 : 1250
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
Nort
Nort
WEST BROMPTON STATION
m
m
m
B2
003 - Existing Site Levels
+4.7
ad Ro
+/-4
2m
+/-4
Drawing
Eardley
2m
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK
Aisgill Avenue
Aisgill Avenue
ad n Ro pto om
18
2m
d Br
+7.5
lie
10 m
B2 +/-
Ol
+8.5
+3.8
Lil
B1
I +8.75
+4
F
Project
+9.5
+4
G2
+10 +10
+1.5
- 2m
ue en Av
ue en Av
O G1
+8
+5.5
D
E
- 2m
H
+11.9
+4.1
+3.7
+/2m +/-
eet
P
+4.2
+/- 2m
Str
- 2m
Eardley
m
nd Mu
+7.4
ill sg Ai
ill sg Ai
+8
+4.3
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
K
L
2m
N
+5.5
+11.9 +4.1
Star Road
+/-
m
12 m
Crescent
12 m
40
18
+5.5
+11.9
+4
+4
+/- 2m
15 m
+4
+4.2
+4
Ro ad
Ro ad
eb ov ir
11 m
12 m +4m
- 2m
+6 +7
+2.6
Lil
lie
ad Ro
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-004
P02
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
Me ws un y
+48
Planning Application Boundary
Wa rw
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
+40.4
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) Development Zone (above Ground Floor) name
A4 / West
EC07 Plot name (below Ground Floor only)
J
EC08
WK08 EC16 EC15
EC17
0 @ 1:1250
+24.4
Z
+26.9
+16.6
50m
+42.6 +38.1
+21.6 +17.0
+44.2
+21.6 +17.4
+36.5
+54.2
+20.6
+28.3
e n Clos s Gree Gibb
+24.0 +17.0
+17.1
K
+61.5
WB06
I
+98.3
WB09
Aisgill Avenue
+24.9
+58.3
+12.5
+35.6
+14.5
005 - Proposed Plot Plan
27/06/24
Drawn By
For Planning
+49.1
B1
+26.4 +44.3
+32.1
Lil
Drawing No.
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-005
P02
lie
ad Ro
006 - Proposed Maximum Heights
ad e Ro rav ag Se
Purpose of Issue
S5
C
+48.0
+18.6
Checked By
Status
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
+60.0
+61.6
+41.0
DG
Job Number
+66.4
+18.7 +9.6 +26.0 +28.3 +21.3 +19.2 +7.7 +30.5 +22.3 +21.3 +38.1 +29.6 +26.0 +41.1
A
Ol
d Br
ad n Ro pto om
+35.8
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK Drawing
WEST BROMPTON STATION
a se el am Ch lh d Fu an d on an gt ith in sm ns er Ke m of m h Ha ug of ro h ug l Bo ro ya Bo Ro on nd Lo
Date
TH
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
d Roa
Scale @ A1
+39.9
B2 +69.5
+35.2
+73.6
+56.0
WEST BROMPTON STATION
1 : 1250
Project
+43.0 +47.1
Drawing
a se el am Ch lh d Fu an d on an gt ith in sm ns er Ke m of m h Ha ug of ro h ug l Bo ro ya Bo Ro on nd Lo
ad Ro
ad e Ro rav ag Se
lie
+37.9
+51.7
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK
Star Road
d Roa Lil
ad n Ro pto om
h End
h End
B1
d Br
Nort
Nort
WB07
C
WB01
54
F
3301
WB02
Ol
D +16.2
+31.7
+51.7
EC22
A
+35.0
+27.7
+12.5
Project
EC01
B2
005 - Proposed Plot Plan
+31.7
I
EC13
EC02
WB08
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
G2 +16.5
H
WB05
50m
+64.5 +67.8
G1
EC12
WB03
Star Road
+48.9
E
+58.1 +28.1
P+11.7
WB04
+19.3
+55.0
+106.4
+35.1
F
WB10
+81.4
N
eet
ue en Av
H
WB12
+49.7
K
L
+35.1
Str
EC11
G2
+87.2
ill sg Ai
ue en Av
G1
nd Mu
EC14
WB11
WB13
+90.7
+16.3
+72.3
+51.1
D
E EC03
EC07
P
0 @ 1:1250
+19.3 +28.8
+44.5
+61.1
+37.2
Aisgill Avenue
eet
ill sg Ai
Str
+13.0 +41.1 +59.0
+67.6
+15.5
EC10
N
WK10 nd Mu
+16.3
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Maximum AODs expressed by a horizontal plane are noted with with blue text on the drawing. Where slopes exist red text descibes the lower edge of the plane. 4. Blue tones are for visual reference only. Heights are defined by annotations. 5. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
+41.7
+37.9 +58.3
+82.1
Eardley
L
+33.8
+26.1
M
+21.5
T +34.6
+26.8
Crescent
EC04
+39.2
+19.5
U +40.7
+20.7
EC05
+21.5
+28.8 +46.0 +26.8
EC09 EC06
+13.6
J
+49.8
+39.0 +39.0
+17.9 +12.9
All heights shown are >0, AOD and in metres
EARL'S COURT STATION
+52.3
WK11
WK09
Maximum Balcony Envelope
+24.90 Maximum AOD on lower edge of plane in metres
+55.1
d Roa
d Roa
M T
Sloped Plane 2 (towards Eardley Crescent)
+24.90 Maximum AOD on horizontal plane in metres
Ga rd en s
+56.6
+28.3
nue nt Ave umo Bea
th End
th End
EC18
U
Ph ilb ea ch
+54.7
+29.2
+24.4
+18.5
Nor
Nor
e n Clos s Gree Gibb
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004, and apply to this plan. 4. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
Sloped Plane 1
Q
+26.6
+50.6 +48.3
W
+61.6 +28.1 +23.2
Pe ny we rn
WK12
Horizontal Plane
+23.0
+85.5
+47.6 +40.0 +33.9
Ro ad
WK01
Ro ad
Z
V1 +57.3 +50.1
+74.5
+53.6
+31.4
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) name Area where pavilions of corresponding Development Zones (G1/G2 or P) are permitted. Pavillions must be sited within adjacent dashdotted line.
Pe ny we rn
Ro ad
WK07
WK02
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Detailed Component
+82.2
Y
Description
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
A
+71.2
+12.5
Detailed Component (above Ground Floor)
EARL'S COURT STATION
X
+55.9
Area of deviation for Public Route through Development Zone
Ga rd en s
+28 Ro ad
+60.9
+11.7
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Planning Application Boundary
ick
S
V2
ell Road
+38.5 +66.0
Public route through Development Zone (location is indicative)
eb ov ir
Ph ilb ea ch
EC19
Tr
Q
W WK05
Cromw
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information. Rev. P01 P02
Ro ad
A
EC01 Plot name
eb ov ir
Ro ad
Tr
ick
+68
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Indicative plot boundary
WK04
Nevern Square
Crescent
Description
+108
+88
R +21.9
Eardley
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
See note 4
+28.0
+25.0
Plot beneath Public Realm
WK03
Purpose of Issue
For Planning
Drawing No.
Cl
Me ws un y Cl
Wa rw
S
V1
X
DG S5
P02
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
Nevern Square
EC20
V2
Checked By
Status
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
Rev
Rev. P01 P02
WK06
27/06/24
Job Number
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-003
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
R
ell Road
Date
Drawn By
TH
004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm
EC21
Cromw
Scale @ A1
1 : 1250
Drawing No.
003 - Existing Site Levels
A4 / West
50m
0 @ 1:1250 - 4m
+4
eet
Area where pavilions of corresponding Development Zones (G1/G2 or P) are permitted. Pavillions must be sited within adjacent dash-dotted line.
T
+7
+1.4
Existing condition at the edge of the site or on railway land. May be subject to works to integrate existing and newly proposed Public Realm.
Pe ny we rn
Tr
Pe ny we rn
- 2m
2m
U
2m
50m
0 @ 1:1250
+7
Extent of potential Public Realm pertaining to the area above existing West London Railway line, the area of land next to West Kensington Station and North End Road, and the Aisgill Avenue MUGA
- 4m
+/-
+2.5
Minimum dimension between Maximum Building Line Zone
M
d Roa
d Roa
+0.8
e n Clos s Gree Gibb
- 2m
th End
th End
+7.2
+4.3
Existing Level in metres Above Ordinance Datum (AOD) Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. Survey is to be confirmed at detailed stages of design.
2m
+6.4
Minimum dimension of Public Realm Minimum distance between existing Empress Place buildings (excluding basement stairwells)
+/-Xm Maximum permitted Limit of Deviation of Development
J
m
+/-
+6
18
- 2m
- 2m
+5
+7
X
A
X
EARL'S COURT STATION
- 2m
+7.5
+5
+6
+4
nue nt Ave umo Bea
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
Minimum extent of Public Realm
Ga rd en s
+/- 2m
Z
Nor
Nor
e n Clos s Gree Gibb
+8.5
Detailed Component (above Ground Floor)
Ph ilb ea ch
+/-
+10
- 2m
Q - 2m
+4.1
Planning Application Boundary
4m
- 2m
16 m
+7.5
+3
+/-
W +/- 2m
18 m
- 2m
- 2m
nue nt Ave umo Bea
19 m
+/- 2m
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
EARL'S COURT STATION
+4
27 m
Tr
eb ov ir
Ro ad
X
Y
Ga rd en s
+4
+3
nue nt Ave umo Bea
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) name Development Zone (below Ground Floor) name (see 'Proposed Site Levels Below Ground Floor Plan' for Below Ground Floor Development Zone extent)
- 2m
+4 +1.2
Y
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
Maximum Balcony Envelope - 2m
Ph ilb ea ch
+6
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
Description
Planning Application Boundary
Maximum Building Line (except balconies where indicated)
- 2m
+3
Str
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
A
O
V1
+3 +3.9 +2.7
+3.7
nd Mu
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information. Rev. P01 P02
Ro ad
+ 2m
- 2m
ick
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone's with the suffix '1' lie within LBHF, those with suffix '2' lie within RBKC. 4. Dimensions of the street widths and offsets from the application boundary shown on this plan are minimum dimensions. 5. Maximum Building Line (Ground Floor) are included when required by key infrastructure in Development Zones C and X in response to Ground Floor constraints. 6. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes
R
ell Road
+4
+4
Purpose of Issue
For Planning
Drawing No.
P02
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
Cl
Wa rw
+2.5
+4
DG S5
Rev
Rev. P01 P02
+0.4
Checked By
Status
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-001
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
Nevern Square
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
27/06/24
Job Number
002 - Demolition Plan
+6
Cromw
Date
Drawn By
TH
Drawing No.
001 - Site Location Plan
A4 / West
Scale @ A1
1 : 1250
006 - Proposed Maximum Heights
Scale @ A1
Date
1 : 1250
27/06/24
Drawn By
Checked By
TH
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S5
For Planning
Drawing No.
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-006
P02
Walk Place
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
The Bioline
Ro ad
Description
Me ws
PCV
*
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
Square & Lane
Development Zone (above Ground Floor)
V1
A4 / West
Ro ad eb ov ir
EARL'S COURT STATION
Z
Pe ny we rn
Ro ad
J
Detailed Component (above Ground Level)
T
*
J
eet
Bus & Vehicle Access Potential Pedestrian and Cycle Access - location and type to be determined through detail design Potential Pedestrian Access - location to be determined through detail design
Indicative Movement Routes
*
Cycle Route undercroft or below Ground Floor Vehicular Route undercroft or below Ground Floor (includes service access) Service Route undercroft or below Ground Floor Vehicular Access to Detailed Components
M U
PC
Bus Route
T
L
*
K
Str
N
eet
D
ill sg
ill sg
E
Ai
Ai
nd Mu
50m
0 @ 1:1250
PC
D
E
P
e n Clos s Gree Gibb
Crescent
N Str
Pedestrian and Cycle Access Pedestrian, Cycle & Vehicle Access
PC BV PC P
*
PCV P
Emergency Vehicular Access Pedestrian Access
P
PC PCV
PCV
Eardley
K
*
Ga rd en s
Z
nue PCV nt Ave umo Bea
P
50m
0 @ 1:1250
L
nd Mu
Ph ilb ea ch
EARL'S COURT STATION
d Roa
d Roa
U
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Development Zone name
A
Q
W
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
th End
th End
M
Description
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
Ro ad
Indicative Locations of Access to Site
X
Y
Nor
Nor
e n Clos s Gree Gibb
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Refer to Develompent Zones and Public Realm for information on the minimum extent of the Public Realm. 4. Further information on Public Realm Typologies can be found in the Design Code (EC.PA.C). 5. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan. 6. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Planning Application Boundary
ick
Development Zone (above Ground Level) (limits of deviation apply, refer to Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm)
Ga rd en s
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
nue nt Ave umo Bea
Wa rw
PC
Area where pavilions of corresponding Development Zones (G1/G2 or P) are permitted. Pavillions must be sited within adjacent dashdotted line.
Tr
Ph ilb ea ch
*
PC
V1
PC
Detailed Component (above Ground Floor)
Q
W
S
V2
ell Road
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) name
A
Existing condition at the edge of the site or on railway land. May be subject to works to integrate existing and newly proposed Public Realm.
X
Y
Cromw
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information. Rev. P01 P02
PCV
PC
Planning Application Boundary
Square & Bioline
*
Nevern Square
Ro ad
Community Green MUGA
Rev. P01 P02
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Additional specific guidance on movement strategies can be found in Design Codes (EC.PA.C) and should be read in parallel with this Parameter Plan 4. Routes includes those on public realm, and within Development Zone Boundaries. 5. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan.
PCV
Pe ny we rn
Lane (Street type 2) Passage (Street type 3)
R
Ro ad
Destination Square Square
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
un y
Crescent (Street type 1)
eb ov ir
ick
S
V2
ell Road
Boulevard
Eardley
Cromw
Routes
The Table Table Park
Tr
Wa rw
A4 / West
Spaces
Crescent
Nevern Square
Cl
Cl
un y
Me ws
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
R
ue en Av
ue en Av
P
G2
G1
P
F
H
G2
G1
F
H PC
*
I
I
Drawing
Date
Checked By
Purpose of Issue
S2
For Information
PC BV
*
Lil
lie
ad e Ro rav ag Se
*
DG Status
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
ad Ro
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK
008 - Proposed Access & Movement
WEST BROMPTON STATION
B1
PC
Job Number
ad n Ro pto om
Drawing
*
P
C
27/06/24
TH
d Br
PCV
a se el am Ch lh d Fu an d on an gt ith in sm ns er Ke m of m h Ha ug of ro h ug l Bo ro ya Bo Ro on nd Lo
Scale @ A1
Drawn By
1 : 1250
Ol
A
B2 EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
d Roa
ad e Ro rav ag Se
ad Ro
Star Road
a se el am Ch lh d Fu an d on an gt ith in sm ns er Ke m of m h Ha ug of ro h ug l Bo ro ya Bo Ro on nd Lo
d Roa
lie
007 - Proposed Public Realm Typologies
WEST BROMPTON STATION
B1
Lil
Project
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK
h End
C
h End
Star Road
ad n Ro pto om
Nort
Nort
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
d Br
Aisgill Avenue
Aisgill Avenue
Project
Ol
A
B2
Scale @ A1
Purpose of Issue
S5
For Planning
Rev
Drawing No.
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-007
P02
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-008
P02
Wa rw
Description
Me ws un y
Nevern Square
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Rev. P01 P02
Wa rw Ro ad
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Cromw
A
Development Zone (below Ground Floor) name Indicative location of break in basement extents. Minimum width = 15m.
+2.7
Area of deviation within which break in basement extent should be located Detailed Component (below Ground Floor)
+6.5
+10
+4
+10.5
+8.5
50m
0 @ 1:1250
+11
Ro ad
e n Clos s Gree Gibb
M +5.8
+0.5
U
T
+10
+9
eb ov ir
+0.5
d Roa
d Roa
T
Crescent
+12.5
N +3.5
eet
D
E
+4
nd Mu
Str
O
+2
ue en Av
ue en Av
+8
P
G2
G1
+9
Project
Aisgill Avenue
+9.5
Ol
A
+8.5
B2
d Br
ad n Ro pto om
Drawn By
Checked By
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S5
For Planning
Lil
lie
ad Ro
010 - Proposed Site Levels Below Ground Floor
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-010
P02
XXXX
V1
WK03
WK04
WK05
Ro ad
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
nue nt Ave umo Bea
Retail / F&B / Flexible Commercial Station interface / Plant (N.B.: All Development Zones also have an allowance for ancillary use as Other Uses) Alternative residential use (Co-living and/or Older Persons Housing) Frontage combining active ground floor uses - combining 'Predominant' and 'Other' uses as defined by the Development Specification
EC15
EC17
50m
0 @ 1:1250
Commercial use
Storage and Distribution use
Leisure use
Educational use Hotel use
Alternative residential use (Co-living and/or Older Persons Housing)
T
Frontage combining active ground floor uses - combining 'Predominant' and 'Other' uses as defined by the Development Specification
EC15
EC17
Eardley
Str
ill sg
ill sg
ue en Av
ue en Av
EC12 EC13
EC02
Aisgill Avenue
EC01
EC22
A
B2
ad n Ro pto om
Earls Court Development
011 - Proposed Land Use Ground Level
EC22
A
C
DG Purpose of Issue
S5
For Planning
Lil
lie
ad Ro
ad n Ro pto om
Scale @ A1
DG Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S5
For Planning
Drawing No.
Rev
P02
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-012
P02
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Description
Me ws un y
R Nevern Square
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Planning Application Boundary
Wa rw
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
Ro ad
Development Zone (below Ground Floor, any permitted use as defined in the Development Specification)
A
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone 'O' is underground. See PL10 4. Development Zone's with the suffix '1' lie within LBHF, those with suffix '2' lie within RBKC 5. This plan summarises information captured in the other Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) and Design Codes (EC.PA.C). The information on this plan does not take precedence over that shown on any of the other Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) or within the Design Codes (EC.PA.C) but combines the key indicative proposals of the development constraints, routes, land use frontages and public realm typologies as an Urban Design summary for clarity. 6. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan. 7. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not captured within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
Cl
Cl
un y
Me ws
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
ell Road
A4 / West
Development Zone (below Ground Floor) name
Cromw
S
V2
ell Road
ick
Ro ad
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information. Rev. P01 P02
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) Minimum Landscape Extent
V1
A
Ro ad eb ov ir Tr
M U
T
0 @ 1:1250
L
K
nd Mu
Str
eet
E
ill sg
E
Ai
F
D
ue en Av
ue en Av
O P
G1
G2
F
H
H F
I
Ol
d Br
ad n Ro pto om
Project
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK Drawing
C WEST BROMPTON STATION
013 - Proposed Land Use Below Ground Floor
C
B1
Drawn By
Checked By
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S5
For Planning
d Br
ad n Ro pto om
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK Drawing
Lil
lie
ad Ro
a se el am Ch lh d Fu an d on an gt ith in sm ns er Ke m of m h Ha ug of ro h ug l Bo ro ya Bo Ro on nd Lo
27/06/24
TH
Ol
014 - Urban Design Plan
ad e Ro rav ag Se
013 - Proposed Land Use Below Ground Floor
Date
A
WEST BROMPTON STATION
d Roa
ad Ro
ad e Ro rav ag Se
lie
a se el am Ch lh d Fu an d on an gt ith in sm ns er Ke m of m h Ha ug of ro h ug l Bo ro ya Bo Ro on nd Lo
d Roa Lil
h End
h End
Star Road
Scale @ A1
1 : 1250
B2 EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
Nort
Nort
Star Road
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
A
B2
Aisgill Avenue
Aisgill Avenue
Project
B1
50m
Eardley
N O
Extent of potential Public Realm pertaining to the area above existing West London Railway line, the area of land next to West Kensington Station and North End Road, and the Aisgill Avenue MUGA
Ro ad
e n Clos s Gree Gibb
Crescent
50m
Key Route
J
N
eet
ill sg Ai
Str
K
Community Green
Indicative Public Route through Development Zone
Z
d Roa
d Roa
0 @ 1:1250
L
nue nt Ave umo Bea
th End
th End
T
Square
EARL'S COURT STATION
Pe ny we rn
Ro ad Pe ny we rn
M
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan. 4. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
Ga rd en s
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
Nor
Nor
e n Clos s Gree Gibb
nd Mu
Ph ilb ea ch
Crescent
Ro ad eb ov ir Tr
Area of deviation within which break in basement extent should be located
Z
U
Destination Public Realm
Q
W
Eardley
nue nt Ave umo Bea
Facade addressing key destination Public Realm
X
Y
Level change within Development Zone (below Ground Floor)
EARL'S COURT STATION
Development Zone name Prominent Corner
Facade addressing key routes and spaces
Area below ground pertaining to the former Earls Court Station ticket hall and escalator barrel excluded from Planning Applications
Indicative location of break in basement extents. Minimum width = 15m.
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) boundary
Ga rd en s
Description
Planning Application Boundary
Detailed Component (above Ground Floor)
Detailed Component (below Ground Floor)
Ph ilb ea ch
Checked By
Job Number
Rev
Rev. P01 P02
W
27/06/24
Drawn By
TH
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-011
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
X
Date
1 : 1250
012 - Proposed Land Use Upper Levels
Nevern Square
ick
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK
Drawing No.
011 - Proposed Land Use Ground Level
Wa rw
Earls Court Development
012 - Proposed Land Use Upper Levels
a se el am Ch lh d Fu an d on an gt ith in sm ns er Ke m of m h Ha ug of ro h ug l Bo ro ya Bo Ro on nd Lo
ad e Ro rav ag Se
ad e Ro rav ag Se
Checked By
Status
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
d Br
Drawing
B1 WB01
Job Number
Ol
WEST BROMPTON STATION
d Roa
a se el am Ch lh d Fu an d on an gt ith in sm ns er Ke m of m h Ha ug of ro h ug l Bo ro ya Bo Ro on nd Lo
d Roa
Date
Drawn By
EC01
B2 WB07
27/06/24
TH
Project
WB08
WB02
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
h End
h End
Star Road
Scale @ A1
1 : 1250
EC13
EC02
WB03
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK
Nort
Nort
B1
ad Ro
d Br
WEST BROMPTON STATION
WB01
lie
Ol
Drawing
WB07
Lil
WB09
Project
WB08
C
EC12
WB05
Aisgill Avenue
WB09
WB02
F WB10
WB04
I
EC11
EC03
G2
G1 H
WB12
WB03
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
EC14
P
WB05
D
E WB11
WB13
EC11
F WB10
WB04
EC10
eet Ai
Ai
nd Mu
EC14
I
EC04
K
N
WK10
D
E EC03
G2
EC05
L WB06
EC10
G1 H
WB12
EC06
WK09
Crescent
EC04
WB11
WB13
P
Y
50m
0 @ 1:1250
EC09
K
N
WK10
Cromw
Retail / F&B / Flexible Commercial Station interface / Plant (N.B.: All Development Zones also have an allowance for ancillary use as Other Uses)
EC16
M U
Health use
Eardley
EC05
L
eet
A4 / West
Indicative Plot boundary within Development Zone Residential use
Community use
EC18
Crescent
EC06
WB06
Star Road
Public route through Development Zone (location is indicative)
WK11
WK09
Str
EC01 Plot Name
Student housing use
EC09
nd Mu
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) name Detailed Component (above Ground Floor)
Cultural use
WK08
WK11
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Development Zone (above Ground Floor)
EC08
J
WK12 e n Clos s Gree Gibb
Description
Borough Boundary (outside site Planning Application Boundaries)
A
EARL'S COURT STATION
Z WK01
Other uses (in addition to predominant uses) within Development Zone (see Development Specification for other use(s)) Development Zone
Ga rd en s
WK07
WK02
Educational use Hotel use
Ph ilb ea ch
EC19
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Plot Predominant Use of Development Zone
X
6. Where multiple uses are permitted by the Development Specification, this flexibility applies to all plots contained within the Development Zone. 7. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
Q
W
WK04
d Roa
d Roa
T
WK03
WK05
Student housing use
th End
th End
U
XXXX
Ro ad
V1
X
Y
Storage and Distribution use Community use
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information. Rev. P01 P02
Planning Application Boundary
ick
S
V2
Residential use Commercial use Cultural use
EC16
M
WK06
Indicative Plot boundary within Development Zone
Nor
Nor
EC18
ell Road
Public route through Development Zone (location is indicative)
Leisure use
WK08
e n Clos s Gree Gibb
Me ws
Detailed Component (above Ground Floor)
Cromw
EC01 Plot Name
EC08
J
un y A4 / West
Health use
WK12
WK01
Wa rw
EC20
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) Development Zone (above Ground Floor) name
EARL'S COURT STATION
Z
EC21
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Planning Application Boundary
Ro ad
nue nt Ave umo Bea
Description
Nevern Square
Borough Boundary (outside site Planning Application Boundaries)
A
7. Where multiple uses are permitted by the Development Specification, different configurations of the ground floor uses of the plots are possible across the Development Zone - consistent with the floorspace capacity defined by the Development Specification and the frontage priority defined by this plan (and corresponding Design Code frontage strategy). 8. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
Ga rd en s
WK07
WK02
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Pe ny we rn
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
Ph ilb ea ch
EC19
eb ov ir
Q
W
Tr
X
Y
Plot Predominant Use of Development Zone Other uses (in addition to predominant uses) within Development Zone (see Development Specification for other use(s)) Development Zone
X
Rev. P01 P02
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan. 4. Other uses as outlined in the Development Specification (EC.PA.A) per Development Zone are permitted at upper levels in place of or in addition to the predominant uses identified on this plan. 5. The diagram below identifies the proposed uses per Development Zone. The permitted uses are described as either Predominant Use(s) or Other Uses as defined by the Development Specification. The types of use annotated by the coloured squares are listed in the key. Different configurations of use are possible consistent with the range of uses and Development Zone floorspace caps as permitted by the Development Specification
R
Ro ad
Ro ad
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
Pe ny we rn
ick
S
V2
For Planning
Drawing No.
P02
Ro ad
WK06
Purpose of Issue
S3
eb ov ir
ell Road
DG Status
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
Tr
Cromw
Checked By
Job Number
Rev
Cl
Me ws un y Cl
Wa rw
EC20
A4 / West
Date
27/06/24
Drawn By
TH
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-009
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
EC21
Scale @ A1
1 : 1250
010 - Proposed Site Levels Below Ground Floor
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan. 4. Ground level uses are at the perceived ground floor. Ground floor levels vary across the site. 5. Other uses as outlined in the Development Specification (EC.PA.A) per Development Zone are permitted in place of or in addition to the predominant uses identified on this plan (including ground floor mixed-uses of Retail / F&B / Flexible Commercial / Culture / Leisure / Community / Social Infrastructure / Storage and Distribution / Ancillary and/or access and ground level floorspace associated with predominant upper level uses as identified on P12). 6. The diagram below identifies the proposed uses per Development Zone. The permitted uses are described as either Predominant Use(s) or Other Uses as defined by the Development Specification. The types of use annotated by the coloured squares are listed in the key. Different configurations of use are possible consistent with the range of uses and Development Zone floorspace caps as permitted by the Development Specification.
Nevern Square
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK
Drawing No.
009 - Proposed Site Levels Ground Floor
R
Earls Court Development
ad n Ro pto om
Drawing
+1.8
27/06/24
TH
d Br
a se el am Ch lh d Fu an d on an gt ith in sm ns er Ke m of m h Ha ug of ro h ug l Bo ro ya Bo Ro on nd Lo
Date
Ol
WEST BROMPTON STATION
ad e Ro rav ag Se
ad e Ro rav ag Se
ad Ro
+2.5
A
d Roa
a se el am Ch lh d Fu an d on an gt ith in sm ns er Ke m of m h Ha ug of ro h ug l Bo ro ya Bo Ro on nd Lo
d Roa lie
Star Road
Scale @ A1
1 : 1250
+3
B2
h End
h End
+4.8
Lil
+1.8
B1 +1.2
C
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
Nort
Nort
+3.7
+4
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK Drawing
WEST BROMPTON STATION
B1
+4
Project
Earls Court Development
009 - Proposed Site Levels Ground Floor
+7.8 +5
C
+7.5
F
+10.5
+8
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
E
+4.8
H
+11.5
+12.5
+12.5
I
F
+4.8
F
H
Aisgill Avenue
+4
Star Road
K
N
eet
ill sg Ai
Str
ill sg Ai
nd Mu
+7.5
+4.8
L
+3.9
Eardley
+12.5 +4
E
+3.9
+4 +2.3
+11.5
50m
0 @ 1:1250
+0.5
+9
K
L
+3.3
Proposed below ground finished floor level (AOD). Additional 1m allowed for excavation Area within Development Zone O for additional excavation for an area 300sqm to a maximum level of +1.6m (AOD).
Z
th End
th End
M
+4
U
+4
+9
+8.5
+X.X Proposed site level in metres Above Ordinance Datum (AOD)
Change of level within Development Zone
+0.5 nue nt Ave umo Bea
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Proposed site levels can deviate +/-1.0m. 4. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan.
Area below ground pertaining to the former Earls Court Station ticket hall and escalator barrel excluded from Planning Applications
Ga rd en s
EARL'S COURT STATION
Nor
Nor
e n Clos s Gree Gibb
+7.5
+8.2
Ph ilb ea ch
Pe ny we rn
+4
J
+0.5
W
X
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
Detailed Component (above Ground Floor)
X
Crescent
+11
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) name
A
X
+0.5
Tr
Ro ad
+4
+0.5
Eardley
+4
Development Zone (above Ground Floor)
Ro ad
Z
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
EARL'S COURT STATION
+7.5
+4 nue nt Ave umo Bea
Y
Planning Application Boundary
Ga rd en s
Pe ny we rn
+4
+4
+4
eb ov ir
Ph ilb ea ch
Tr
Q
W
Ro ad
Development Zone (above Ground Floor)
+2.8
X +4
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
Ro ad
ell Road
+4 +4
Y
Description
Planning Application Boundary
ick
Development Zone (below Ground Floor)
A4 / West
V1
+4
ick
S
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan. 4. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
Cl
Me ws un y Cl
+2.5
V2
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
+6
Rev. P01 P02
ell Road
DG Status
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
Cromw
Checked By
Job Number
008 - Proposed Access & Movement
Nevern Square
A4 / West
27/06/24
Drawn By
TH
Drawing No.
007 - Proposed Public Realm Typologies
R
Date
1 : 1250
Scale @ A1
Date
1 : 1250
27/06/24
Drawn By
Checked By
TH
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S5
For Planning
Drawing No.
Rev
Drawing No.
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-013
P02
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-014
P02
014 - Urban Design Plan
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
55
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines Sitewide \ Landscape
Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm The proposed Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm Parameter Plan sets out the maximum extent of development,
guiding the siting and alignment of built development against a minimum extent of public realm provision.
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
Clu ny
M
ew
s
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone's with the suffix '1' lie within LBHF, those with suffix '2' lie within RBKC. 4. Dimensions of the street widths and offsets from the application boundary shown on this plan are minimum dimensions. 5. Maximum Building Line (Ground Floor) are included when required by key infrastructure in Development Zones C and X in response to Ground Floor constraints. 6. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes
R Nevern Square
W arw
S
- 2m
mwell st Cro A4 / We
Road
- 2m
V2
+ 2m
- 2m
ic k
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information. Rev. P01 P02
Description
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Planning Application Boundary Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
Ro ad
Development Zone (above Ground Floor)
A
O
V1
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) name Development Zone (below Ground Floor) name (see 'Proposed Site Levels Below Ground Floor Plan' for Below Ground Floor Development Zone extent) Maximum Building Line (except balconies where indicated) Maximum Building Line (Ground Floor only)
- 2m
- 2m
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Maximum Balcony Envelope
19 m
W
+/- 2m
Minimum extent of Public Realm
G ar de ns
EARL'S COURT STATION
2m +/- 2m
X
Minimum dimension of Public Realm
A
Minimum distance between existing Empress Place buildings (excluding basement stairwells)
X
Minimum dimension between Maximum Building Line
+/-Xm Maximum permitted Limit of Deviation of Development Zone
+/- 2m
11 m
- 2m
ose
Existing condition at the edge of the site or on railway land. May be subject to works to integrate existing and newly proposed Public Realm. Area where pavilions of corresponding Development Zones (G1/G2 or P) are permitted. Pavillions must be sited within adjacent dash-dotted line.
12 m
Cl een
+/ - 2m
North
s Gr Gibb
- 2m
- 2m
Extent of potential Public Realm pertaining to the area above existing West London Railway line, the area of land next to West Kensington Station and North End Road, and the Aisgill Avenue MUGA
J
m 18
- 2m
Ro ad
Z
ern
- 2m
ue Aven
- 2m
16 m
- 2m
Ph ilb ea ch
- 2m
- 2m
t mon Beau
+/- 2m
18 m
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
Detailed Component (above Ground Floor)
Q
Pe ny w
Y
27 m
Ro ad
X
4m
Tre bo vir
+/-
- 2m
- 4m
Road End
M T
+/
U
- 2m
0 @ 1:1250
50m
- 4m
- 2m
K
L
- 2m
+/
18 m +/
- 2m
+/- 2m
N l gil Ais
t ee Str nd Mu
- 2m
+/
12 m
12 m
m 40
G1
G2
F
H
B1
10 m
B2 +/
I
- 2m
ue en Av
O P
- 2m
-4
m
B2
A
- 2m
Old
d oa nR to mp Bro
2m
WEST BROMPTON STATION
B1
ea ls he am C lh d Fu an d n an gto ith sin sm en er K m of am H gh of ou or gh B ou or B
on nd Lo
e
A
d oa eR rav ag Se
li Lil
ad Ro
al oy R
2m +/-
Road End
C
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK Drawing
+/-
North
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
Project
m
- 2m
-4
m
+/
+/
18
12 m
Aisgill Avenue
+/
ad Star Ro
D
E
- 2m
Eardley Crescent
+/- 2m
15 m
- 2m
+4m
004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm Scale @ A1
Date
1 : 1250
27/06/24
Drawn By
Checked By
TH
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S5
For Planning
Drawing No.
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-004
P02
Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm Parameter Plan This image is for illustration purposes only. Please refer to updated, full scale Parameter Plan drawings.
56
ines and Public Realm
SW.P.1
Minimum public realm extent The minimum extent of the public realm is shown on the Parameter Plan. Development must deliver at least the minimum extent of public realm. To ensure the minimum public realm quantum is delivered within the Planning Application Boundary.
Minimum Public Realm Fixed Development Zone boundary
SW.P.2
Development Zones Development Zones define the area for built development. Development must sit within Development Zones except where otherwise indicated on the Parameter Plan.
A
To respond to existing Site conditions, and constraints and to safeguard the minimum public realm provision across the Site.
A
Development Zone name Development Zone boundary
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
57
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines Sitewide \ Landscape
Fixed Development Zone boundaries Development Zone boundaries are fixed and must not deviate from their shown location, except if they are annotated with a limit of deviation.
A
To respond to Site conditions such as infrastructure and property boundaries, and proposed public realm.
+/- Xm
SW.P.3
+/- Xm
+/- Xm
Flexible Development Zone line Fixed Development Zone line
Flexible Development Zone boundaries Development Zone boundaries annotated with a limit of deviation (+ outward / - inward) are flexible and could shift parallel from the shown location by up to the distance indicated.
A
Shifted Development Zone boundaries must remain within the Planning Application boundaries.
+/- Xm
SW.P.4
+/- Xm
To adapt to potentially unforeseen site conditions. +/- Xm
Flexible Development Zone line Limit of deviation
58
ines and Public Realm
SW.P.5
Public realm minimum widths Minimum dimensions of the Public Realm must be maintained as annotated on the Parameter Plan. This is shown between two Development Zone boundaries in blue.
Xm
A
B
If they are not identified on this Parameter Plan, additional information can be found in this Design Code in the section Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and Movement. To safeguard the movement network, ensuring sufficient space is available to accommodate the movement network.
SW.P.6
Xm
Minimum width of Public Realm Development Zone boundary
Maintaining minimum public realm widths Minimum dimensions of the Public Realm must be maintained as annotated on the Parameter Plan. Where flexible Development Zone boundaries are relocated, the boundaries of adjacent Development Zones must move in parallel to preserve this minimum. If they are not identified on this Parameter Plan, additional information can be found in this Design Code in the section Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and Movement. To safeguard the movement network, ensuring sufficient space is available to accommodate the movement network.
Xm
A
B Xm
Xm
Minimum width of Public Realm Flexible Development Zone boundary Relocated Development Zone boundary
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
59
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines Sitewide \ Landscape
SW.P.7
Maximum Building Line The Maximum Building Line defines the area within which buildings must sit above ground. This is aligned with the Development Zone boundary in most, but not all, cases. When they coincide, the Maximum Building Line is shown within the Development Zone boundary. Built form can be set back from this maximum building line (provided this is consistent with other design guidance regarding building alignment and street character) and this boundary describes the maximum condition within which buildings can be located.
A
Development Zone boundary Maximum Building Line
To define the maximum extent of the built form.
SW.P.8
Areas between Maximum Building Lines Where more than one Maximum Building Line is shown within a Development Zone, this defines the area within which development must sit, and breaks in the massing are required. To safeguard routes through development in relation to existing buildings.
60
Development Zone boundary Maximum Building Line
ines and Public Realm
SW.P.9
Minimum widths of public realm Minimum distances between maximum building lines are shown in orange and must be maintained as annotated on the Parameter Plan.
Xm
To safeguard routes through development in relation to existing buildings.
Development Zone boundary Maximum Building Line Xm
SW.P.10
Minimum width of Public Realm
Maximum Building Line (Ground Floor) The Maximum Building Line (Ground Floor) defines the area within which development must sit at Ground Floor only. This Ground Floor condition only applies to Development Zones C and X in response to Ground Floor constraints. To address specific conditions affecting development at ground level only, such as key infrastructure.
Development Zone line/ Maximum Building Line Maximum Building Line (Ground floor) Internal face of Maximum Building Line (Ground floor)
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
61
W ar w
m
m
d
m
-2
S
ic k SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines Ro Sitewide \ Landscape a +2
-2
- 2m
Flexibility for Pavilion location on Development Ph ilb Q ea Zones G and P ch 4m
rR oa d
+ /-
Tr eb ov i
SW.P.11
G/P
-2 m
G ar de ns
+/-
Development Zones G and P must be located within the area shown on the Parameter Plan. -2
2m
m
8m
J
G/P
11 m
To provide flexibility for the situation of a Pavilion with the landscape design.
12 m
+/ m -2
- 4m
M T
+/
U
m -2
Flexibility for Pavilion location on Development Zones G and P
- 4m
15 m
+/- 2m
Development Zone G/P (Refer to Development Zones and Public Realm Parameter Plan) +/
-2
m
K
L
m
m
G1
G2
F
B1
10
B2 +/ -2
m
+/
-4
m
m
Public realm
-4
m
-2
Aisgill Avenue
+/
B2
Zone of deviation
+ /2m
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
18
m
To assist the reading of the Parameter Plan.
O
- 2m
ue en Av
I
- 2m
m -2 +/
E
m
The location of Development Zone G could result in it straddling P the borough boundary, or sitting entirely within the Royal Borough H of Kensington and Chelsea.
D
C
B1 +/2m
A
62
+/
-2
12 m
ill sg Ai
N Development Zone G and Borough boundary
+/- 2m
SW.P.12
-2
18
m 40
+/
12 m 12 m
+4m
rav ag Se
Tr eb ov i
rR oa d
ines and Public Realm
Existing edge condition
SW.P.13
Areas shown with no colour (white) on the Parameter Plan consist of existing public realm. Design must integrate the existing and proposed public realm.
EARL'S COURT STATION
J Pe ny w
er n
R
To ensure a gentle transition between existing and new public realm. 12 m
Existing edge condition where no development is permitted
m
18 m
Eardley Cr
m -2 +/
K
12 m
12 m
- 2m
+/
-2
m
+/- 2m
E G2
D
- 2m
O
escent
+/- 2m
15 m +4m
F
B1
10 m
B2 +/
-2
m
+/
-
m
Earls 8Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
1
63
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Plot Parameter Plan Sitewide \ Landscape
Proposed Plot Parameter Plan The Proposed Plot Parameter Plan identifies the Development Plots within Development Zones, and the public routes through them.
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
Clu ny
M
ew
s
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
R Nevern Square
EC21
Rev. P01 P02
W arw
EC20
mwell st Cro A4 / We
Road
WK06
S
V2
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Description
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Planning Application Boundary
ic k
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
Ro ad
Development Zone (above Ground Floor)
A
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) name
EC01 Plot name
V1
EC07 Plot name (below Ground Floor only) Plot beneath Public Realm Indicative plot boundary
Y
WK04
W WK05
EC19
Ro ad
Area of deviation for Public Route through Development Zone Detailed Component (above Ground Floor)
EARL'S COURT STATION
North
s Gr Gibb
J
WK12
een
EC08 Ro ad
Z
WK01
ern
ue Aven
Public route through Development Zone (location is indicative)
G ar de ns
WK07
WK02
t mon Beau
Ph ilb ea ch
Pe ny w
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
WK03
Q
Tre bo vir
X
WK08
e Clos
EC18
EC16
Road End
M U
T
EC15
EC17
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004, and apply to this plan. 4. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
0 @ 1:1250
50m
WK11 EC09 EC05
EC04
Eardley Crescent
EC06
WK09
K
L
EC10
N
WK10
WB06
ue en Av
WB11
WB13
G1 H
WB12
I
EC14
EC03
EC07
P
D
E
l gil Ais
t ee Str nd Mu
EC11
G2
F
WB10
WB04
EC12
WB05 WB09
EC13
EC02
Project
WB03 Aisgill Avenue
WB08
North
B2 EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
WB02
WB07
C
B1
EC22
Old
A
d oa nR to mp Bro
Drawing
ea ls he am C lh d Fu an d n an gto ith sin sm en er K m of am H gh of ou or gh B ou or B
e
d oa eR rav ag Se
li Lil
ad Ro
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK
005 - Proposed Plot Plan
on nd Lo
WB01
Earls Court Development
WEST BROMPTON STATION
al oy R
Road End
ad Star Ro
EC01
Scale @ A1
Date
1 : 1250
27/06/24
Drawn By
Checked By
TH
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S5
For Planning
Drawing No.
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-005
P02
Proposed Plot Parameter Plan This image is for illustration purposes only. Please refer to updated, full scale Parameter Plan drawings.
64
SW.P.14
Plots Plots break down Development Zones and are defined through public routes within Development Zones or Plot boundaries. Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
Development Zone boundary Indicative location of public route Indicative location of Plot boundary
SW.P.15
Public routes within Development Zones Where indicated - with a dashed line within a hatched area - a public route within Development Zones must be provided. To create smaller parcels of development and a balanced movement network across the Site.
Indicative public route Zone for public route Proposed public route Indicative public route Zone for public route Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025 Proposed public route
65
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Plot Parameter Plan Sitewide \ Landscape
SW.P.16
Location of public routes within Development Zones Public routes must be located within the hatched zones shown on the Parameter Plan. The locations of public routes shown on the Parameter Plan are indicative. To define a balanced movement network across the Site. Indicative public route Zone for public route Indicative Indicative public route Proposed public public route route Zone for for public public route route Zone Proposed Proposed public public route route
SW.P.17
Additional public routes within Development Zones Additional public routes could be located within the Development Zone, but only when a route has been provided in the indicated location. To define a balanced movement network across the Site. Indicative public route Zone for public route Proposed public public route route Indicative Zone for public route Indicative Proposed public public route route Zone for public route Proposed public route
66
SW.P.18
Plot boundary within Development Zones Plot boundaries occur where indicated with a dotted line. The locations shown on the Parameter Plan are indicative. Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
Development Zone boundary Indicative location of plot boundary
SW.P.19
Plot name Plot names are shown with a four character code comprising of two letters followed by two numbers. For example this could be EC01. These are referenced in relation to Verified Views.
A EC01
EC02
EC03
Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
A EC01
Development Zone name Plot name Development Zone boundary Indicative location of public route Indicative location of Plot boundary
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
67
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Plot Parameter Plan Sitewide \ Landscape
SW.P.20
Plot alignment Plot boundaries along key areas of public realm must keep alignment (see diagram for reference). In the event of one of the Plot boundaries being adjusted following the Limits of Deviation set out by the Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm Parameter Plan, the adjacent Plot boundaries must follow this re-alignment. Where existing building retention is prioritised at Empress Place, adjacent plot alignment must be determined by the existing building frontage. To define clear public realm edges.
68
EC01
EC02
EC03
EC01
EC02
EC03
Plot boundary that must be re-aligned (see control diagram) Re-alignment
Areas where Development Zones must be re-aligned if adjusted following the level of deviation set out in the Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm Parameter Plan.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
69
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Maximum Heights Sitewide \ Landscape
Proposed Maximum Heights The Proposed Maximum Heights Parameter Plan defines the Maximum Envelope within which development is permitted.
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
+108
+28.0
Clu ny
M
ew
s
See note 4
+88
R +21.9
+25.0
Nevern Square
+68
+48
W arw +40.4
mwell st Cro A4 / We
Rev. P01 P02
+28
Ro ad
Horizontal Plane Sloped Plane 1
+82.2
Y
+47.6 +40.0 +33.9
Ph ilb ea ch
+54.7
+29.2
Sloped Plane 2 (towards Eardley Crescent)
Ro ad
Q
+26.6
+50.6 +48.3
W
+53.6
+31.4
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
+23.0
+85.5
Maximum Balcony Envelope
Tre bo vir
+12.5
+74.5
X
+24.90 Maximum AOD on horizontal plane in metres
G ar de ns
+24.90 Maximum AOD on lower edge of plane in metres
+56.6 +55.1 +26.9
+16.6
+42.6 +38.1
+21.6 +17.0
+52.3
+44.2
+21.6 +17.4
+36.5
+28.3
North
s Gr Gibb
J
+49.8
+39.0 +39.0
+17.9 +12.9
+13.6
Ro ad
+24.4
Cl een
+54.2
+20.6
ose
ern
+24.4
Z
+24.0 +17.0
+17.1
Road End
M
+21.5
T +61.5
+40.7 +20.7
+13.0 +41.1
0 @ 1:1250
+37.9 +58.3
+90.7
+28.8
+44.5
+61.1
+37.2 +49.7
K
L +98.3
+81.4
+35.1 +48.9
+106.4
+35.1
+19.3
+55.0
N
t ee Str nd Mu
+16.3
+72.3
+87.2
+51.1
+35.0
l gil Ais
E
+58.1
ue en Av
+28.1
D +16.2
+64.5 +67.8
P+11.7
G1
G2 +16.5
+31.7
+37.9
+51.7 +51.7
I
+27.7 +31.7
F
H
+35.6
+24.9
+58.3
+12.5
+14.5
+12.5
Project
+43.0
+39.9
B2 +69.5
+35.2
+73.6
+66.4 +60.0
+56.0
North
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
+49.1
B1
+48.0 +26.4
+18.6
li Lil
e
ad Ro
d oa eR rav ag Se
+32.1
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK Drawing
WEST BROMPTON STATION
ea ls he am C lh d Fu an d n an gto ith sin sm en er K m of am H gh of ou or gh B ou or B
+41.0
d oa nR to mp Bro
+35.8
on nd Lo
+44.3
A
Old
al oy R
Road End
C
+61.6
+18.7 +9.6 +26.0 +28.3 +21.3 +19.2 +7.7 +30.5 +22.3 +21.3 +38.1 +29.6 +26.0 +41.1
01 33
Aisgill Avenue
+47.1
ad Star Ro
50m
+19.3
+59.0
+82.1 +15.5
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Maximum AODs expressed by a horizontal plane are noted with with blue text on the drawing. Where slopes exist red text descibes the lower edge of the plane. 4. Blue tones are for visual reference only. Heights are defined by annotations. 5. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
+41.7
+67.6
+34.6
+26.8
+16.3
+21.5 +39.2
+19.5
U
+33.8
+26.1
+28.8 +46.0 +26.8
Pe ny w
t mon Beau
ue Aven
Eardley Crescent
+28.3 +18.5
All heights shown are >0, AOD and in metres
EARL'S COURT STATION
+61.6 +28.1 +23.2
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) name Area where pavilions of corresponding Development Zones (G1/G2 or P) are permitted. Pavillions must be sited within adjacent dashdotted line.
+50.1
+71.2
+55.9
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Detailed Component
A
V1 +57.3
+38.5 +66.0
Description
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
+60.9
+11.7
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Planning Application Boundary
ic k
S
V2
Road
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
006 - Proposed Maximum Heights
Scale @ A1
Date
1 : 1250
27/06/24
Drawn By
Checked By
TH
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S5
For Planning
Drawing No.
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-006
P02
Proposed Maximum Heights Parameter Plan This image is for illustration purposes only. Please refer to updated, full scale Parameter Plan drawings.
70
SW.P.21
Maximum heights The Maximum Building Heights are set as a vertical extrusion of the Maximum Building Line, not the Development Zone boundary. Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
Development Zone boundary Maximum Building Line Maximum Building Height (AOD)
SW.P.22
Maximum height defined as by AOD (Above Ordnance Datum) The Maximum Building Heights are set as distances Above Ordnance Datum (AOD), the mean sea level defined by the Ordnance Survey as Ordnance Datum Newlyn. They are NOT set according to the local ground level. Information for the use of the Parameter Plan. Maximum Building Height (AOD) Ground Level Ordnance Datum Newlyn
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
71
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Maximum Heights Sitewide \ Landscape
SW.P.23
Maximum Envelope The Maximum Building Heights define the Maximum Envelope through a series of horizontal and sloped planes. Sloped planes provide flexibility within the parameter to step down massing.
Plan
Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
Iso View
Horizontal plane Sloped plane
SW.P.24
Permanent features in relation to Maximum Envelope Flue/ aerials
Elements such as communications aerials and flues could extend beyond the Maximum Envelope.
Maximum Envelope
To limit the impact on surrounding buildings and townscape.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Permanent features and the maximum envelope
72
rR oa d Tr eb ov i
Interpreting a sloped Maximum Building Envelope Where the Parameter Plan indicates a slope, the slope is established through a straight line connecting the indicated AODs. Maximum Building Heights are expressed with blue and red text on the drawing. Shades of blue are only for illustrative visual reference.
+24.0
EARL'S STA
+12.00m
G ar SW.P.25 de ns
+24.00m
be ac h
+21.6
+13.6
J
Plan
m 00 4. +26.1 2 +
+33.8
+16.3
+21.5
+39.2
+21.5
Information for the use of the M Parameter Plan.
+13. +41.7
► Refer to the following +37.9 codes to understand how the massing should come forward within the slopes.
m
00
2.
+1
+41.1 +19.3
+59.0 Iso View
+37.2
+16.3
+28.8
+44.5
+61.1
+72.3
K
L +98.3
+49.7
+81.4 +19.3
+55.0
N
+48.9
+106.4 +58.1
+35.0
E
D +16.2
+64.5 +67.8
G1
G2 +16.5
+31.7
+31.7
F
H
+27.7
+37.9
+35.6
+51.7 AOD on flat plane +XXm Maximum
+XXm Maximum AOD +51.7 on edge of slope +12.5
Height range +58.3
+24.9 +14.5
Sloped plane 1 +43.0 +47.1 Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025 +39.9
B2
+18.7 +9. +21.3 73 +19.2 +21.3
A
+
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Maximum Heights Sitewide \ Landscape
SW.P.26
Projecting beyond the sloped Maximum Envelope
Where a Maximum Envelope is sloped, the built form must not project beyond the sloped envelope. With exclusions as defined by the code ‘Permanent Features in relation to Maximum Envelope’. To ensure visibility, townscape and microclimate requirements are met.
SW.P.27
Massing articulation within sloped Maximum Envelope
Where a Maximum Envelope is sloped, the built form should predominantly adopt an articulated massing of orthogonal planes. To ensure the composition of the massing of the buildings forms a coherent whole.
74
EARL'S COURT STATION +21.6 +13.6
er n +16.3
+21.5
The built form within the Maximum Envelope of Development Zone B +41.7 could be sloped towards Eardley Crescent.
M
+37.9
1
Stepped massing adjacent +33.8 +26.1 to Eardley Crescent
Pe ny w
SW.P.28
Ro ad
J
+13.0 +41.1 +19.3
+59.0
To address the grain created by existing buildings and mitigate impact +44.5 +61.1 +37.2 of new buildings.
+28.8
+16.3
K
Eardley Crescen t
+72.3 +49.7
+81.4 +19.3
+55.0 +48.9
+35.0
E
+58.1
D +16.2
+64.5 +67.8
G2 +16.5
+27.7
+31.7
+31.7
F
+37.9
+51.7 +51.7
+24.9 Permanent features and the maximum +14.5 envelope
+58.3
+12.5
+35.6
+43.0
Sloped Plane 2
+47.1 +39.9
B2 +69.5
+35.2
+73.6
+60.0
+56.0
C
+61.6 +49.1
B1
+48.0
+35.8
WEST BROMPTON STATION
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
ou or B
on nd Lo
al oy R
+26.4 +44.3
A
Ol
ad Ro n o pt om r dB
01 33
+66.4
+18.7 +9.6 +26.0 +28.3 +21.3 +19.2 +7.7 +30.5 +22.3 +21.3 +38.1 +29.6 +26.0 +41.1
75
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Maximum Heights Sitewide \ Landscape
SW.P.29
Balconies projecting beyond the Maximum Envelope Balconies must not project beyond the Maximum Envelope, except where indicated on the diagram below. Balconies could project beyond the Maximum Parameter Envelope up to 2m Balconies could project beyond the Maximum Parameter Envelope up to 2m, limited to 3.4m below Maximum Parameter Height. To define a clear permissible limit for the oversailing of the public realm.
Control diagram is illustrative, refer to Proposed Maximum Heights Parameter Plan.
76
2m 2m
Maximum Building Line
Maximum Building Line
Maximum Building Line
Maximum Balcony Envelope
The diagrams illustrate the different balcony conditions including within, and beyond, the Maximum Parameter Envelope.
2m
2m
3.4m
Maximum Building Line
Maximum Balcony Envelope
Maximum Building Line
Maximum Balcony Envelope
The diagrams illustrate the specific conditions where balconies project beyond the Maximum Parameter Envelope.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
77
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Maximum Heights Sitewide \ Landscape
SW.P.30
Balcony minimum height from ground over public realm Projecting balconies oversailing public realm should be at a sufficient height measured from the ground to the underside of soffit. To avoid headroom conflict at the ground level and provide privacy to residents.
Balconies above public realm
SW.P.31
Balconies over adopted highway Projecting balconies must not oversail any part of adopted highways. To avoid creating conflicts with passage and use of adopted highways.
Adopted highway Balconies above adopted highways
78
SW.P.32
Ancillary Building Structures subordinate to building lines The grouping and detailing of Ancillary Building Structures should be subordinate to a building’s predominant mass, and not distract from it. To ensure that the public realm is enclosed by the predominant face of buildings and not by Ancillary Building Structures.
Examples of acceptable and unacceptable Ancillary Building Structures
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
79
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Public Realm Typologies Sitewide \ Landscape
Proposed Public Realm Typologies The Proposed Public Realm Typologies Parameter Plan defines the location of public realm typologies across the Site.
Clu ny
M
ew
s
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
R Nevern Square
W arw
mwell st Cro A4 / We
S
V2
Road
ic k
Spaces
Routes
The Table
Boulevard
Table Park
Crescent (Street type 1)
Destination Square
Lane (Street type 2)
Square
Passage (Street type 3)
Community Green
Walk
MUGA
Place
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information. Rev. P01 P02
The Bioline
Ro ad
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Description
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Planning Application Boundary
Square & Bioline
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
Square & Lane
Development Zone (above Ground Floor)
V1
A
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) name Detailed Component (above Ground Floor) Existing condition at the edge of the site or on railway land. May be subject to works to integrate existing and newly proposed Public Realm.
Y
W
Ph ilb ea ch
Area where pavilions of corresponding Development Zones (G1/G2 or P) are permitted. Pavillions must be sited within adjacent dashdotted line.
Ro ad
Q
Tre bo vir
X
G ar de ns
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
EARL'S COURT STATION
Z
North
s Gr Gibb
Cl een
Pe ny w
ern
Ro ad
J ose
Road End
M U
T
0 @ 1:1250
K
L N
E
l gil Ais
eet Str nd Mu
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Refer to Develompent Zones and Public Realm for information on the minimum extent of the Public Realm. 4. Further information on Public Realm Typologies can be found in the Design Code (EC.PA.C). 5. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan. 6. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
50m
Eardley Crescent
t mon Beau
ue Aven
D
ue en Av
P
G1
G2
F
H I
Aisgill Avenue
Project
North
C
A
d oa nR to mp Bro
ea ls he am C lh d Fu an d n an gto ith sin sm en er K m of am H gh of ou or gh B ou or B
on nd Lo
e
d oa eR rav ag Se
li Lil
ad Ro
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK Drawing
WEST BROMPTON STATION
B1
al oy R
Road End
ad Star Ro
B2 EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
Old
007 - Proposed Public Realm Typologies
Scale @ A1
Date
1 : 1250
27/06/24
Drawn By
Checked By
TH
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S2
For Information
Drawing No.
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-007
P02
Proposed Public Realm Typologies Parameter Plan This image is for illustration purposes only. Please refer to updated, full scale Parameter Plan drawings.
80
Pe n
M
Copyright Hawk Architects
Nevern Square
The public realm typologies in the Proposed Public Realm Typologies Plan are defined in the Design Code. M
ew
s
W ar w
Routes
The Table
Boulevard
Table Park
Crescent (Street type 1)
Destination Square
Lane (Street type 2)
Square
Passage (Street type 3)
Community Green
Walk
E
The Bioline
oa Information for Rthe use of theR d Parameter Plan.
The Table
Square
Ro ad
Ph ilb ea ch
Detailed Co
Square & Bioline
Existing con railway land existing and
Area where Developmen Pavillions m dotted line.
EARL'S COURT STATION G ar de ns
ad Ro
A
B2J
Notes: on 1. tAll Parameter Plan mp Design Code (EC. o r (EC.PA.A). d B 2. This plan does no Ol the Detailed Comp EARL'S COUR 3. Refer to Develomp STATION the minimum exte 4. Further informatio the Design Code ( 5. Development Zon in the Parameter P Building Lines and 6. Structures associa the public realm a Specification area WEST BROMPTON Plans. Any structu the principles as s
Pe ny w
er n
Public realm typologies overlap in some locations.
Developmen
rR oa d
Q
W
Developmen
The Bioline
rR oa d
Public realm typology mix
Borough Bo Boundaries
Tr eb ov i
G ar d
ic k
Square & Lane
V1
en s SW.P.34
A
MUGA
Tr eb ov i
Ph ilb ea ch
Community Green
F
S
V2
Planning Ap
Table Park
Nevern Square
Destination Square
W ar w
Issued to ALL For Pla ALL For Pla
Spaces
Square & Lane
G1 and movement.
H
Place
Square & Bioline
► Refer to Sitewide G2 / Landscape / Inclusivity
oad well R Crom West
D
MUGA
ic k
Rev. P01 P02
Ro ad
N
Spaces
Eardley Crescen t
PublicL realm typologies K
SW.P.33
Cl un y
Cl un y
M
ew
s
No implied licen not be used to c of valuation. Do dimensions to b contractor and s responsibility. A relevant British Regulations req omissions to be read in conjunct and other consu
Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
M
C
0 @ 1:1250
T
he am C lh d Fu an d n an to it h ng si sm en er K m of am H gh of ou or gh B ou or B
on nd Lo
U
M
al oy R
and routes.
STATION
B1
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Spaces
J
N
et
d oa eR
l Lil Park Minimum size of Table i
d oa eR rav ag Se
SW.P.35
K N
E
ill sg Ai
ue en Av
Design must achieve the minimum extents of the Table Park as shown on P the Parameter G2Plan. G1
F H To ensure a minimum provision of a
L
Eardley Crescent
L
Eardley Crescen t
Public Realm Typologies Plan (excerpt)
K
D
G1
E G2
D
F
H
I
park in the public realm. Aisgill Avenue
Project
B2
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
th Nor
B2
d Roa End
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
C
ad Ro on t p Public Realm Typologies Planrom(excerpt) dB Ol
B1
A
C Earls Court Development I Design Code I July B1 2025 WEST BROMPTON STATION
Earls Cour A
ECPL and L Earls Court London, UK WE
81 Drawing
007 - Prop Typologies
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Access & Movement Sitewide \ Landscape
Proposed Access & Movement The Proposed Access and Movement Parameter Plan shows the access points between the existing and proposed movement network. Key routes are shown within the Planning Application Boundary.
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
Clu ny
M
ew
s
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Additional specific guidance on movement strategies can be found in Design Codes (EC.PA.C) and should be read in parallel with this Parameter Plan 4. Routes includes those on public realm, and within Development Zone Boundaries. 5. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan.
R PCV
*
mwell st Cro A4 / We
*
Nevern Square
Rev. P01 P02
PCV
*
PC
S
V2
Road
PCV
W arw
PC
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Description
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Planning Application Boundary
ic k
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
Ro ad
Development Zone (above Ground Level) (limits of deviation apply, refer to Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm)
V1
PC
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
A
Development Zone name Detailed Component (above Ground Level)
Indicative Locations of Access to Site
Q
W
Ph ilb ea ch
Tre bo vir
X
Y
Ro ad
PC
G ar de ns
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
EARL'S COURT STATION
*
J
*
North
s Gr Gibb
Cl een
P
Pedestrian, Cycle & Vehicle Access Bus & Vehicle Access
PC
Potential Pedestrian and Cycle Access - location and type to be determined through detail design
Cycle Route undercroft or below Ground Floor
ern Pe ny w
Vehicular Route undercroft or below Ground Floor (includes service access) Service Route undercroft or below Ground Floor Vehicular Access to Detailed Components
Road End
M PC
U
Bus Route
T
0 @ 1:1250
K
L PC
*
N E
l gil Ais
eet Str nd Mu
Potential Pedestrian Access - location to be determined through detail design
Indicative Movement Routes
*
ose
Pedestrian and Cycle Access
PC BV
P
PCV P
Pedestrian Access
PC PCV
Ro ad
Z
ue PCV Aven
Emergency Vehicular Access
P
50m
Eardley Crescent
t mon Beau
P
PCV
*
D
ue en Av
P
G1
G2
F
H PC
*
I
Aisgill Avenue
Project
North
A
B2
d oa nR to mp Bro
P
C
B1
*
WEST BROMPTON STATION
PC BV
*
li Lil
e
ad Ro
d oa eR rav ag Se
*
ea ls he am C lh d Fu an d n an gto ith sin sm en er K m of am H gh of ou or gh B ou or B
on nd Lo
PC
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK Drawing
PCV EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
al oy R
Road End
ad Star Ro
Old
008 - Proposed Access & Movement
Scale @ A1
Date
1 : 1250
27/06/24
Drawn By
Checked By
TH
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S5
For Planning
Drawing No.
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-008
P02
Proposed Access and Movement Parameter Plan This image is for illustration purposes only. Please refer to updated, full scale Parameter Plan drawings.
82
rR oa d
Ph ilb ea ch
Tr eb ov i
SW.P.36
G ar de ns
Location of access EARL'S COURT STATION
Locations of access points into the Site are illustrated with a coloured circle. Their location is indicative only.
PCV
*
J
Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
P PCV
PC
M
U
Pe ny
*
T Access and Movement Parameter Plan (excerpt)
escent
*
The location of movement routes within the Site is indicative only. Information for the use of the Parameter Plan. ill sg Ai
ue en Av
G1
Location of routes within the Site K PC
Eardley Cr
SW.P.37
G2
N
D
E P
F
H PC Access and Movement Parameter Plan (excerpt)
*
I
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
nue
L
Q
W
83
M
C
G1
PCV
*
escent
SW.P.38
ServiceKroutes
PC
E
Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
X
D
Cycle route/undercroft or below Ground Floor
F
SW.P.39
V1
W
Vehicular route/undercroft or below Ground Floor (including service access) Service route/undercroft or below Ground Floor
Access and Movement Parameter Plan (excerpt)
Z
Pedestrian routes
B2
bs Gib
Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape /B1 Inclusivity and movement.
om Br d Ol
A
Pedestrian access routes are not shown within the Planning Application P Boundary. n Close e Gre
C
S
V2
oad
well R Vehicle routes can also accommodate t Crom s e W A4 / servicing routes. Where Service route is shown, only service vehicles are permitted.
G2
PC
Eardley Cr
L
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Access & Movement Sitewide \ Landscape
PCV P PC
*
WEST BROMPTON STATION
U
al oy R gh ou or B
*
Li
Access and Movement Parameter Plan (excerpt)
PC
*
A
t ree St
K m of am H of
84
PC BV
ad Ro e lli
d oa eR rav ag Se
*
gh ou or B
on nd Lo
PC
rR oa d
Tr eb ov i
EARL'S COURT STATION
PCV
*
SW.P.40
Emergency Vehicular Access
P
Pedestrian Access
PC
Pedestrian and Cycle Access
PCV
Pedestrian, Cycle & Vehicle Access
PC BV
Bus & Vehicle Access
PC
Potential Pedestrian and Cycle Access - location and type to be determined through detail design Potential Pedestrian Access - location to be determined through detail design
P
P
Vehicular access to Detailed PCV Components
Indicative Movement Routes Cycle Route undercroft or below Ground Floor
Ro ad
J
*
er n
*
Pe ny w
Vehicular Route undercroft or below Ground Floor (includes service access) Service Route undercroft or below Ground Floor
Where shown on the Parameter Plan, vehicular access to the Detailed Components must be provided. This is shown up to the Detailed Component boundary, routes are not shown within Detailed Component boundaries. Further detail can be found in the Detailed Component of the Planning Application.
Vehicular Access to Detailed Components Bus Route 50m
Eardley Crescen t
0 @ 1:1250
To ensure access to the Detailed Component of the Planning Application.
Cl u
D
SW.P.41
R
Cluny Mews Design should include enhanced and/or focussed consultation with residential neighbours and/or St Cuthbert’s Church.
PCV
*
A
Earls Court Development PC ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites
o Br
PC
P
*
Earls Court London, UK
V2
ad ll Roroute/undercroft or below Ground Floor weCycle m o r st C e W / A4 Vehicular route/undercroft or below Ground Floor
PCV
*
PC
Project
To pursue a connection between St ad Ro on Mews. t Cuthbert’s Lane and Cluny mp d Ol
PCV
S
Drawing
008 - Proposed Access & V1 Movement
(including service access) WEST BROMPTON
Pedestrian, cycle and vehicle access STATION
Access and Movement Parameter Plan (excerpt)
Scale @ A1
gh ou or B
on nd Lo
al oy R
Potential pedestrian and cycle access - Location and type to be determined through detail design
Date
ea ls he C d F an d n an to it h ng si sm en er K m of am H of
gh ou or B
1 : 1250
W
27/06/24
Drawn By Checked By Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
TH
Job Number
DG
Status
Purpose of Issue
Q
85
PC
*
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Site Levels Ground Floor Sitewide \ Landscape
Proposed Site Levels Ground Floor The Proposed Site Levels Ground Floor Parameter Plan indicates proposed Site levels within the public realm.
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
Clu ny
M
ew
s
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
R
+6 Nevern Square
Rev. P01 P02
+2.5
mwell st Cro A4 / We
+4
ic k
S
V2
Road
W arw
V1
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Description
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Ro ad
+2.7
+4
+7.5
+4
Z
enue t Av mon Beau
+4
+4 +11
+4 North
s Gr Gibb
een
+6.5
e Clos
+9
+8.5
Road End
T
+8.2
+7.5
+10.5
+8.5
50m
Eardley Crescent
+9
K
L
+11.5
+4 +12.5
N
t ee Str nd Mu
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Proposed site levels can deviate +/-1.0m. 4. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan. 0 @ 1:1250
+11
+12.5
+X.X Proposed site level in metres Above Ordinance Datum (AOD)
+10
+9
+3.3
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) name Detailed Component (above Ground Floor)
J
M
+4
U
Development Zone (above Ground Floor)
A
+10
+4
+4
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
EARL'S COURT STATION
Pe ny w
+4
Planning Application Boundary
G ar de ns
Ro ad
Ph ilb ea ch
+4
+4
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
ern
Q
W
Ro ad
+2.8
X +4
Tre bo vir
+4
Y
+3.5 l gil Ais
E
+4
D
ue en Av
+4
+8
P
G1
G2
F
H I
+11.5
+12.5
+12.5
+9 +10.5
+8
Project
Aisgill Avenue
+9.5
B2
+8.5
Old
A
d oa nR to mp Bro
North
C
WEST BROMPTON STATION
B1
+4
+3.7 +4.8
li Lil
e
d oa eR rav ag Se
+4
ad Ro
ea ls he am C lh d Fu an d n an gto ith sin sm en er K m of am H gh of ou or gh B ou or B
on nd Lo
al oy R
Road End
ad Star Ro
+5
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK Drawing
+7.8 EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
Earls Court Development
009 - Proposed Site Levels Ground Floor
Scale @ A1
Date
1 : 1250
27/06/24
Drawn By
Checked By
TH
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S5
For Planning
Drawing No.
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-009
P02
Proposed Site Levels Ground Floor Parameter Plan This image is for illustration purposes only. Please refer to updated, full scale Parameter Plan drawings.
86
SW.P.42
Proposed Site levels in the public realm Spot levels indicate Proposed Ground Finished Floor Levels (AOD) of the public realm, within a tolerance of +/1m. Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
A +X
+X Proposed site level
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
87
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Site Levels Below Ground Floor Sitewide \ Landscape
Proposed Site Levels Below Ground Floor The Proposed Site Levels Below Ground Floor Parameter Plan indicates proposed Site levels below Ground Floor, Development Zones at lower ground level and possible areas of basement.
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
Clu ny
M
ew
s
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan. 4. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
Nevern Square
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information. Rev. P01 P02
W arw
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Description
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Planning Application Boundary
ic k
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
Ro ad
Development Zone (below Ground Floor)
mwell st Cro A4 / We
Road
A
Development Zone (below Ground Floor) name Indicative location of break in basement extents. Minimum width = 15m. Area of deviation within which break in basement extent should be located Detailed Component (below Ground Floor)
X
+0.5
Ph ilb ea ch
W
X
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
Area below ground pertaining to the former Earls Court Station ticket hall and escalator barrel excluded from Planning Applications
Tre bo vir
X
+0.5
Ro ad
Development Zone (above Ground Floor)
Y
+0.5
G ar de ns
Change of level within Development Zone Proposed below ground finished floor level (AOD). Additional 1m allowed for excavation
EARL'S COURT STATION
Area within Development Zone O for additional excavation for an area 300sqm to a maximum level of +1.6m (AOD).
+0.5
Ro ad
Z
North
s Gr Gibb
Cl een
Pe ny w
ern
+0.5 ose
M +5.8
Road End
+0.5
U
T
0 @ 1:1250
+0.5
+3.9
+4 +2.3
+3.9
+7.5
+4.8
L
50m
E Eardley Crescent
t mon Beau
ue Aven
K
N O
+2
l gil Ais
t ee Str nd Mu
F
E
ue en Av
+7.5
+4.8 +4.8
H F Project
Aisgill Avenue
+1.8
North
+3
B2
A
Old
+2.5
d oa nR to mp Bro
+1.2 EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK Drawing
C +1.8
WEST BROMPTON STATION
e
d oa eR rav ag Se
li Lil
ad Ro
ea ls he am C lh d Fu an d n an gto ith sin sm en er K m of am H gh of ou or gh B ou or B
on nd Lo
al oy R
Road End
ad Star Ro
B1
010 - Proposed Site Levels Below Ground Floor
Scale @ A1
Date
1 : 1250
27/06/24
Drawn By
Checked By
TH
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S3
For Planning
Drawing No.
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-010
P02
Proposed Site Levels Below Ground Floor Parameter Plan This image is for illustration purposes only. Please refer to updated, full scale Parameter Plan drawings.
88
r
omw est Cr A4 / W
SW.P.43
+0.5
X
Z
ad ell Ro
Indicated level of Lower Ground and possible areas of basement +0.5 In the event of X basement or lower Ground Floor development being provided within a Development Zone,W +X then the spot levels indicated must be interpreted as Finished Floor Level (FFL). A further 1m of slab build up will exist below this level. Below Ground levels are fixed and no limit of deviation is possible. Maximum excavation level
Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
= 1m below FFL +X Proposed site level (Finished floor level/FFL)
lose en C e r bs G Gib
+0.5
SW.P.44
Indicative break in Development Zone below Ground Floor
U
T +0.5
Where indicated, development at below Ground Floor level must provide breaks. This break must leave a distance of at least 15m where indicated with a dashed line, and within the hatched zone.
nd Mu
Breaks in below Ground Floor Development Zones
ill sg Ai
To safeguard environmental conditions, t such ree as water infiltration. St
ue en Av
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
89
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Site Levels Below Ground Floor Sitewide \ Landscape W ar w
ic k
Ro ad
M +5.8
+0.5
Change in level
ar de ns
K
N
Change in level below Ground Floor
O
+2
F
E
M +7.5
+5.8
+0.5
+4.8
T
+4.8 +3.9
+4
H SW.P.46
+7.5
+4.8
L
Information for the use of+3.9 the Parameter Plan.
E
+3.9
A thin black+4 line within a Development Zone indicates a change in the Ph +2.3 ilb Finished Floor Level (FFL), such as ea ch shown in Development Zone K. G
r
SW.P.45
Tr eb ov i
T
+2.3
Development Zone O is located below Ground Floor, and appears only on the N Plans. Below Ground Floor Parameter
+1.8
+2
e nu
B1
F
O
F
B2
E
+7.5
+3
+4.8
+1.2
H
K
L
+3.9
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
+7.5
+4.8
Development Zone O
Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
E
+4.8
C
+1.8 F Development Zone O below Ground Floor
B1 +1.2
90
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
C Li
ad Ro e lli
B2 d oa eR rav ag Se
Aisgill Avenue
+1.8
+
r
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
91
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Land Use Below Ground Floor Sitewide \ Landscape
Proposed Land Use Below Ground Floor The Proposed Land Use Below Ground Floor Parameter Plan indicates land use below Ground Floor.
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
Clu ny
M
ew
s
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
Nevern Square
Rev. P01 P02
W arw
mwell st Cro A4 / We
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Description
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Planning Application Boundary
ic k
Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries)
Ro ad
Development Zone (below Ground Floor, any permitted use as defined in the Development Specification)
Road A
Development Zone (below Ground Floor) name Detailed Component (below Ground Floor) Development Zone (above Ground Floor) boundary
X
Area below ground pertaining to the former Earls Court Station ticket hall and escalator barrel excluded from Planning Applications
Ro ad
Ph ilb ea ch
W
Tre bo vir
Y
Level change within Development Zone (below Ground Floor)
G ar de ns
Indicative location of break in basement extents. Minimum width = 15m.
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
Area of deviation within which break in basement extent should be located
EARL'S COURT STATION
North
s Gr Gibb
Cl een
Pe ny w
ern
Ro ad
Z
ose
M
Road End
U
T
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan. 4. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
0 @ 1:1250
L
50m
Eardley Crescent
t mon Beau
ue Aven
K
N O
l gil Ais
t ee Str nd Mu
F
E
ue en Av
H F
Aisgill Avenue
Project
North
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
B2
Old
A
d oa nR to mp Bro
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK Drawing
C WEST BROMPTON STATION
e
d oa eR rav ag Se
li Lil
ad Ro
ea ls he am C lh d Fu an d n an gto ith sin sm en er K m of am H gh of ou or gh B ou or B
on nd Lo
al oy R
Road End
ad Star Ro
B1
013 - Proposed Land Use Below Ground Floor
Scale @ A1
Date
1 : 1250
27/06/24
Drawn By
Checked By
TH
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S5
For Planning
Drawing No.
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-013
P02
Proposed Land Use Below Ground Floor Parameter Plan This image is for illustration purposes only. Please refer to updated, full scale Parameter Plan drawings.
92
XX
+0.5
PPhh iillbb eeaa cchh
W
TTr reeb boov viir r
X
+0.5
GG aarr ddee nnss
EARL'S EARL'SCOURT COURT STATION STATION
ZZ +0.5
P
lossee CClo reeenn Gre bbssG GGibib
M M +5.8
+0.5
U
T
Development Zone below public realm
SW.P.47
+3.9
Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
+7.5
+4.8
LL
K K
O O
+2
FF
EE
+7.5
+4.8 +4.8
H FF
+1.8
B1 B1
+3
B2 B2
AA
WEST BROMPTON WEST BROMPTON STATION STATION
+1.8
d aoda eRoR aev rgarv aega SeS
a uhg oHf ruog ohf roo uhg l oB uog laB or oay oBr oRy nB R dno dno Lno Lo
oad ad nd RRo hhEEnd rtrt oo NN
Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
B ldld OO
C
C Development Zone below public realm
Quantum of below ground development The Parameter Plan indicates the areas where below Ground Floor development is allowed. However, the maximum extent of below Ground Floor development is smaller than the footprint shown and the quantum of development is controlled by the Development Specification.
+2.5
+1.2 EMPRESS STATE EMPRESS STATE BUILDING BUILDING
ad Ro ad lie Ro Lilillie L
SW.P.48
E
N
Aisgill AisgillAvenue Avenue
Development Zones B1 and B2 include the section highlighted. This sits beneath the public realm, and beneath the indicated location of Development Zone G.
oad Star Road Star R
+2.3
uuee eenn AAvv ililll ssgg AAi i
ett trreee dSSt unnd MMu
+3.9
+4
Eardley Crescent Eard ley Cr escent
+0.5
Ground floor Development Zone (below Ground Floor) Indicative below Ground Floor development
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
93
not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their Ground Floor SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Land Use Below Sitewide \ Landscape responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information. Rev. P01 P02
SW.P.49
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
‘Any permitted use’ When specified as ‘any permitted use’, further information is included in detail in the Development Specification. This document defines the maximum quantum per use per Development Zone.
rR oa d
Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
Description
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Planning Application Boundary Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries) Development Zone (below Ground Floor, any permitted use as defined in the Development Specification)
A
Development Zone (below Ground Floor) name Detailed Component (below Ground Floor) Development Zone (above Ground Floor) boundary Area below ground pertaining to the former Earls Court Station ticket hall and escalator barrel excluded from Planning Applications
Tr eb ov i
Level change within Development Zone (below Ground Floor) Indicative location of break in basement extents. Minimum width = 15m. Area of deviation within which break in basement extent should be located
Pe ny w
er n
Ro ad
EARL'S COURT STATION
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan. 4. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
Eardley Crescen t
0 @ 1:1250
94
50m
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
95
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Land Use Ground Level and Upper Sitewide \ Landscape
Proposed Land Use Ground Level and Upper Levels The Proposed Ground Floor and Upper Levels Land Use Parameter Plans indicate the predominant land use within Development Zone boundaries. Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
Clu ny
M
ew
s
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan. 4. Ground level uses are at the perceived ground floor. Ground floor levels vary across the site. 5. Other uses as outlined in the Development Specification (EC.PA.A) per Development Zone are permitted in place of or in addition to the predominant uses identified on this plan (including ground floor mixed-uses of Retail / F&B / Flexible Commercial / Culture / Leisure / Community / Social Infrastructure / Storage and Distribution / Ancillary and/or access and ground level floorspace associated with predominant upper level uses as identified on P12). 6. The diagram below identifies the proposed uses per Development Zone. The permitted uses are described as either Predominant Use(s) or Other Uses as defined by the Development Specification. The types of use annotated by the coloured squares are listed in the key. Different configurations of use are possible consistent with the range of uses and Development Zone floorspace caps as permitted by the Development Specification.
R Nevern Square
EC21
W arw
EC20
t Cromw A4 / Wes
d ell Roa
WK06
ic k
S
V2
Ro ad
XXXX
Y
WK03
WK04
EC19
WK05
Development Zone (above Ground Floor)
A
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) name Detailed Component (above Ground Floor)
EC01 Plot Name Public route through Development Zone (location is indicative) Indicative Plot boundary within Development Zone Residential use Commercial use Cultural use Storage and Distribution use Community use Student housing use Leisure use Health use
EC08
J
Educational use Hotel use
Ro ad
WK12
North
s Gibb
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Borough Boundary (outside site Planning Application Boundaries)
EARL'S COURT STATION
Z WK01
Description
Planning Application Boundary
Retail / F&B / Flexible Commercial
ern
enue nt Av mo Beau
G ard en s
WK07
WK02
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
WK08
se n Clo Gree
Station interface / Plant (N.B.: All Development Zones also have an allowance for ancillary use as Other Uses)
Pe ny w
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
Ro ad
Q
W
Ph ilb ea ch
Rev. P01 P02
7. Where multiple uses are permitted by the Development Specification, different configurations of the ground floor uses of the plots are possible across the Development Zone - consistent with the floorspace capacity defined by the Development Specification and the frontage priority defined by this plan (and corresponding Design Code frontage strategy). 8. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
Tre bo vir
X
Plot Predominant Use of Development Zone Other uses (in addition to predominant uses) within Development Zone (see Development Specification for other use(s)) Development Zone
X
V1
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
EC18
Road End
M U
T
Alternative residential use (Co-living and/or Older Persons Housing)
EC16
Frontage combining active ground floor uses - combining 'Predominant' and 'Other' uses as defined by the Development Specification
EC15
EC17
50m
0 @ 1:1250
WK11 EC09 EC05
EC04
L
Crescent
EC06
WK09
Eardley
K
WB06
EC10
N
WK10
D
E
l gil Ais
t tree dS Mun
ue en Av
EC14 WB11
WB13
P
G1
F
H
WB12
WB10
WB04
I
EC11
EC03
G2
EC12
WB05
EC13
EC02
WB09
Project
WB03 Aisgill Avenue
EC22
WB02
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
oad nR to mp Bro
011 - Proposed Land Use Ground Level
WEST BROMPTON STATION
ea ls he am C lh d Fu an d n an gto ith sin m en ers K m of am h H ug of h oro B ug oro
on nd Lo
al oy R
Road End
B1
gr Sea d oa eR av
Li
B
WB01
d Roa llie
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK Drawing
WB07
C
Old
A
B2
North
d Star Roa
EC01
WB08
Scale @ A1
Date
1 : 1250
27/06/24
Drawn By
Checked By
TH
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S5
For Planning
Drawing No.
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-011
P02
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
Clu ny
M
ew
s
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan. 4. Other uses as outlined in the Development Specification (EC.PA.A) per Development Zone are permitted at upper levels in place of or in addition to the predominant uses identified on this plan. 5. The diagram below identifies the proposed uses per Development Zone. The permitted uses are described as either Predominant Use(s) or Other Uses as defined by the Development Specification. The types of use annotated by the coloured squares are listed in the key. Different configurations of use are possible consistent with the range of uses and Development Zone floorspace caps as permitted by the Development Specification
R Nevern Square
EC21
W arw
EC20
t Cromw A4 / Wes
d ell Roa
WK06
XXXX
Ro ad
WK03
WK04
EC19
Indicative Plot boundary within Development Zone Residential use Commercial use Cultural use Storage and Distribution use Community use Student housing use Leisure use Health use Educational use
EC08
Hotel use Retail / F&B / Flexible Commercial
Ro ad
J
Station interface / Plant (N.B.: All Development Zones also have an allowance for ancillary use as Other Uses)
ern
WK12
North
s Gibb
Public route through Development Zone (location is indicative)
EARL'S COURT STATION
Z WK01
WK08
se n Clo Gree
Alternative residential use (Co-living and/or Older Persons Housing)
EC18
EC16
Road End
M U
Development Zone (above Ground Floor) name Detailed Component (above Ground Floor)
Pe ny w
enue nt Av mo Beau
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Development Zone (above Ground Floor)
A
G ard en s
WK07
WK02
Description
EC01 Plot Name
Ro ad
Q
W WK05
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
Other uses (in addition to predominant uses) within Development Zone (see Development Specification for other use(s)) Development Zone
6. Where multiple uses are permitted by the Development Specification, this flexibility applies to all plots contained within the Development Zone. 7. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not specified within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
Ph ilb ea ch
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Borough Boundary (outside site Planning Application Boundaries)
Tre bo vir
Y
Plot Predominant Use of Development Zone
X
V1
X
Rev. P01 P02
Planning Application Boundary
ic k
S
V2
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information.
T
Frontage combining active ground floor uses - combining 'Predominant' and 'Other' uses as defined by the Development Specification
EC15
EC17
0 @ 1:1250
50m
WK11 EC09 EC05
EC04
L
Crescent
EC06
WK09
Eardley
K
WB06
D
E
l gil Ais
t tree dS Mun
EC10
N
WK10
ue en Av
EC14 WB11
WB13
P
G1
I
EC11
EC03
G2
H
WB12
F WB10
WB04
EC12
WB05
EC13
EC02
WB09
Project
WB03 Aisgill Avenue
North
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
WB02
oad nR to mp Bro
WEST BROMPTON STATION
B1
B
d oa eR av
d Roa
gr Sea
e Lilli
ea ls he am C lh d Fu an d n an gto ith sin m en ers K m of am h H ug of h oro B ug oro
on nd Lo
WB01
96
Old
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK Drawing
WB07
C
EC22
A
B2
al oy R
Road End
d Star Roa
EC01
WB08
012 - Proposed Land Use Upper Levels
Scale @ A1
Date
1 : 1250
27/06/24
Drawn By
Checked By
TH
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S5
For Planning
Drawing No.
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-012
P02
Proposed Lane Use Ground Floor (top) and Upper Levels (bottom) Parameter Plans These images are for illustration purposes only. Please refer to updated, full scale Parameter Plan drawings.
pper Levels
SW.P.50
Predominant Use(s) and Other Uses Areas of coloured fill on the top line of the Parameter Plan call out identify the envisaged predominant uses of the Development Zone.
X
Predominant use Other uses (in addition to predominant uses)
Areas of coloured fill on the bottom line identify the envisaged other uses to be considered in additional to predominant uses. Information for the use of the Parameter Plan
► Refer to Development Specification (EC.PA.A) with specific reference to the terminology as defined by Section 4.
SW.P.51
Other permitted uses along frontages at Ground Floor Where indicated with a single thick line, active uses must be prioritised at ground level drawn from the range of uses and floorspace capacity permitted by the Development Specification for this Development Zone. An “active frontage” refers to buildings that have ground (and sometimes upper) floors with windows and doors facing onto the street, creating interest and activity. Related uses might include shops, cafés, community and cultural uses, commercial premises or services but can also include residential uses and providing access to upper levels. Where the frontage is not highlighted with a single thick line, these areas are envisaged to be less active and/or areas that provide ancillary space / access for upper levels.
A
Frontages prioritising active ground floor uses - combining ‘Predominant’ and ‘Other’ uses as defined by the Development Specification
To animate the public realm and reinforce the character of the place.
► Refer to Development Specification (EC.PA.A). Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
97
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Proposed Land Use Ground Level and Upper Sitewide \ Landscape
SW.P.52
Cultural uses Where indicated within the list of ‘Other Uses’ in Development Zones B1, B2, K and T, Culture use must be provided. This may be in combination with other uses.
X Cultural use
To ensure alignment with the Cultural Strategy.
► Refer to Development Specification (EC.PA.A).
SW.P.53
Flexibility for residential predominant uses Residential uses could also incorporate alternative residential uses of Older Persons Housing and/ or Co-Living where permitted by the Development Specification use allocation. Information for the use of the Parameter Plan.
► Refer to Development Specification (EC.PA.A).
98
X
Alternative Residential Use (Co-living and/or Older Persons Housing)
pper Levels
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
99
SW PARAMETER PLAN DETAILS | Urban Design Plan Sitewide \ Landscape
Urban Design Plan The Urban Design Plan indicates different routes, areas of public realm and open space as well as key urban design principles (as described by Sitewide landscape and built form codes).
Copyright Hawkins\Brown - Studio Egret West Architects
Clu ny
M
ew
s
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read in conjunction with the Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development Specification (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for approval for areas within the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone 'O' is underground. See PL10 4. Development Zone's with the suffix '1' lie within LBHF, those with suffix '2' lie within RBKC 5. This plan summarises information captured in the other Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) and Design Codes (EC.PA.C). The information on this plan does not take precedence over that shown on any of the other Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) or within the Design Codes (EC.PA.C) but combines the key indicative proposals of the development constraints, routes, land use frontages and public realm typologies as an Urban Design summary for clarity. 6. Development Zone flexibility and limits of deviation are described in the Parameter Plan 004 - Development Zones, Maximum Building Lines and Public Realm, and apply to this plan. 7. Structures associated with stairs, lifts and ventilation located within the public realm are not captured within the Development Specification area and are not specified within the Parameter Plans. Any structures within the public realm should be in line with the principles as set out in the Design Codes.
R Nevern Square
W arw
mwell st Cro A4 / We
S
V2
Road
ic k
Ro ad
No implied licence exists. This drawing should not be used to calculate areas for the purposes of valuation. Do not scale this drawing. All dimensions to be checked on the site by the contractor and such dimensions to be their responsibility. All work must comply with relevant British Standards and Building Regulations requirements. Drawing errors and omissions to be reported to the architect. To be read in conjunction with Architect's specification and other consultant information. Rev. P01 P02
Issued to ALL For Planning ALL For Planning
Description
Date 27.06.24 01.08.25
Planning Application Boundary Borough Boundary (outside Planning Application Boundaries) Development Zone (above Ground Floor) Minimum Landscape Extent Detailed Component (above Ground Floor)
V1
A
Development Zone name Prominent Corner Facade addressing key destination Public Realm Facade addressing key routes and spaces
W
Ph ilb ea ch
Square
Tre bo vir
Y
Q
Ro ad
Destination Public Realm
X
Community Green Key Route
G ar de ns
Indicative Public Route through Development Zone
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
Extent of potential Public Realm pertaining to the area above existing West London Railway line, the area of land next to West Kensington Station and North End Road, and the Aisgill Avenue MUGA
EARL'S COURT STATION
Z
North
Ro ad
J
Cl een
Pe ny w
ern s Gr Gibb
ose
Road End
M U
T
0 @ 1:1250
L
K
N E
l gil Ais
eet Str nd Mu
50m
Eardley Crescent
t mon Beau
ue Aven
D
ue en Av
O P
G1
G2
F
H I
Aisgill Avenue
Project
North
A
d oa nR to mp Bro
Earls Court Development
ECPL and Lillie Bridge Depot Sites Earls Court London, UK Drawing
014 - Urban Design Plan
C
WEST BROMPTON STATION
B1
e
d oa eR rav ag Se
li Lil
ad Ro
ea ls he am C lh d Fu an d n an gto ith sin sm en er K m of am H gh of ou or gh B ou or B
on nd Lo
al oy R
Road End
ad Star Ro
B2 EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
Old
Scale @ A1
Date
1 : 1250
27/06/24
Drawn By
Checked By
TH
DG
Job Number
Status
Purpose of Issue
200012 (HB) / 0394 (SEW)
S5
For Planning
Drawing No.
Rev
EC.PA.B Parameter Plan-014
P02
Urban Design Plan. This image is for illustration purposes only. Please refer to updated, full scale Parameter Plan drawings.
100
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
101
SW LANDSCAPE | Overview
Landscape Overview
A celebration of nature’s ability to connect and revive. Inspired by Earls Court’s history of horticulture, pleasure gardens and showcase, a series of Exhibition Gardens creates a landscape full of discovery and surprise. Each public open space has an important role to play within the landscaped network. Conceived as a series of Exhibition Gardens, the different spaces respond to their location and context, whilst allowing people to move through the Site intuitively. The unique character and identity of each space informs the approach to biodiversity but also demonstrates the numerous ways in which people and nature can coexist.
102
Illustrative landscape plan
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
103
SW LANDSCAPE | Spaces and Routes
Spaces and Routes SW.L.1
Spaces The design of the key open spaces forming the public realm must align with the typologies illustrated in the diagram below. To ensure the public realm is diverse and legible.
► Refer to relevant Character Areas for additional information on these spaces.
► Refer to Proposed Public Realm Typologies Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B)
Key The Table Table Park Destination square Square Community green The Bioline Square and The Bioline Square and lane
Key open spaces
104
SW.L.2
The Table The Table must create a multi-layered area of public realm, encouraging a variety of activities and comprised of different zones with their own unique characteristics. To support the public realm hierarchy and offer a variety of spaces with unique characteristics.
► Refer to The Table / Landscape.
SW.L.3
Illustrative view, the Table
Table Park The Table Park is a component of the Table and must combine amenity for users with biodiverse green spaces. To support the public realm hierarchy and offer a variety of spaces with unique characteristics.
► Refer to The Table / Landscape.
Illustrative view, Table Park
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
105
SW LANDSCAPE | Spaces and Routes
SW.L.4
Destination square The destination square must provide a generous area with a flexible design suitable for events. It should offer a balance of hardscape with generous planting that incorporates play. It is a destination for visitors and is informed by its industrial heritage. To support the public realm hierarchy and offer a variety of spaces with unique characteristics.
Illustrative view, Lillie Sidings Square
► Refer to Lillie Sidings / Landscape.
SW.L.5
Squares The squares must create a sense of welcome and arrival. They should integrate and respond to the adjacent context. To support the public realm hierarchy and offer a variety of spaces with unique characteristics.
► Refer to West Brompton / Landscape.
106
Illustrative view, Warwick Square
SW.L.6
Community green The community green must provide a welcoming space to the west of the Site. It is a community focused, richly planted, playful landscape. To support the public realm hierarchy and offer a variety of spaces with unique characteristics.
► Refer to Aisgill Gardens / Landscape.
SW.L.7
Illustrative view, Aisgill Gardens
The Bioline The Bioline must provide a richly planted, biodiverse connection that prioritises nature. To connect to existing areas of ecological value.
► Refer to The Table / Landscape. Illustrative view, the Bioline
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
107
SW LANDSCAPE | Spaces and Routes
SW.L.8
Routes The design of the streets forming the public realm must align with the typologies illustrated in the diagram below. To ensure the public realm has a clear hierarchy that makes it diverse and legible.
► Refer to relevant Character Areas for additional information on streets. ► Refer to Proposed Public Realm Typologies Parameter Plan (EC.PA.B).
Key Boulevard Crescent (Street type 1) Crescent and Walk Lane (Street type 2) Passage (Street type 3) Place Walk Square and lane
Street types
108
Boulevard Boulevards must have pedestrian footpaths on either side of a central movement route, supported by planting on at least one side. To support the public realm hierarchy and offer a variety of street types with unique characteristics.
► Refer to relevant Character Areas for additional information on
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
streets, including illustrative and control dimensions.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
SW.L.9
Illustrative street section, Boulevard
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
109
SW LANDSCAPE | Spaces and Routes
SW.L.10
Crescent (Street type 1) Crescents must have pedestrian footpaths and planting on either side of a central movement route. It should be reflective of local traditional tree-lined streets. To support the public realm hierarchy and offer a variety of street types with unique characteristics.
► Refer to relevant Character Areas for additional information on
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
streets, including illustrative and control dimensions.
Illustrative street section, Crescent
110
Lane (Street type 2) Lanes must have a pedestrian footpath on at least one side of a central movement route. Lanes should have planting, where possible. To support the public realm hierarchy and offer a variety of street types with unique characteristics.
► Refer to relevant Character Areas for additional information on
SITE BOUNDARY
streets, including illustrative and control dimensions.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
SW.L.11
Illustrative street section, Lane
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
111
SW LANDSCAPE | Spaces and Routes
SW.L.12
Passage (Street type 3) Passages must have a pedestrian footpath on at least one side of a central movement route. The central movement route should enable access to adjacent plots. Passages should include planting, where possible. To support the public realm hierarchy and offer a variety of street types with unique characteristics.
► Refer to relevant Character Areas for additional information on
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
streets, including illustrative and control dimensions.
Illustrative street section, Passage
112
Place
SW.L.13
Places should maximise planting, include pedestrian footpath(s) and explore opportunities for play and habitat creation. To support the public realm hierarchy and offer a variety of street types with unique characteristics.
► Refer to relevant Character Areas for additional information on
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
streets, including illustrative and control dimensions.
Illustrative street section, Place
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
113
SW LANDSCAPE | Spaces and Routes
SW.L.14
Walks Walks must be vehicle-free, except for emergency vehicles, maintenance and controlled servicing. They must have space for pedestrians, cyclists and planting, where possible. To support the public realm hierarchy and offer a variety of street types with unique characteristics.
► Refer to relevant Character Areas for additional information on streets, including illustrative and control dimensions.
Illustrative street section, Walk
114
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
115
SW LANDSCAPE | Inclusivity and Movement
Inclusivity and Movement SW.L.15
Inclusive design Design must be inclusive, placing people at the heart of the process, acknowledging diversity and difference and considering the needs of different groups, including older people, children or people who experience sensory/neurological processing differences. To ensure the design is inclusive for all users. Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP) workshop
SW.L.16
A focus on active travel Design must prioritise active travel. Where different forms of movement -i.e. pedestrian, cycling and vehicular - coincide, priority should be given to pedestrians over cyclists and both over vehicles. To create an environment that fosters active travel.
Pedestrians
Cyclists
Vehicles Order of priority
116
SW.L.17
Inclusive and navigable The pedestrian network must be designed as inclusive as possible providing easy navigation throughout the Site, short and direct routes to facilities and services, and offering a sense of safety to all users of the public realm. To ensure the Site is easily navigable for all users.
SW.L.18
Maximise access Design – including vertical circulation – must provide comfortable access to all parts of the Site, its facilities, and services for visitors, residents and other users with a wide range of different requirements, in accordance with best practice guidance for inclusive design. To ensure that the Site is accessible to all.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
117
SW LANDSCAPE | Inclusivity and Movement
SW.L.19
Catering for different needs The public realm must provide a variety of spaces for rest, play, gathering or connecting with nature. To ensure the public realm caters to a wide range of needs.
SW.L.20
Meet standards and be responsive to evolving good practice Design must ensure that required standards for accessibility are met and respond to the evolving good practice guidance and social expectations about meeting the needs of disabled people. To ensure that the proposal meets today’s standards and is responsive to future good practice.
SW.L.21
Provision of public toilet facilities Public toilet facilities should be provided. These should be easily accessible from key areas of public realm. To provide public toilet amenities and ensure it is accessible.
118
Public Realm Inclusivity Panel (PRIP) workshop
SW.L.22
Accessible connections within the public realm Accessible connections must be provided between different levels in the public realm. These connections should include lifts. Lifts could be located as suggested in the diagram below. To facilitate connection between the different levels.
► Refer to The Table / Landscape, The Table / Built form / Pavilion and Empress Place / Built form / Table Edge.
Indicative location of lifts including Detailed and Outline Components
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
119
SW LANDSCAPE | Inclusivity and Movement
SW.L.23
Key routes The public realm must deliver the key routes and ensure they are legible. To provide meaningful connections through and around the Site.
Key North - south route East - west route
Movement strategy
120
SW.L.24
North - south route The public realm must provide a clear and legible north-south route through Empress Place and the Table Character Areas linking with the east-west route at all phases of the development. Legibility and wayfinding across the different Character Areas could be achieved through design coherence, signage as well as hierarchies on building façades. To connect West Brompton station and Lillie Road with the east-west route. Illustrative view, Empress Place Boulevard
SW.L.25
East - west route The public realm must provide a clear and legible east-west route through West Brompton, the Table and Aisgill Gardens Character Areas. Legibility and wayfinding across the different Character Areas could be achieved through design coherence, signage as well as hierarchies on building façades. To connect Earls Court with West Kensington Estate and North End Road, via the Table.
Illustrative view, the Cascades
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
121
SW LANDSCAPE | Inclusivity and Movement
SW.L.26
Pedestrian network The public realm must deliver the key pedestrian routes. To create a connected pedestrian network.
► Refer to Spatial Strategies chapter in the
Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
Key Vehicle-free Pedestrian priority routes with vehicular access
Pedestrian network
122
SW.L.27
Vehicle-free Vehicle-free routes must not support any vehicle access except emergency vehicles, maintenance and controlled servicing. To ensure limited vehicles access Vehicle-free streets.
Vehicle-free route
SW.L.28
Pedestrian priority routes with vehicular access Routes must prioritise pedestrians with comfortable, safe and green streets. Vehicle movement is allowed but should be reduced where possible. To ensure pedestrians are prioritised across the Site. Comfortable pedestrian routes
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
123
SW LANDSCAPE | Inclusivity and Movement
SW.L.29
Cycle network The public realm must deliver the key cycle routes. To create a connected cycle network.
► Refer to Spatial Strategies chapter in the
Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
Key Cyclists share access roads with vehicles Cyclists on shared or demarcated cycle route (to be confirmed at detailed design) Cyclists on pedestrian-priority public realm
Cycle network
124
Bjørvika Masterplan and Urban Spaces, Oslo - SLA
SW.L.30
Shared access roads Cyclists must be able to ride safely on shared access roads. Types of delineation should be dictated by road safety considerations, such as signage or markings on central movement routes. To prioritise cyclist safety. Cycle safety on shared access routes
SW.L.31
Shared or demarcated cycle route Routes must provide sufficient space for pedestrians and cyclists to move comfortably. Pedestrian safety must be ensured. Demarcation could be indicated for example by a change in material size or texture. To provide a safe environment that prioritises pedestrian movement.
Cyclist on shared cycle route
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
125
SW LANDSCAPE | Inclusivity and Movement
VIA Vika & Ruseløkkveien - SLA
SW.L.32
Cyclists on pedestrianpriority public realm Where cycle routes are located on pedestrian-priority public realm, pedestrians must be prioritised. This could be achieved through the arrangement of planting and/or appropriate levels of lighting. To encourage active travel throughout the public realm. Cyclists on pedestrian led public realm
SW.L.33
Cycle parking Cycle parking in the public realm must be visible, conveniently located and minimise impact on pedestrian desire lines. To create safe and convenient cycle parking.
SW.L.34
Cycle-share parking Where provided, cycle-share parking (such as Santander Cycles) in the public realm must be located at Site entrances and wellintegrated into the public realm. Locations could include Warwick Square, West Brompton Square and West Kensington. The arrangement and size of parking should minimise disruption to pedestrian flows. To create safe and convenient cycle parking.
126
Cycle-share parking
SW.L.35
Vehicle network The public realm must deliver key private vehicle and taxi routes, beyond which there should be no private vehicle access. To prioritise a people-first public realm.
► Refer to Spatial Strategies chapter in the
Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
Key Vehicle route Controlled access vehicle route
Ground Floor vehicle network
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
127
SW LANDSCAPE | Inclusivity and Movement
SW.L.36
Servicing and waste network The public realm must deliver key servicing and waste routes beyond which there should be no servicing vehicle access. To prioritise a people-first public realm.
Key Servicing route Servicing route, controlled access Servicing route, controlled access (undercroft) Out of hours servicing route, controlled access
Servicing and waste network
128
SW.L.37
Parking free areas The location of parking must prioritise a vehicle-free public realm. Parking should be avoided where indicated in the diagram below. To prioritise a people-first public realm.
Key No parking on destination public realm
Parking diagram
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
129
SW LANDSCAPE | Inclusivity and Movement
SW.L.38
Controlled access design Controlled access, preventing unauthorised vehicle movement, must be integrated into the public realm. To ensure a holistic landscape design including functional elements.
SW.L.39
Slow-traffic measures Slow-traffic measures, such as horizontal or vertical deflection (such as speed humps or sweeping layouts), could occur in the crescents or other streets, where appropriate. To control vehicle speeds and reinforce pedestrian-priority places.
130
SW.L.40
Accessible parking A footpath must be provided adjacent to Blue Badge parking spaces. To ensure safety in the use of accessible parking spaces.
Illustrative landscape plan
SW.L.41
Clustered parking spaces Large clusters of parking and loading bays should be avoided on streets. To manage impacts of parking in the public realm.
SW.L.42
Location of on-street parking and loading bays On-street parking and loading bays must be located to maximise planting zones and promote ease of pedestrian movement. This could be achieved between spaces or considering alignment to building entrances. To prioritise a people-first public realm. Planting between parking bays
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
131
SW LANDSCAPE | Spill-out Space
Spill-out Space SW.L.43
Spill-out zone beyond Development Zones Spill-out zones could occur in appropriate locations to be in front of ‘active uses’ and prioritised in areas identified for active frontages. To ensure the integrity of the public realm.
► Refer to relevant Character Areas for
additional information on spill-out spaces.
Development Zone boundary Maximum Building Line Spill-out space
SW.L.44
Welcoming and open Spill-out space must be designed as an integral part of the public realm. This could be achieved through the use of permeable features and/or avoiding the use of barriers or fences. To ensure spill-out feels inclusive and welcoming. Welcoming spill-out space
132
SW.L.45
Distinction of spill-out zones and footpaths There should be a distinction between spill-out space and pedestrian zones. This could be achieved through materiality, planting, or lighting. To ensure clear pedestrian zones and free movement of pedestrians.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
133
SW LANDSCAPE | Defensible Space
Defensible Space SW.L.46
Defensible space inside Development Zones Habitable rooms located at grade must have defensible space. Defensible space should be located within the Development Zone. Where this is not possible, other solutions could be acceptable such as planting in the public realm, provided it is carefully coordinated and privacy is ensured. To safeguard the public realm and provide amenity for Ground Floor residents.
Development Zone boundary Maximum Building Line Defensible space area
134
Key Development Zone boundary Habitable room Defensible space within Development Zone Public realm
Defensible space adjacent to habitable rooms
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
135
SW LANDSCAPE | Defensible Space
SW.L.47
Planting Planting should form a part of defensible space, where there are suitable environmental conditions. To maximise greening and reinforce the landscape led scheme.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Planting.
Planting in defensible space
SW.L.48
Edges of defensible space Edges of defensible space should allow for passive surveillance of the public realm. Edges could be limited in height and not exceed 1.2m above ground. To activate the public realm and encourage passive surveillance.
Visually permeable defensible space
136
SW.L.49
Level changes Level changes could be used to create defensible space. Access to primary entrances must be inclusive and accessible. To provide a variety of solutions for the design of defensible space.
Level difference between ground floor units and Public Realm creating defensible space
SW.L.50
Well maintained Defensible space must be accessible for maintenance. Defensible space could be maintained by residents to encourage a sense of ownership and community. To ensure well maintained planted zones.
Maintenance of defensible space
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
137
SW LANDSCAPE | Boundary Conditions
Boundary Conditions
Aerial image of the existing Site condition
138
SW.L.51
Areas adjacent to existing highways Landscape adjacent to existing public highways must consider and respond to the existing character, materiality, signage strategy, planting, etc. Appropriate responses could include extending the existing character or positively differentiating from it. To ensure a carefully considered transition between existing and newly proposed landscape. Key plan of areas adjacent to existing highways
SW.L.52
Boundaries to existing houses Any proposed treatment of boundary conditions adjacent to existing houses could include enhanced consultation with neighbours. To facilitate consensus.
Key plan of boundaries to existing properties
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
139
SW LANDSCAPE | Boundary Conditions
SW.L.53
Areas adjacent to existing houses Any proposed landscape adjacent to existing houses should include areas of planting. To buffer noise to existing gardens or houses where possible.
Key plan of boundaries to existing properties
SW.L.54
Areas adjacent to Network Rail/LUL land Landscape adjacent to Network Rail or London Underground Limited (LUL) land must follow Network Rail guidance and access requirements and/or LUL proximity obligations accordingly. To ensure Network Rail and LUL requirements are met.
Key plan of areas adjacent to Network Rail land
140
SW.L.55
Cluny Mews Design could include enhanced consultation with residential neighbours and/or St Cuthbert’s Church, enabling level access connection. To pursue a connection between St Cuthbert’s Lane and Cluny Mews.
Key plan of residential neighbours of Cluny Mews
SW.L.56
Areas adjacent to West Cromwell Road Landscape adjacent to West Cromwell Road should enable future potential connections to the existing road. This could be achieved through the integration of levels or enabling connections through bridges or other light structures. To safeguard potential future connections to the existing highway. Key plan of areas adjacent to West Cromwell Road
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
141
SW LANDSCAPE | Sustainability
Sustainability SW.L.57
Landscape-led, enhancing nature The design must promote the principles of a landscape-led proposal through metrics such as Biodiversity Net Gain and Urban Greening Factor as well as inclusive access to nature for all. To ensure a landscape-led proposal.
► Refer to Sustainability Strategy (EC.PA.21), Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12) and other relevant documents.
SW.L.58
Healthy community The design must support a healthy community with comfortable homes, a green, connected and activated public realm and a supporting mix of uses. To support a healthy community.
► Refer to Sustainability Strategy (EC.PA.21), Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12) and other relevant documents.
SW.L.59
Energy and Net Zero The design must implement strategies to align with Net Zero ambitions outlined in the Sustainability Strategy. To reduce the upfront and ongoing impacts of the proposal.
► Refer to Sustainability Strategy (EC.PA.21), Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12) and other relevant documents.
142
SW.L.60
Circular resource use The principles of durability, disassembly, re-use and adaptability must be explored in designs. To promote circular resource use in the proposal.
► Refer to Sustainability Strategy (EC.PA.21), Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12) and other relevant documents.
SW.L.61
Air quality The design must consider air quality and implement strategies for improving air quality for on-site and neighbours. To ensure improvement of air quality is part of the design.
► Refer to Sustainability Strategy (EC.PA.21), Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12) and other relevant documents.
SW.L.62
Water management The design must include water management strategies for the capture, storage, use and generation of water. To promote sustainable water management.
► Refer to Sustainability Strategy (EC.PA.21), Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12) and other relevant documents.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
143
SW LANDSCAPE | Green/blue Infrastructure
Green/blue Infrastructure SW.L.63
Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) strategy The design must adopt an integrated approach to managing water across the Site. The description on how this could be achieved is outlined throughout this section. To create a sustainable environment.
Key Integrated landscape SuDS features on structure Integrated landscape SuDS features at grade Street rain gardens at grade Street rain gardens on structure
SuDS
144
SW.L.64
Reduce run-off and improve water quality SuDS features must be incorporated within the public realm. To reduce the quantity of water run-off and improve water quality.
SuDS features
SW.L.65
Natural drainage features SuDS, including rain gardens, detention ponds, retention ponds or swales, should be integrated into soft landscaping. To improve water quality and reduce quantity of run-off.
SuDS integrated into soft landscaping
SW.L.66
Permeable surfaces Permeable surfaces should be included as part of the drainage strategy. To assist in managing rainwater and reducing the volume of run-off.
Permeable surfaces
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
145
SW LANDSCAPE | Green/blue Infrastructure
SW.L.67
SuDS integration SuDS features could be integrated with other public realm strategies where they enhance the use of the landscape for play, sensory benefits, learning about nature, and social interaction. To improve the quality of the public realm. Play space enhanced with SuDS
SW.L.68
Biodiversity and habitat creation Where natural drainage features are used, these must be designed to maximise biodiversity and habitat creation. To encourage biodiversity and create varied habitats. SuDS as a biodiversity asset
SW.L.69
Maintenance The design of SuDS features must take into account future maintenance needs. This could include access for servicing and repairs, or maintenance of planting. To ensure they continue to function as designed and assist in accordance with the flood risk strategy.
146
SuDS accessible for maintenance
SW.L.70
Biodiversity strategy The public realm must deliver a range of habitats as defined by the landscape characters described in the following codes. To create a diverse, interconnected green network whilst providing habitat conditions to support life throughout all lifecycles.
► Refer to Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12).
Key Urban Meadow The Bioline Post-industrial Remediation Gardens Climate Resilient Streetscapes Community Orchards The Flower Amphitheatre Ecological Stepping Stone The Cascades Undisturbed habitats
Diagram showing sitewide biodiversity
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
147
SW LANDSCAPE | Green/blue Infrastructure
SW.L.71
Urban Meadow The Urban Meadow should maximise diversity of species that reflect a meadow character, amenity areas and surrounding patches of low flowering grass. Both should include a wide variety of trees. Meadow planting character could be created using wildflower meadow mixes with various management regimes, species rich grasses, and/or herbaceous planting. To ensure there is ecological value year-round, creating undisturbed nature pockets in an otherwise highly active urban landscape, providing habitat structures for a range of species including foraging areas for insects (wildflowers) and roosting areas for nesting birds (trees).
SW.L.72
Example species Planting design for the Urban Meadow should include some of the species outlined below: Trees • Acer campestre - Field maple • Betula pendula - Silver birch • Carpinus betulus - Hornbeam • Fagus sylvatica - Common beech • Malus sylvestris - European crabapple • Pinus sylvestris - Scots pine • Prunus avium - Wild cherry • Prunus padus - Bird cherry • Quercus petraea - Sessile oak • Quercus robur - English oak • Sorbus aucuparia - Mountain ash • Sorbus torminalis - Wild service tree Shrubs • Cornus sanguinea - Dogwood • Crataegus laevigata - Midland hawthorn
148
Example species: Urban Meadow
• • • •
Crataegus monogyna - Hawthorn Euonymus europaeus - Spindle Prunus spinosa - Blackthorn Viburnum lantana - Common wayfaring tree
Groundcovers • Achillea fillipendulina - Yarrow • Aster cordifolius - Common blue wood aster • Astrantia major - Great masterwort • Calamintha nepata - Lesser calamint • Centranthus ruber ‘Albus’ - White valerian • Deschampsia flexuosa - Wavy hair-grass • Echinacea purpurea - Purple coneflower • Knautia arvensis - Field scabious • Nepata faassenii - Catmint • Perovskia atriplicifolia - Russian sage • Salvia nemorosa - Woodland sage • Sesleria autumnalis - Autumn moor grass
SW.L.73
The Bioline The Bioline must provide an area of biodiverse habitat of equal or greater value than the existing SINC. This could be created through a dense woodland corridor including deadwood. To maintain and enhance a link with habitats along the rail line to the north and south (including to Brompton Cemetery).
SW.L.74
Example species Planting design for The Bioline should include some of the species outlined below: Trees • Acer campestre - Field maple • Malus sylvestris - European crabapple • Pinus sylvestris - Scots pine • Prunus avium - Wild cherry • Prunus padus - Bird cherry • Quercus petraea - Sessile oak • Quercus robur - English oak • Sorbus aucuparia - Mountain ash • Sorbus torminalis - Wild service tree Shrubs • Cornus sanguinea - Dogwood • Crataegus laevigata - Midland hawthorn • Prunus spinosa - Blackthorn • Rhamnus cathartica - Purging buckthorn • Viburnum opulus - Guelder rose Groundcovers • Ajuga reptans - Bugle • Brunnera macrophylla - Siberian bugloss
Example species: The Bioline
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Campanula latifolia ‘Alba’ - White giant bellflower Digitalis grandiflora - Yellow foxglove Dryopteris filix-mas - Male fern Epimedium youngianum ‘Niveum’ Snowy barrenwort Fragaria vesca - Wild strawberry Galium odoratum - Sweet woodruff Geranium magnificum - Purple cranesbill Polypodium vulgare - Common polypody Pulmonaria angustiflorum - Creeping comfrey Symphytum grandiflorum - Bigflower tellima Trachystemon orientalis - AbrahamIsaac-Jacob Liriope spicata - Creeping lilyturf Luzula nivea - Snowy wood-rush Luzula sylvatica - Greater wood-rush
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
149
SW LANDSCAPE | Green/blue Infrastructure
SW.L.75
Post-industrial Remediation Gardens Post-industrial Remediation Gardens should reflect the industrial character of the area. This could include species that can withstand high user activity and larger tree species with high canopy clearance. To support a landscape in challenging conditions that celebrates the industrial character of the area.
SW.L.76
Example species Planting design for Post-industrial Remediation Gardens should include some of the species outlined below: Trees • Betula pubescens - Downy birch • Betula pendula - Silver birch • Pinus sylvestris - Scots pine • Populus tremula - Common aspen • Prunus avium - Wild cherry • Prunus cerasifera - Cherry plum • Prunus mahaleb - Mahaleb cherry • Prunus padus - Bird cherry • Quercus robur - English oak • Salix caprea - Goat willow • Sorbus aucuparia- Rowan Shrubs • Crataegus monogyna - Common hawthorn • Crataegus laevigata - Hawthorn • Prunus spinosa - Sloe Groundcovers • Achillea millefolium - Yarrow • Ajuga reptans - Bugle • Aquilegia vulgaris - Columbine
150
Example species: Post-industrial Remediation Gardens
• • • • • • • • • • • • •
Artemisia absinthium - Common worm wood Artemisia ludoviciana - Silver worm wood Aster divaricatus - White wood aster Deschampsia flexuosa - Wavy hairgrass Fragaria vesca - Wild strawberry Geranium cantabrigiense - Cranesbill Meconopsis cambrica - Welsh poppy Origanum vulgare - Origano Sesleria autumnalis - Autumn moor grass Sedum spurium ‘Album Superbum’ White flowering spurium Thymus serpyllum - Breckland thyme Verbascum thapsus - Common mullein Viola odorata - Sweet violet
SW.L.77
Climate Resilient Streetscapes Climate resilient streetscapes should be tree-lined and include tall vegetation and nature-based solutions for rainwater management, with SUDS designed to support urban scrub habitats. To create temporary wetland habitat during rainy seasons, which provides habitat and foraging places for local biodiversity.
SW.L.78
Example species Planting design for Climate Resilient Streetscapes should include some of the species outlined below: Trees • Acer campestre - Field maple • Acer platanoides - Norway maple • Alnus glutinosa - Common alder • Alnus spaethii - Spaetha alder • Betula pubescens - Downy birch • Fraxinus pensylvanica - Green ash • Quercus robur - English oak • Salix alba - White willow • Ulmus laevis - European white elm Shrubs • Cornus sanguinea - Common dogwood • Euonymus europaeus - European spindle • Ribes nigrum - Black currant • Viburnum opulus - Guelder rose
Example species: Climate Resilient Streetscapes
Groundcovers • Alchemilla mollis - Lady’s mantle • Aquilegia vulgaris - Columbine • Aster cordifolius ‘Little Carlow’ Common blue wood aster • Astrantia major - Great masterwort • Bistorta officinalis - European bistort • Calamagrostis acutiflora - Feather reed-grass • Carex pendula - Pendulous sedge • Deschampsia cespitosa - Tufted hair grass • Filipendula vulgaris - Dropwort • Geranium magnificum - Purple cranesbill • Geranium sanguineum - Bloody cranesbill • Iris sibirica - Siberian iris • Phlomis russeliana - Jerusalem sage • Primula florindae - Giant cowslip • Veronica spicata - Spiked speedwell
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
151
SW LANDSCAPE | Green/blue Infrastructure
SW.L.79
Community Orchard The Community Orchard should include fruiting species and areas with dense vegetation. Other elements including dead wood, boulders and taller trees should be provided. The proposal could include open water features or rain gardens. To create foraging habitat for, birds, bats and insects, refuge areas for small mammals and reptiles and nesting areas for insects and birds.
SW.L.80
Example species Planting design for Community Orchard should include some of the species outlined below: Trees • Castanea sativa - Sweet chestnut • Cydonia oblonga - Quince • Juglans ailanthifolia cordiformis Heart nut • Juglans nigra - Black walnut • Juglans regia - English walnut • Malus domestica - Common apple tree • Malus sylvestris - European crabapple • Mespilus germanica - Common medlar • Morus alba - White mulberry • Morus nigra - Black mulberry • Prunus avium - Wild cherry • Prunus cerasus - Sour cherry • Prunus domestica - Common plum • Pyrus communis - Common pear • Pyrus cordata - Plymouth pear Shrubs • Aronia melanocarpa - Black chokeberry • Cornus mas - Cornelian cherry
152
Example species: Community Orchard
• • • • •
Corylus avellana - Hazelnut Elaeagnus umbellata - Autumn olive Prunus cerasifera - Cherry plum Ribes nigrum - Blackcurrant Ribes rubrum - Redcurrant
Groundcovers • Agastache foeniculum - Anise hyssop • Deschampsia flexuosa - Wavy hairgrass • Fragaria vesca - Wild strawberry • Myrrhis odorata - Sweet cicely • Origanum vulgare - Oregano • Salvia nemorosa - Woodland sage • Satureja montana - Winter savory • Thymus vulgaris - Common thyme • Pulmonaria officinalis - Blue lungwort
SW.L.81
The Flower Amphitheatre The Flower Amphitheatre must be characterised by flower-rich species. This should include spring flowering shrubs and trees, late blooming herbs and night-flowering species. To support pollinators, foraging birds and bats while creating a seasonal aesthetic experience at the station square.
SW.L.82
Example species Planting design for the Flower Amphitheatre should include some of the species outlined below: Trees • Betula pendula - Silver birch • Betula pubescens - Downy birch • Malus sylvestris - European crabapple • Pinus sylvestris - Scots pine • Prunus avium - Sweet cherry • Prunus mahaleb - Mahaleb cherry • Prunus padus - Bird cherry • Quercus robur - English oak • Sorbus aucuparia - Mountain ash Shrubs • Crataegus monogyna - Common hawthorn • Crataegus laevigata - Hawthorn • Prunus spinosa - Sloe Groundcovers • Achillea millefolium - Yarrow • Achillea filipendulina - Fernleaf yarrow • Artemisia ludoviciana - White sage • Aster cordifolius - Common blue wood aster • Aster divaricatus - White wood aster
Example species: The Flower Amphitheatre
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Calamagrostis acutiflora - Feather reed-grass Calamintha nepata - Lesser calamint Deschampsia cespitosa - Tufted hairgrass Deschampsia flexuosa - Wavy hairgrass Echineacea purpurea - Purple coneflower Geranium renardii - Caucasian geranium Kalimeris incisa ‘Alba’ - Japanese aster Nepeta faassenii - Catmint Perovskia atriplicifolia - Russian sage Phlomis russeliana - Turkish sage Salvia nemorosa - Woodland sage Sesleria autumnalis - Autumn moor grass Sesleria nitida - Shining moor grass Veronica spicata - Spiked speedwell
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
153
SW LANDSCAPE | Green/blue Infrastructure
SW.L.83
Ecological Stepping Stone The Ecological Stepping Stone must utilise planting to create a vegetation barrier. Variation of planting should be considered, including the height, width and porosity of the planting scheme. To ensure a vegetation barrier facilitating the deposition of pollutant particles while also providing a range of habitats.
SW.L.84
Example species Planting design for Ecological Stepping Stone should include some of the species outlined below: Trees • Acer campestre - Field maple • Acer platanoides - Norway maple • Acer pseudoplatanus - Sycamore maple • Alnus spaethii - Spaetha alder • Carpinus betulus - Hornbeam • Prunus avium - Wild cherry • Quercus cerris - Turkey oak • Quercus petraea - Sessile oak • Quercus robur - English oak • Salix alba - White willow • Sorbus aria - Whitebeam • Ulmus laevis - European white elm Shrubs • Crataegus laevigata - Hawthorn • Prunus spinosa - Sloe • Prunus incititia - Damson plum Groundcovers • Achillea filipendulina - Fernleaf yarrow • Aster cordifolius ‘Little Carlow’ Common blue wood aster
154
Example species: Ecological Stepping Stone
• • • • • • • • • • • •
Aster divaricatus - White wood aster Aster macrophyllus ‘Twilight’ - Big-leaf aster Astrantia major - Great masterwort Calamintha nepata - Lesser calamint Centranthus ruber ‘Albus’ - White valerian Deschampsia flexuosa - Wavy hairgrass Nepata faassenii - Catmint Salvia nemorosa - Woodland sage Sesleria autumnalis - Autumn moor grass Sesleria heufleriana - Blue moor grass Sesleria nitida - Shining moor grass Verbena bonariensis - Purpletop vervain
SW.L.85
The Cascades The Cascades should create a terraced terrain which include rainwater filtration pools. Plant selection should be resilient to both moist and drier seasons, and adapt to different climate conditions. Naturalistic water (non chlorinated) should be included within the design. To provide open water features which are hotspots for biodiversity.
SW.L.86
Example species Planting design for the Cascades should include some of the species outlined below: Trees • Alnus glutinosa - Common alder • Alnus incana - Grey alder • Betula pendula - Silver birch • Betula pebescens - Downy birch • Fraxinus pennsylvanica - Green ash • Pinus sylvestris - Scots pine • Prunus padus - European birdcherry • Salix caprea - Goat willow • Sorbus aucuparia - Rowan Shrubs • Cornus sanguinea - Common dogwood • Euonymus europaeus - Common spindle • Ribes nigrum - Black currant • Prunus padus - Bird cherry • Sambucus nigra - Black elder • Viburnum opulus - Guelder rosebuckthorn • Salix caprea - Goat willow • Sambucus nigra - Elderberry
Example species: the Cascades
Groundcovers • Alchemilla mollis - Lady’s mantle • Aquilegia vulgaris - Columbine • Aster cordifolius - Common blue wood aster • Astrantia major - Great masterwort • Bistorta officinalis - European bistort • Calamagrostis acutiflora - Feather reed-grass • Carex pendula - Pendulous sedge • Corydalis lutea - Yellow fumitory • Deschampsia cespitosa - Tufted hair grass • Filipendula vulgaris - Dropwort • Geranium magnificum - Purple cranesbill • Iris pseudacorus - Yellow iris • Phlomis russeliana - Jerusalem sage • Primula florindae - Giant cowslip • Veronica spicata - Spiked speedwell
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
155
SW LANDSCAPE | Green/blue Infrastructure
SW.L.87
Adjacent habitats The public realm must include a range of habitat typologies drawing from nearby habitats. To connect to existing habitats.
Adjacent habitat, Brompton Cemetery
SW.L.88
Linking habitats Landscaped areas must link with habitats along the existing railway corridors, street trees and other existing vegetated areas. To strengthen, maintain and create new green corridors across the Site and link to wider habitats beyond the Site boundary.
SW.L.89
Green Corridor Railway lines running through the Site form a “Green Corridor”, connecting areas of ecological value. The design must provide equal or greater value than the existing Green Corridor. This could include native tree planting, scrub and wildflower planting. To ensure the green corridor continues to provide routes along which wildlife can travel.
156
Street trees, Old Brompton Road
SW.L.90
Existing habitats and trees Existing habitats and trees should be retained and enhanced where possible, and dead wood must be retained on Site. Where this is not possible, replacement of similar or higher ecological value and trees of similar size should be made. To comply with CIEEM guidance for mitigation: first avoid harm, then mitigate and lastly compensate negative impacts with enhancement as an additional step.
SW.L.91
Construction phasing Planting should be included in early phases of the development, particularly for habitats which take longer to reach maturity such as trees. To ensure the Site enhances biodiversity sooner, so that later phases of development are able to score higher in BNG assessments.
SUND Nature Park - SLA
SW.L.92
Support pollination Landscape proposals should include fruiting species or other pollinator friendly plants. To support foraging and nesting birds.
► Refer to RBKC’s Biodiversity Action Plan. Pollinator friendly plants
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
157
SW LANDSCAPE | Green/blue Infrastructure
SW.L.93
Native species A wide range of native species should be prioritised in all planting mixes. The selection of plants should provide food resources throughout the year. This could include spring flowering shrubs and trees as well as late blooming herbs. To support biodiversity throughout all seasons and halt extinction of rare and specialized species.
SW.L.94
Invasive species Invasive non-native species should be removed and appropriate ongoing management undertaken to improve the soil conditions of the Site. To stop invasive species from spreading, and re-establish native plant species.
SW.L.95
Night-flowering species Night-flowering species should be included in the proposal. To attract moths and in turn support foraging bats.
158
Native species
Silkeborg Pedestrian Streets and Søndertorv - SLA
SW.L.96
Green ladders Balconies could integrate planting. This could be achieved with planter boxes on balconies, subject to fire safety. For insects and birds to find and pollinate green terraces and roof gardens, creating a vertical corridor. Planting feature on façades
SW.L.97
Wildlife refuges Landscape designs must provide wildlife refuges. To ensure the ecological value of the Herlev Hospital - SLA existing local wildlife sites (SINC) partly incorporated into the project Site.
Opportunities for wildlife refuges
SW.L.98
Features for insects Landscape designs must include features of benefit to insects such as standing dead wood, metal features, insect homes and rock piles. To ensure the creation of habitats for invertebrates and in turn provide food for small mammals and birds. Features for insects
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
159
SW LANDSCAPE | Green/blue Infrastructure
SW.L.99
Habitats for target species Landscape designs must aim to create habitats for local target species in all habitat typologies, and in some cases on rooftops. This includes the following target species: Common swift and peregrine falcon: undisturbed nesting places should be created on green rooftops in higher buildings. House sparrows: Dense hedgerows and native scrub vegetation should be included in designs. Stag beetles: Mixed woodland and rotting wood logs must be included in the designs. Solitary bees: Open spaces ranging from bare mineral soil to partly covered by vegetation must be provided. An accurate selection of native flowering plants should also be considered. To contribute to biodiversity preservation efforts attracting target species.
160
SW.L.100
Urban greening Urban greening strategies must be provided in Development Zones and public realm to achieve the target for the Urban Greening Factor (UGF). The diagram below is a demonstration of one way to achieve the overall Site UGF based on the Illustrative Masterplan. Other opportunities to enhance the UGF should be explored. To ensure sitewide UGF is achieved.
► Refer to Spatial Strategies chapter in the Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
Intensive green roof Flower-rich perennial planting Residential podium intensive green roof (60% planted) Commercial podium intensive green roof (60% planted) Semi-natural vegetation Climbing plants Amenity grassland Permeable paving Urban Greening Factor
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
161
SW LANDSCAPE | Green/blue Infrastructure
SW.L.101
Green roofs Green and brown roofs (including Intensive Green Roofs) should be provided on buildings and maintained to support the long-term success of the roofing. Provision of green and brown roofs is subject to coordination with other sustainability, amenity and technical requirements. To create varied growing conditions and visual interest.
SW.L.102
Blue roofs Blue roofs could be included, either as part of a green roof structure or as a standalone blue roof. Provision of green and brown roofs is subject to coordination with other sustainability, amenity and technical requirements.
To explore opportunities for the provision of blue roofs within the Earls Court Development.
162
Green roof
SW.L.103
Undulating soil depths Where suitable, green roof substrate depth should be undulating in order to create varied growing conditions and visual interest. To create varied growing conditions and visual interest.
Varied depth of Green Roofs
SW.L.104
Green roof maintenance Green roofs must be adequately maintained throughout an establishment phase (5 years) and beyond. To ensure ongoing quality and longevity of green roofs.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
163
SW LANDSCAPE | Planting
Planting SW.L.105
Microclimate The plant selection must be suitable for the specific microclimate of the areas in which species are located, such as shaded, sunnier and windier environments. To ensure planting thrives in suitable conditions. Shade tolerant planting selection
SW.L.106
Climate resilience The plant selection must consider the effects of climate change and favour climate resilient planting. To enable planting to thrive in a changing climate.
SW.L.107
Seasonality The plant selection should provide year-round interest and consider seasonality. To ensure interest is maintained throughout seasons.
Seasonality in tree species
164
SW.L.108
Technical coordination The detailed planting scheme must be developed with input from a Suitably Qualified Ecologist (SQE). To ensure resilient planting selection and that the Biodiversity Net Gain requirements are met.
SW.L.109
Robust planting Planting should be designed with consideration for maintenance and irrigation requirements. To ensure design quality can be maintained over time.
Robust planting selection
Søndervold Nature Park in Fredericia - SLA
SW.L.110
Ground cover Planting should include a ground cover layer with a mix of species. To suppress weeds.
Species mix in groundcover
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
165
SW LANDSCAPE | Planting
SW.L.111
Planting adjacent to Network Rail premises Planting adjacent to Network Rail land must follow Network Rail guidance. To ensure Network Rail requirements are met.
SW.L.112
Trees defining Character Areas Trees must contribute to distinct landscape Character Areas. Tree species selection must reflect the themes defined in the planting and biodiversity sitewide plan. To create a character driven public realm.
SW.L.113
Distinctive tree species
Tree variety A variety of tree sizes, forms and species must be used in each landscape Character Area to offer a variety of different colours, forms and seasonal interest. To highlight seasonality and create visual interest. Varied tree planting
166
SW.L.114
Drainage layer Tree planting must have a drainage layer. To ensure trees thrive.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
167
SW LANDSCAPE | Planting
SW.L.115
Planting on structure Where practical, soil depth must be a minimum of 400mm below the FFL of the public realm. Mounded soil should be minimised. To ensure all of the planting has an adequate soil depth.
Illustrative section
SW.L.116
Tree planting on structure TREE
Where practical, large trees must be planted in a minimum soil depth of 1200mm. This applies for both planting on ground and on structure. To enable trees to thrive and ensure their long term success.
168
1200MM MIN. SOIL BUILD UP STRUCTURE
Illustrative section of tree planting on structure
SW.L.117
Mounded soil TREE
Where a minimum soil depth of 1200mm is not achievable for large tree planting, soil must be mounded or retained to reach a depth of 1200mm. To enable trees to thrive and ensure their long term success.
SW.L.118
1200MM MIN. SOIL BUILD UP STRUCTURE
Illustrative section of tree planting with mounded soil
Tree planting and soil volume Tree planting must ensure sufficient soil volume for plants to thrive. Tree pits should be connected to maximise soil volume. To promote tree health and longevity.
SW.L.119
Coordination of services and tree planting Utility zones must be coordinated to allow for planted zones and trees and also reduce future maintenance requirements for proposed material surfaces. To maximise planting and maximise potential growth of trees. Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
169
SW LANDSCAPE | Microclimate
Microclimate SW.L.120
Daylight/sunlight in the public realm - Uses The distribution of spill-out areas should consider access to light throughout the year. To support a comfortable public realm that encourages animation.
SW.L.121
Daylight/sunlight in the public realm - Planting The distribution of planting in the public realm must consider access to light throughout the year and day to optimise comfort and usability. This could include arrangement of planting or selection of deciduous or evergreen tree species. To support a comfortable public realm that encourages use of the outdoors throughout the year and day.
170
SW.L.122
Wind mitigation Designs of the public realm must consider wind mitigation. This could include siting of trees and planting, or manipulation of topography. To mitigate the impact of wind in to the public realm.
► Refer to Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12).
SW.L.123
Location of seating The distribution of seating in the public realm must consider wind mitigation. This could include locating seating between trees or in areas suitable as identified in the Wind Microclimate Assessment. To provide comfortable places to rest.
► Refer to Environmental Statement (EC.PA.12).
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
171
SW LANDSCAPE | Materiality
Materiality SW.L.124
Coherence across different areas The material palette of the public realm must prioritise simplicity and develop a clear strategic response across Character Areas to ensure a coherence and material quality across the Site. To ensure clarity of wayfinding across the different Character Areas, and a design that will age well over time.
► Refer to relevant Character Areas for additional information on spaces and streets.
Key The Table and The Bioline Destination square Square & Community green Boulevard & Crescent Lane, Place, Passage Walk
Materials strategy
172
SW.L.125
Accessible and inclusive materials Materials and design of surfaces must be accessible and comfortable for all users. To ensure an equitable, inclusive and welcoming public realm. Inclusive and safe surfaces
SW.L.126
Durability Materials must be durable, robust and suitable for their intended use. To minimise maintenance and remain attractive throughout the life of the public realm.
Durable materials
SW.L.127
Local character Materials should respond to materials used in the surrounding context and on the existing streets either by drawing from their palette or by positively differentiating from them. To ensure that the public realm ties into local character. Contextual materials
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
173
SW LANDSCAPE | Materiality
SW.L.128
Variation in paving sizes Variation in paving sizes should be used to demarcate pedestrian, cyclist and vehicle zones. To create a clear definition between surfaces for different users.
Distinguishing use through paving
SW.L.129
On-street parking and loading bays Materiality of on-street parking and loading bays should be coherent with the material of the central movement route. To ensure a continuous public realm. Parking bay surfaces
SW.L.130
Intersections & junctions Paving and materiality must contribute to legibility and wayfinding, particularly at key intersections and junctions. The design of junctions and intersections should prioritise the safety and convenience of pedestrians and cyclists. To ensure a people-first public realm. Materiality assisting safety
174
SW.L.131
Squares - extent of material The materiality of squares should appear as a consistent surface. The primary materiality of the Squares could extend up to the primary building line. To define the extent of the Squares. Consistency of materiality in Squares
SW.L.132
Squares - contextual materials Materiality of the Squares should respond to local character either by drawing from their palette or by positively differentiating from them. To create a coherent public realm that ties into the local character. Budolfi Plads - SLA
SW.L.133
Contextual materials
Squares - shared surface The Squares could include shared surface materials for vehicular areas. To ensure a people-first public realm within the Squares.
Shared surface
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
175
SW LANDSCAPE | Street Furniture
Street Furniture SW.L.134
Familiar design Furniture within the public realm should be selected or designed to ensure a familiar design language within each Character Area. To allow for cohesion of street furniture in the public realm.
Furniture materials
SW.L.135
Local context Where street furniture is provided, it could tie into the local context. This could be achieved by drawing from existing borough guidance. To stitch into the local context and provide familiar street furniture.
176
SW.L.136
Resting places Furniture within streetscapes and pedestrian-priority routes should be designed to provide resting places along key desire lines. A diverse range of seating should be provided, for a wider range of users. To align furniture placement with key desire lines. Resting places
SW.L.137
Regular distribution Seating should be provided at intervals no greater than 50m throughout public realm and on pedestrian routes. To create a functional and comfortable public realm.
Seating distribution
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
177
SW LANDSCAPE | Street Furniture
SW.L.138
Seating and microclimate Seating should be located to optimise their use throughout the year, considering sunlight and microclimate conditions. To maximise comfort of users.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Microclimate.
Usable seating
SW.L.139
Designed for a range of abilities Seating areas should provide space for wheelchair users, prams or pushchairs to be positioned adjacent to seating. The design of a proportion of seating should allow wheelchair users to transfer onto seating, without impeding features such as armrests. To ensure a wide range of users can comfortably rest in the public realm.
178
Accessibility provision
SW.L.140
Durability Design or selection of furniture must consider its durability and maintenance requirements. To maintain a comfortable and durable public realm.
Durable street furniture
SW.L.141
Material palette Furniture within the public realm must have a simple and coherent material palette. This could include wood, metal, and concrete. To ensure a cohesive material palette in the public realm. Simple, coherent material palette
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
179
SW LANDSCAPE | Lighting
Lighting SW.L.142
Accessible and inclusive lighting The lighting strategy and design must create usable, comfortable environments for a wide range of end users. To ensure an equitable and inclusive public realm, suitable for people with a range of abilities.
SW.L.143
Safe and welcoming
Inclusive lighting
Ladegårdsparken - SLA
Where external lighting is provided, it must be designed to help create a safe and welcoming environment. This could include vertical illumination. To create a safe, welcoming public realm.
Welcoming lighting
The Oasis at Roskilde Festival - SLA
SW.L.144
Enhance character Where external lighting is provided, it must be used to enhance the character and quality of the public realm. To create a high-quality public realm.
Characterful lighting
180
SW.L.145
Wayfinding Lighting strategy and design should be utilised for wayfinding. To strengthen the wayfinding strategy and improve wayfinding after dark.
Lighting supporting wayfinding
SW.L.146
Human scale lighting The location of lighting should consider a human scale. This should include a consistent mounting height for pedestrian routes and could include integration of lighting in street furniture. To support placemaking and a pedestrian-friendly environment. Pedestrian-focused lighting
SW.L.147
Landmarks Lighting to landmarks should be selective and consider human scale. To aid wayfinding and overall legibility through highlighting critical vistas.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
181
SW LANDSCAPE | Lighting
SW.L.148
Impacts on ecology Where external lighting is provided, it should minimise impacts on biodiversity, particularly along the ecological corridors. Spill light into sensitive ecological areas should be limited. To minimise impacts on biodiversity.
SW.L.149
Light pollution The design of lighting must avoid unwanted light pollution. To reduce light pollution and it’s negative impact on the wellbeing of residents and local wildlife.
SW.L.150
Potential conflict between users Areas where users may conflict - such as vehicles, cyclists or pedestriansshould have an increased light uniformity. To help increase visibility and safety for all.
Uniform lighting at conflict area
182
SW.L.151
Reducing glare and contrast The design of lighting must minimise contrast and glare. This could include selection of luminaires with low glare, concealed light sources or the spacing of luminaires. To maintain visibility and deliver a successful lit environment. Lighting minimising glare and contrast
SW.L.152
Landscape lighting and glare Fixtures located adjacent to landscape areas must minimise obtrusive light. This could be through fitted louvres, lenses or other glare control accessories. To prevent direct views of the light sources.
SW.L.153
Colour temperature The colour temperature along routes should be warm white. To support wellbeing of people.
Warm white colour temperature
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
183
SW LANDSCAPE | Wayfinding
Wayfinding SW.L.154
Accessible and inclusive signage Where signage is provided, it must be inclusive, and considerate of the position, lighting, visual contrast and legibility. To create a welcoming and inclusive public realm for all users. Legible signage
SW.L.155
Simple, legible and consistent Signage must be highly legible and uncomplicated. Signage must use a consistent design language of materials, character and quality across the Site. To create an cohesive, navigable public realm.
SW.L.156
Durable and robust Signage must be made of durable materials and designed to minimise the impacts of weathering and vandalism. To ensure the quality of the public realm is maintained in the future.
Durable signage
184
SW.L.157
Integrated signage Signage could be incorporated into landscape elements such as paving, lighting columns and seating. To reduce clutter in the public realm.
Integrated signage
SW.L.158
Local context Signage should tie into the local context. This could include local street signs and the Legible London wayfinding totems. To stitch into the local context and provide familiar wayfinding.
Wayfinding totem
SW.L.159
Habitat and biodiversity awareness Interpretation boards should be placed explaining the habitats present on Site and target species. This could be integrated with general wayfinding and directional signage. To enable appreciation and understanding of nature. Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
185
SW LANDSCAPE | Play
Play SW.L.160
Playground areas Dedicated play areas must be located in the public realm. They should be accessible, welcoming and open. The diagram below illustrates indicative locations of dedicated playground areas within the Earls Court Development. To create a connected, vibrant network of play space.
► Refer to Spatial Strategies chapter in the Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
Key Key Dedicated playground areas Detailed Component
Illustrative play strategy diagram
186
Silkeborg Pedestrian Streets and Søndertorv - SLA
SW.L.161
Nature play Where play spaces are provided, they must facilitate opportunities for engagement with nature. This could include soft landscaping and planting within play areas. To support the overall landscape strategy. Nature play
SW.L.162
Inclusive play Play spaces must offer appropriate, usable provision for a wide range of age groups and to meet the requirements of a diverse range of end users. To ensure play is accessible and inclusive to all. Inclusive play spaces
A
SW.L.163
Sensory stimulation The design of play spaces should provide sensory stimulation as part of the design using colour, texture, smell, animation etc. To create a varied and interesting play experience. Multi-sensory play
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
187
SW LANDSCAPE | Play
SW.L.164
Natural surveillance Play spaces must have natural surveillance from buildings and movement routes. To ensure safety and security.
Natural surveillance
SW.L.165
Carer provision Play spaces must provide seating within view of play equipment for parents and carers to use. To increase usability and comfort.
Seating for carers
SW.L.166
Materiality and play Materials used within play space must be appropriate for safe play. These could be soft materials such as recycled rubber, sand and grass. To create a safe environment for users of all ages.
Recycled rubber used within a play space
188
Ladegårdsparken - SLA SW.L.167
Clear sight lines in play areas Landscape design must facilitate visibility throughout play areas. This could be achieved through stem clearance of at least 2.5m, or arrangement and heights of lower planting. To promote safety in play areas. Tree stem clearance to enable sight lines
The Oasis at Roskilde Festival - SLA SW.L.168
Biodiversity value in playscapes The arrangement of planting within playscapes should be configured in a way that retains biodiversity value. To ensure planting in play spaces have high biodiversity value.
Planting in play space is clearly defined and has high ecological value.
SW.L.169
Accessible play Play spaces should integrate accessible equipment that allows wheelchair users and individuals with mobility issues, sensory needs and hidden disabilities to have equitable access to play.
The Social Spine - SLAA
To ensure play is accessible and inclusive to all. Accessible play equipment included in play spaces
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
189
SW LANDSCAPE | Public Art
Public Art SW.L.170
Place-specific Public art should be place-specific and enhance the overall place-making and public realm strategy. To create a vibrant, place-specific public realm.
► Refer to Spatial Strategies chapter in the
Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
Contextual public artwork
SW.L.171
Opportunities for local engagement Public art should provide opportunities for engagement with the local community. This could include consultation with the community or engagement of local artists. To ensure public art has a distinct local character.
► Refer to Spatial Strategies chapter in the
Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08). Public artwork
190
SW.L.172
Accessible Public art should be accessible to all users and consider the different needs of people when accessing and enjoying public art. To ensure public art is accessible and inclusive to all.
SW.L.173
Integrated Opportunities for the integration of public art with architecture should be explored. To embed greater flexibility and creativity in the location and form of public art. Integrating public artworks
SW.L.174
Weathering and durability Public art must be suitable for exposure to the environment if located in the public realm. This should be through the use of durable materials. To ensure the public realm is maintained in the future.
Durable public artwork
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
191
SW LANDSCAPE | Communal Amenity
Communal Amenity SW.L.175
Podiums and roof terraces Podiums and roof terraces should be accessible and usable by residents, subject to coordination with other uses or requirements. To maximise communal amenity for residents.
Accessible roof terrace
SW.L.176
Courtyards Where buildings are designed to have internal central courtyards they should be accessible and usable to residents, where possible. To create spaces that serve as communal areas and contribute to the life of the neighbourhood. Useable, planted courtyards
SW.L.177
Minimise compartmentalisation Communal spaces should minimise compartmentalisation and be accessible and usable to residents. To create shared generous communal spaces.
192
SW.L.178
Soft landscaping Private amenity spaces including courtyards, usable rooftops and usable podiums must include areas of soft landscaping. To maximise planting and biodiversity within plots.
Soft landscaping
SW.L.179
Doorstep play The design and layout of residential courtyards and usable podium landscapes should include doorstep play. To maximise play opportunities for resident children and contribute to the sitewide play strategy.
Doorstep play
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
193
SW BUILT FORM | Overview
Built Form Overview
Earls Court will be transformed into a landscape-led neighbourhood. It will include a diverse mix of spaces, buildings, and uses that holistically create a new vibrant part of West London, a place where people of all ages and backgrounds can come together.
194
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
195
SW BUILT FORM | Building Typologies
Building Typologies SW.B.1
Building typologies Design should align with the Building typologies described in the diagram below. A description of the contributing role of these typologies to the Earls Court Development is included on the following pages. To balance a familiar approach to design with individual design expression.
► Refer to relevant Character Areas for additional information on building typologies.
Key Mid-scale Smaller-scale Large-footprint Pivot Common base Perimeter block Transition block Standalone Table Edge Pavilion Detailed Component
Building typologies
196
SW.B.2
Emerging from local context The design must reflect the approach to heights and massing as described in the Design and Access Statement and summarised in the diagram below. To facilitate a holistic approach to design across different buildings and typologies.
► Refer to Strategic Framework chapter in the Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
Key Extend Transition Reinvent Detailed Component
Urban approach
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
197
SW BUILT FORM | Building Typologies
SW.B.3
Mid-scale • Transitions from the scale of the surrounding buildings • Reinterprets characteristics of local typologies such as mansion blocks • Adopts a materiality that responds to the local context • Provides a façade rhythm and composition that reinforces a consistent character for the crescents To frame West Brompton and Warwick Crescents and contribute to the West Kensington boulevard.
Illustrative diagram, Mid-scale
Mid-scale block
198
SW.B.4
Smaller-scale • Defines the character of lanes • Responds to neighbouring scale and character • Responds to the grain of the adjacent buildings • Includes front doors or active entrances To provide fine-grain residential and non-residential uses on lanes.
Illustrative diagram, Smaller-scale
Smaller-scale buildings
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
199
SW BUILT FORM | Building Typologies
SW.B.5
Large-footprint • Uses massing and architectural expression to create a sense of arrival into the Site • Expresses use through the order and composition of façades • Activates the boulevards through visually permeable frontages • Provides flexible, larger floorplates for commercial uses • The massing illustrated shows these plots as a commercial form, but they could be configured as residential plots in accordance with the Development Specification and Parameter Plan allocation To frame West Kensington and Empress Place Boulevards.
Illustrative diagram, Large-footprint
Large-footprint building
200
SW.B.6
Pivot • Considers all façades given the increased visibility from all angles • Integrates with the surrounding landscape • Explores the importance of the relationship with the ground • Considers greater design experimentation or uniqueness To provide a marker building which can be viewed in the round and is strongly integrated with the landscape. Illustrative diagram, Pivot
Pivot building
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
201
SW BUILT FORM | Building Typologies
SW.B.7
Common base • Considers a distinctive base condition that responds to the character of the public realm • Provides an open and visually connected façade • Adopts a materiality that responds to the local context • Creates opportunities for podiums to be accessible and usable To create a common base or building that has multiple elements, creating a set piece.
Illustrative diagram, Common base
Common base
202
SW.B.8
Perimeter block • Considers the immediate context of each side of the urban block and adopts a form, scale and character that responds to it • Provides a well-defined and enclosed communal courtyard • Creates a coherent and legible urban grain that responds to the local context • Provides a degree of variation in the massing To frame the edge of Lillie Sidings Square and provide a transition to the existing Estate. Illustrative diagram, Perimeter block
Perimeter block
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
203
SW BUILT FORM | Building Typologies
SW.B.9
Transition block • Defines the boulevard edges • Establishes activated and visually permeable frontages to the boulevard • Forms well-defined and enclosed communal courtyards • Creates a degree of variation in the massing, with varying heights expressed To create the curvature of the boulevard and transition between Lillie Sidings Square and West Kensington. Illustrative diagram, Transition block
Transition block
204
SW.B.10
Standalone • Considers all façades given the increased visibility from all angles • Integrates with the surrounding landscape • Considers greater design experimentation or uniqueness • Considers the interfaces with adjacent boundaries including the rail corridor and West Cromwell Road To provide a marker at the northern edge of the Site.
Illustrative diagram, Standalone
Standalone building
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
205
SW BUILT FORM | Building Typologies
SW.B.11
Table Edge • Activates Empress Place with a visually permeable and engaging frontage • Manages a level change To frame and activate the eastern edge of Empress Place
Illustrative diagram, Table Edge
Table Edge
206
SW.B.12
Pavilion • Integrates with the surrounding landscape • Promotes visually permeable and welcoming frontages • Explores massing and façades that activate the public realm • Contributes to wayfinding • Opens the opportunity for architectural expression To animate key public realm including Aisgill Gardens, the Table and Warwick Square.
Illustrative diagram, Pavilion
Pavilion
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
207
SW BUILT FORM | Layout and Massing
Layout and Massing SW.B.13
Defining the edge of the public realm Where indicated in the control diagram below, buildings must predominantly align to the Maximum Building Line. To reinforce the edge of the public realm and frame key routes.
► Refer to relevant Character Areas for additional information on frontages addressing key spaces.
Plan
Maximum Building Line
Maximum building line control diagram
208
SW.B.14
Hold corners Building façades should avoid setting in at corners at upper levels on primary routes. Exceptions could include recessed entrances and/or setbacks at the top of buildings. To reinforce the sense of enclosure on primary routes.
SW.B.15
Plan
Meaningful steps in massing Massing steps should be consolidated, avoiding steps of less than 2 storeys. Single storey massing steps could be acceptable on the top floor, provided there is a legible approach to the design. To ensure clarity and hierarchy of massing.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
209
SW BUILT FORM | Layout and Massing
SW.B.16
Massing breaks Massing could be split, for instance when land use changes result in less deep floorplates. All other guidance must be followed, such as façade hierarchies or appearance. To retain the principles set out for the proposal whilst allowing flexibility.
SW.B.17
Block articulation Massing within a Plot must be clearly articulated. This could be achieved through variation in heights, architectural expression, tone or materiality. To encourage variety along the length of a building façades.
210
SW.B.18
Landing on ground Different ground strategies are permitted depending on the character and context of the building. Building expression must contribute to the legibility of the massing through the ways in which each building lands onto the ground, in relation to its particular location and role in the proposal. The following codes outline three approaches. To allow variety of expression whilst reinforcing the legibility of the proposal as a whole.
SW.B.19
Building base The building base or podium could read as continuous and take precedent over the buildings sitting ‘on top’. This could include the Large-format and Common base building typologies. To create a continuous street wall and unify the ground plane.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
211
SW BUILT FORM | Layout and Massing
SW.B.20
Buildings to ground Taller elements of buildings could be expressed as reaching the ground. This could be achieved through architectural expression including openings, tone or materiality. This could include the Standalone building typology and sitewide key corners identified in Sitewide / Built form. To express the verticality of taller building elements.
SW.B.21
Combination of approaches The previous two approaches to expression of building bases and vertical elements could be combined, where indicated in the control diagram. This could include the Transition block and Perimeter block building typologies. To create harmony in expression in specific parts of the proposal.
212
SW.B.22
Parapet treatment Parapet treatment to accessible podiums or terraces must read as integral to the façade. This could be achieved through extending the same treatment or through consistent tone or materiality. To ensure parapet detailing is integrated into the façade. Parapet treatment integrated with façade
SW.B.23
Length of façades Where development zones contain multiple connected plots or where plot frontages are exceptionally long compared to the existing urban grain, these should be carefully articulated to break up the bulk and massing of the block. This could be achieved through composition and architectural expression such as articulating breaks between the plots (full or partial height), introducing steps or setbacks in the built form, change in materiality or vertical façade articulation. To enhance the local character and urban grain.
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
P1
P2
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
213
SW BUILT FORM | Frontages and Façades
Frontages and Façades SW.B.24
Frontages and façade hierarchy Building façades should respond to the façade hierarchy outlined in the control diagram below. The description of how this could be achieved is outlined throughout this section. To reinforce the hierarchy of the public realm, with particular attention given to key routes and spaces.
Key Façades addressing key routes and spaces Façades addressing existing Estates Detailed Component
Building frontages
214
SW.B.25
Active frontages Active uses, such as retail and food and beverage, must be predominantly concentrated on frontages addressing key routes and spaces. To encourage an activated and vibrant public realm.
Active frontage with food and beverage
SW.B.26
Ground Floor permeability Active uses addressing the public realm must contribute to its animation by maximising proportion of openings, transparency and visibility. To maximise activation and animation of buildings addressing the public realm. Permeable Ground Floor
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
215
SW BUILT FORM | Frontages and Façades
SW.B.27
Entrances Building entrances should look to activate the public realm, particularly in locations where residential is the predominant or only use. To animate the public realm.
Entrance on public realm
SW.B.28
Expression of façades addressing key routes and spaces Façades addressing key routes and spaces should express a more formal approach. This could be achieved through detailing, façade expression, tone or materiality. To reinforce the hierarchy of the public realm.
Façades along main routes
216
SW.B.29
Expression of façades addressing existing Estates Façades addressing the existing Estates on the western edge of the Site, should carefully respond to their immediate context. This could be achieved through tone, materiality, grain and/or scale of their components (windows, recesses, etc.) To ensure that the design of façades addressing the existing Estates consider their unique context. Illustrative view, architectural style reflecting finer scale and grain
SW.B.30
Expression of other façades Other façades could take a less formal approach than primary façades and be of smaller scale and grain. To reinforce the hierarchy of the public realm.
Smaller scale grain
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
217
SW BUILT FORM | Frontages and Façades
SW.B.31
Prominent corners Prominent corners front or terminate important routes and views within the proposal. They should be designed with particular importance and/or incorporate prominent features. Other corners could also be considered. To assist with legibility, orientation, wayfinding and spatial hierarchy.
► Refer to relevant Character Areas for additional information on particularly prominent frontages.
Key Key vistas Prominent corners Detailed Component
Vista façades and prominent corners
218
SW.B.32
Opportunity for specials Façades addressing areas of destination public realm as highlighted below could include special features. Suggested features are outlined on the following page ‘Treatment of Specials’. To define a clear spatial hierarchy around the destination public realm.
► Refer to relevant Character Areas for additional information on particularly prominent frontages.
Key Façades addressing destination public realm Detailed Component
Façades addressing destination public realm
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
219
SW BUILT FORM | Frontages and Façades
SW.B.33
Treatment of specials Buildings facing key public open spaces as shown on the diagrams below could include special features, such as prominent Ground Floor entrances, special building tops or distinctive design in the middle. To reinforce the spatial hierarchy highlighting the frontage to key open spaces.
Special corners
Special Ground Floor
220
Special entrance treatment
Distinctive façade detail
Special top
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
221
SW BUILT FORM | Frontages and Façades
SW.B.34
Balance between sitewide familiarity and definition of Character Areas Building façades should build on the identity of the Earls Court Development while defining the uniqueness of each Character Area. To reinforce both the identity of the Earls Court Development and each Character Area.
► Refer to relevant Character Areas for additional information.
SW.B.35
Expression of use Building uses should be expressed and considered in the design. This could be achieved through details of variation such as transparency, size of apertures, colour, contrast, materiality or articulation. To reinforce legibility, amplify activity and celebrate diversity of use. Use expressed through scale of openings
SW.B.36
Order in the composition Buildings façades should have a considered approach to order in the composition. This could be achieved through vertical alignment in the overall composition. To respond to local character and create a calm environment. Examples of different approaches to order in the composition
222
SW.B.37
Service area treatment Service areas must be integrated into the design of buildings façades. They should add visual interest to the streetscene. To ensure good streetscape throughout the Site. Integrated service area
SW.B.38
Service area extent Service areas must be minimised on Ground Floor frontages addressing key routes and spaces. On all other frontages, they should be minimised to avoid large extents of inactive and blank frontages. To minimise large extents of inactive and blank frontages.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
223
SW BUILT FORM | Tone and Materiality
Tone and Materiality SW.B.39
Complementary materials Care and consideration must be given to each building to ensure that chosen materials are complementary to but subtly different from the existing context and surrounding buildings. To ensure a visually calm, coherent, yet characterful neighbourhood.
Varied, yet complementary façade treatments, materiality and colour
224
SW.B.40
A family of buildings Buildings comprising a shared courtyard or shared base should read as a family of buildings with related materials and detailing. To ensure a refined approach to material application and distribution across the Site.
Buildings with related materials and detailing
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
225
SW BUILT FORM | Tone and Materiality
SW.B.41
Familiarity through tone Design responses must ensure a coherent response to tone that reinforces the identity of the Earls Court Development. To ensure that future designs contribute to a coherent palette across the Site.
SW.B.42
Primary material palette Primary material selection across the Site should form a coherent and recognisable palette. (Adjacent precedents are an illustrative reference palette). To respond and reinterpret to the materiality of the local context.
SW.B.43
Secondary materials Secondary or tertiary materials should contribute a sense of richness and depth to the palette. To provide variety and visual interest to building façades.
226
Illustrative reference palette
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
227
SW BUILT FORM | Tone and Materiality
SW.B.44
Robustness Building materials and treatment must be robust and have enduring qualities. To create durable buildings.
Robust building materials
SW.B.45
Weathering and durability Materials that are prone to discolour, require frequent maintenance or weather poorly must not be used. To retain the appearance and functionality of buildings.
228
SW.B.46
Reflective materials Designs should avoid highly reflective materials. To ensure designs and materiality respond to the local context and incorporate bird-friendly building design principles.
► Refer to Environmental Statement (EC. PA.12).
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
229
SW BUILT FORM | Tall Buildings
Tall Buildings SW.B.47
A distinct cluster The tall building clusters as shown in the below diagram should form a distinct identity for Earls Court. To make Earls Court recognisable from a distance and as a regionally important destination.
Key Location of tall building cluster Detailed Component
Tall building clusters
230
SW.B.48
Cluster legibility Tall buildings must be designed in relation to other tall buildings within the cluster, responding to their massing and architectural expression. To create a harmonious and coherent cluster at Earls Court when seen in relation to existing townscape and its designated heritage assets.
SW.B.49
Addressing 360 degrees All façades should be designed so that they are considered attractive from all angles. Façades could differ as they must be informed by environmental performance requirements and orientation of the building fabric. To ensure buildings are designed with consideration to all vantage points.
SW.B.50
Relationship to Ground Floor The design must contribute positively to its surroundings at street level. This could be achieved through integration with the landscape design or a high level of visual permeability. To strengthen the Ground Floor experience.
Illustrative view, the Cascades
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
231
SW BUILT FORM | Tall Buildings
SW.B.51
Tall building top design The design of the top of a tall building must be clearly articulated, well considered and integrate rooftop elements into a coherent overall form. This could include tops that are lighter in tone. To improve the impact on the skyline.
Illustrative view, WB04
SW.B.52
Top, middle, base Tripartite expression is not mandatory where good design is evident. To allow for flexibility in the tall building form.
Illustrative view, WB03 and WB04
232
SW.B.53
Consideration of microclimate effects at Ground Floor The design of tall buildings must consider the microclimate at Ground Floor, and incorporate massing strategies and design details to mitigate downdraught and wind funnelling. To safeguard pedestrian comfort at street level.
SW.B.54
Consideration of microclimate for amenity The design of tall buildings must consider the microclimate of private and communal amenity. To safeguard the comfort and use of private and communal amenity.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
233
SW BUILT FORM | Heritage Assets
Heritage Assets Preserving or enhancing designated heritage assets Proposals seek to preserve or enhance the significance of heritage assets, in line with statutory and policy requirements, or to minimise or mitigate the potential for harm to their significance. The Design Code focuses on particular views for both boroughs as described in the ‘Impacts on heritage and townscape in RBKC/ LBHF’ sections and the corresponding Character Area chapters referred to for each view.
Philbeach Gardens with St Cuthbert’s Church
234
Non-designated heritage assets The effect of the proposals also takes into consideration the significance of non-designated heritage assets.
Non-designated heritage assets
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
235
SW BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape in RBKC
Impacts on Heritage and Townscape in RBKC
The following information, and codes, relate to selected heritage assets in RBKC which will experience setting change in specified views. There is further specific guidance on the management of these impacts in the accompanying Character Area chapters of the Design Code.
24
EC21
EC20
25
WK06
WK04 WK03
WK05
29
EC19
27
A17
WK07
WK02
EC08
WK01 WK12 EC18
WK08
EC16
EC17
EC15 EC09
WK11 EC06
WK10
EC04
EC05
WK09
WB06 EC10
EC14
EC03
WB10
EC11
WB04 WB05
EC02
EC12
WB09
EC13
WB03 EC01
WB08
WB02
WB07
WB01
8
RBKC key views
236
View 25 - Philbeach Gardens
View A17 - Earl’s Court Square, North
Plot(s): WK08/09 Development Zone(s): T Character Area(s): Lillie Sidings
Plot(s): WB03/04, EC03/10, Development Zone(s): E, F, H Character Area(s): West Brompton
View A14 - Philbeach Gardens
View 29 - Penywern Road
Plot(s): WK07/08/09, EC06 Development Zone(s): L, N, T Character Area(s): Lillie Sidings
Plot(s): EC03/04/05/09/10, WB03/04 Development Zone(s): E, F, H, K, L Character Area(s): West Brompton, Warwick Crescent
View 24 - Trebovir Road
View 8 - Brompton Cemetery
Plot(s): WB04/06, EC04/05/06 Development Zone(s): H, K, L, N Character Area(s): Warwick Crescent
Plot(s): EC02/03/04/05/09/10, WB01/02/03/04/06/07 Development Zone(s): B1/B2, C, E, F, H, K, L, N Character Area(s): Sitewide
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
237
SW BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape in RBKC
Philbeach Gardens (View 25)
WK09
WK08
Plots WK08 and WK09 Development Zone T
► Refer to Lillie Sidings / Built form /
Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Philbeach Gardens - View 25
EC06 WK09
WK08
WK07
Philbeach Gardens (View A14) Plots WK07, WK08, WK09, EC06 Development Zones L, N, T
► Refer to Lillie Sidings / Built form /
Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Philbeach Gardens - View A14
238
Trebovir Road (View 24)
WB04 EC04 EC05
WB06 EC06
Plots WB04, WB06, EC04, EC05, EC06 Development Zones H, K, L and N
► Refer to Warwick Crescent / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Trebovir Road - View 24
Earl’s Court Square North (View A17)
EC03 EC10 WB03 WB04
Plots WB03, WB04, EC03 and EC10 Development Zones E, F and H
► Refer to West Brompton / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Earl’s Court Square North - View A17
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
239
SW BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape in RBKC
EC10
EC03
WB03
EC09
WB04
EC04
EC05
Penywern Road (View 29) Plots EC03, EC04, EC05, EC09, EC10, WB03 and WB04 Development Zones E, F, H, K and L
► Refer to West Brompton / Built form /
Impacts on heritage and townscape, and Warwick Crescent / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape
Penywern Road - View 29
Brompton Cemetery (View 8)
WB02 WB07 WB06 EC03 WB04 EC05 EC10 EC09 WB01 WB03 EC02 EC04
Plots EC02, EC03, EC04, EC05, EC09, EC10, WB01, WB02, WB03, WB04, WB06 and WB07 Development Zones B1/B2, C, E, F, H, K, L and N
► Refer to other references to View 8 within this section
Brompton Cemetery - View 8
240
SW.B.55
Skyline
WB02 WB07 WB06 EC03 WB04 EC05 EC10 EC09 WB01 WB03 EC02 EC04
Buildings in Plots WB01/02/03/04/06/07/08, EC02/03/04/05/09/10, (Development Zones B1/B2, C, E, F, H, K, L, N) must contribute to the formation of a clearly defined skyline. This could be achieved through varied architectural expression between plots, such as variety in colour or materiality. To ensure an appreciation of depth in the massing and reduce its visual impact on heritage assets and their setting.
► Refer to other references to View 8 within this section
Brompton Cemetery - View 8 WB02 WB07 WB06 EC03 WB04 EC05 EC10 EC09 WB01 WB03 EC04 EC02
SW.B.56
Calmed background Buildings in Plots WB01/02/03/04/06/07/08, EC02/03/04/05/09/10, (Development Zones B1/B2, C, E, F, H, K, L, N) should mitigate distraction from the setting and features of the historic cemetery. To minimise the visual impact on heritage assets and their setting.
► Refer to other references to View 8 within this section
Brompton Cemetery - View 8
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
241
SW BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape in RBKC
SW.B.57
Expression of building top
WB02 WB07 WB06 EC03 WB04 EC05 EC10 EC09 WB01 WB03 EC02 EC04
Buildings tops in Plots WB01/02/03/04/06/07/08, EC02/03/04/05/09/10, (Development Zones B1/B2, C, E, F, H, K, L, N) should be clearly legible. This could be achieved by introducing a different rhythm of composition, or changes in tone or materiality. To create a clearly defined skyline which also minimises visual impact on heritage assets and their setting.
► Refer to other references to View 8 within this section
Brompton Cemetery - View 8
SW.B.58
Tripart composition
WB02 WB07 WB06 EC03 WB04 EC05 EC10 EC09 WB01 WB03 EC04 EC02
Buildings in Plots WB01/02/03/04/06/07/08, EC02/03/04/05/09/10, (Development Zones B1/B2, C, E, F, H, K, L, N) should be based on a tripart composition. This could be achieved through a clear top, middle and base which contribute to a sense of layering in the view. To contribute to a sense of layering and legibility of the massing.
► Refer to other references to View 8 within this section
Brompton Cemetery - View 8
242
SW.B.59
Vertical expression
WB02 WB07 WB06 EC03 WB04 EC05 EC10 EC09 WB01 WB03 EC02 EC04
Buildings in Plots WB01/02/03/04/06/07/08, EC02/03/04/05/09/10, (Development Zones B1/B2, C, E, F, H, K, L, N) should mediate between the existing context and taller proposed buildings behind. This could be achieved through vertical expression. To minimise the perceived scale of the buildings.
► Refer to other references to View 8 within this section
Brompton Cemetery - View 8
SW.B.60
Colour
WB02 WB07 WB06 EC03 WB04 EC05 EC10 EC09 WB01 WB03 EC04 EC02
Buildings in Plots WB01/02/03/04/06/07/08, EC02/03/04/05/09/10, (Development Zones B1/B2, C, E, F, H, K, L, N) should have regard to the effect of colour (including tone and reflectivity) as seen in relation to the historic features in the view, and having regard to the earlier codes, for example layering. To separate the foreground and background and contribute to a sense of layering.
► Refer to other references to View 8 within this section
Brompton Cemetery - View 8
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
243
SW BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape in RBKC
EC10
SW.B.61
EC09
Distinguishable from foreground (EC09/10) Buildings within Plots EC09/10 (Development Zone E) should be distinguishable from the foreground, contrasting the bell tower and safeguarding its legibility in the view. This could be achieved by using a darker tone that reads closer to the treeline, contrasting with the lighter stone of the cemetery. To separate the foreground and background, contribute to a sense of layering and reduce visual impact on heritage assets and their setting.
► Refer to other references to View 8 within this section
244
Brompton Cemetery - View 8
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
245
SW BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape in LBHF
Impacts on Heritage and Townscape in LBHF
The following information relates to key verified views in LBHF that building designs must respond to. Further information relating to key design considerations are discussed further in the relevant Character Area chapters.
EC21
41
EC20 WK06
WK04 WK03
45
WK05
EC19
WK07
WK02
EC08
WK01 WK12 EC18
WK08
EC16
EC17
EC1 EC09
WK11 EC06
WK10
EC04
EC05
WK09
WB06 EC10
47 A30
EC14
EC03
WB10
EC11
WB04 WB05
EC02
EC12
WB09
E
WB03 EC01
WB08
WB02
WB07
WB01
59
LBHF Key views
246
View 39 - King’s Road
View A30 - Charleville Road
Plot(s): EC02/04/05/06, WB02/03/04/07/08 Development Zone(s): B1/B2, C, F, H, K, L Character Area(s): West Brompton, Empress Place, Warwick Crescent
Plot(s): WK07/08/11 Development Zone(s): U, T, W Character Area(s): Lillie Sidings
View 59 - Ongar Road
View 45 - Talgarth Road
Plot(s): EC05, WB01/02/03/04, WK07/08/09 Development Zone(s): C, H, T, W Character Area(s): Empress Place, Lillie Sidings
Plot(s): EC20, WK03/04/08 Development Zone(s): R, V1/V2, X Character Area(s): West Kensington
View 47 - Comeragh Road
View 41 - Mornington Avenue
Plot(s): WK01/03/04/05 Development Zone(s): X, Z Character Area(s): Lillie Sidings, West Kensington
Plot(s): WK03/04 (WB03/04/05) Development Zone(s): X (H) Character Area(s): West Kensington
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
247
SW BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape in LBHF
Kings Road (View 39)
WB03 WB04
WB02 WB07/08 EC06 EC02 EC05 EC04
Plots EC02, EC04, EC05, EC06, WB02, WB03, WB04, WB07, and WB08 Development Zones B1/B2, C, F, H, K, L
► Refer to Empress Place / Built form /
Impacts on heritage and townscape, West Brompton / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape, and Warwick Crescent / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape
Kings Road - View 39
Ongar Road (View 59)
WK08 WB04 WB02 EC05 WK07 WK09 WB03 WB01
Plots EC05, WB01, WB02, WB03, WB04, WK07, WK08 and WK09 Development Zones C, H, L, T, W
► Refer to Empress Place / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Ongar Road - View 59
248
Comeragh Road (View 47)
WK03
WK04 WK05 WK01
Plots WK01, WK03, WK04 and WK05. Development Zones W, X and Z
► Refer to Lillie Sidings / Built form /
Impacts on heritage and townscape, and West Kensington / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Comeragh Road - View 47
Charleville Road (View A30)
WK07
WK11
WK08
Plots WK07, WK08 and WK11 Development Zones U, T and W
► Refer to Lillie Sidings / Built form /
Impacts on heritage and townscape.
View A30
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
249
SW BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape in LBHF
Talgarth Road (View 45)
EC20 WK06
WK03
WK04
WK05 WK02
Plots EC20, WK03, WK04 and WK08 Development Zones R, V1/V2 and X
► Refer to West Kensington / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
View 45
Mornington Avenue (View 41)
WB03 WK04 WB04 WB05
WK03
Plots WK03 and WK04 (and WB03/04/05) Development Zone X (and Development Zone H)
► Refer to West Kensington / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
View 41
250
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
251
SW BUILT FORM | Servicing and Maintenance
Servicing and Maintenance SW.B.62
Integrated services The location and integration of services, drainage and ventilation grilles and louvres must be carefully considered. Grilles and louvres should be treated as part of the overall façade composition. Where practical, they should be avoided on the primary façade. To refine the appearance of the building addressing the public realm.
SW.B.63
Services integrated into façade
Integrated plant Rooftop plant and other services should read as an integral part of the design. This could be achieved through extending the façade or setting back plant so that it is not visible from the street. To create ordered and considered roofscapes. Integrated plant
252
SW.B.64
BMU storage location Building Maintenance Units (BMU) in storage should be hidden from street view. To improve the architectural quality and appearance of buildings.
SW.B.65
Maintenance Consideration must be given to the long term maintenance of building façades, and this must be considered early in the design stages. To ensure architectural quality of buildings is retained and maintenance solutions are integrated within the design.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
253
SW BUILT FORM | Microclimate and Neighbourhood
Microclimate and Neighbourhood Future RMAs will need to continue to respond to microclimate considerations. This section identifies some key considerations.
SW.B.66
Impact on homes Consideration of the daylight and sunlight amenity to homes. To safeguard access to natural light and create comfortable homes.
SW.B.67
Consideration of neighbours Consideration of the daylight and sunlight amenity to existing buildings in the Site and existing properties adjoining the Site. The degree of impact should be appropriate to the context of a Site, in consideration of their proximity to a Site that is undergoing significant transformation. To ensure the impact of existing neighbours is given due consideration in designs.
254
SW.B.68
Impact on public realm and private amenity Consideration to daylight to the public realm and private amenity spaces including courtyards and podiums. To maximise the quality of the public realm and private amenity.
SW.B.69
Microclimate mitigation Where microclimate mitigation measures such as canopies are located on buildings, they must be carefully integrated with architecture. To ensure that mitigation measures positively contribute to the architectural design.
► Refer to Environmental Statement (EC. PA.12).
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
255
SW BUILT FORM | Microclimate and Neighbourhood
SW.B.70
Building layout and air quality Building layouts should be designed so that habitable rooms are located away from pollution sources. Non-habitable rooms and less sensitive building uses could be located on façades nearest to pollution sources. To reduce the impact of air pollution on habitable rooms.
SW.B.71
Orientation of internal layouts for air quality
Outdoor spaces and air quality Outdoor spaces such as balconies, gardens and playgrounds should be located away from pollution sources. To reduce the impact of air pollution on outdoor spaces.
Layout of amenity spaces with consideration of air quality
256
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
257
258
4. West Brompton [WB]
Character Area extent
Overview West Brompton is a lively quarter that connects Earl’s Court station to West Brompton station. It is anchored by a leafy crescent lined with shops, cafés and restaurants that ensure it is active during the day and into the evening. Key principles that characterise West Brompton include: •
A tree-lined crescent that connects two stations and associated squares.
•
Two inviting squares opposite each of the stations that stitch into the surrounding context.
•
A mix of active uses at Ground Floor complemented by a mix of homes above.
•
A pair of workspace buildings, responding to each other and the existing context, create a legible gateway into the Site.
•
Building typologies that are contextual and accentuate the geometry of the crescent.
► Refer to Illustrative Masterplan chapter in the Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
260
Illustrative view, West Brompton Crescent
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
261
WB LANDSCAPE | Spaces
Landscape Spaces
1
Squares Warwick Square (1) An inviting square opposite Earls Court Station, including a Flower Amphitheatre, space for gathering, pedestrian and vehicle movement and trees on its edges.
6 3 5
West Brompton Square (2) A welcoming square opposite West Brompton Station where the Bioline and West Brompton Crescent meet, including space for gathering and sitting, planting and spill-out space in front of active frontages.
4
Crescent West Brompton Crescent (3)
2
A lively retail street connecting Warwick and West Brompton Squares. It includes a tree-lined, pedestrian-first public realm and active frontages. Place
Place and Lane
West Brompton Place (4)
Square and Lane
An intimate pocket space that blends the character of the crescent and the lane. Lanes
262
West Brompton Lane (5)
West Brompton Lane West (6)
A quiet residential street framed by townhouses and workspaces, accommodating pedestrian and vehicle movement.
A quiet landscaped street, accommodating pedestrian and vehicle movement.
wi
w
ic
kC
re s
La
oad ck R
W ar
ck
i Warw
W ar
ne
ce
nt
Warwick Square nt
ce
es Cr
W es
tB
ro m
pt
on
Table Park
on
pt
t
es W
om Br
ne
La
West Brompton Square
Old Brom
pton Roa
d
Illustrative sketch showing Ground Floor cutaway
WB LANDSCAPE | Warwick Square
Warwick Square An inviting square opposite Earls Court Station, including a Flower Amphitheatre, space for gathering, pedestrian and vehicle movement and trees on its edges.
Key plan
Illustrative landscape plan
264
WB.L.1
Framed by trees Where loading restrictions allow, the design of Warwick Square must be framed by trees. If the loading constraints do not support sufficient soil depth for trees, other forms of soft landscaping should be used. To create a planted edge to the square.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Planting.
WB.L.2
Defining the threshold and the edge to the road The design of Warwick Square must have a clearly defined edge adjacent to Warwick Road. To create a clear edge condition to Warwick Road and define a clear threshold into the Earls Court Development.
WB.L.3
Permeability of the edge The design of the edge of Warwick Road must be permeable and inviting with clear spaces to walk through, responding to pedestrian desire lines such as the traffic crossing. To welcome people into the Site.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
265
WB LANDSCAPE | Warwick Square
WB.L.4
Visual permeability of the edge The design of the edge of Warwick Road must be visually permeable with planting and trees arranged to ensure a visual connection. To welcome people into the square.
WB.L.5
Space for gathering The design of Warwick Square must have a central gathering zone, free from seating and planting, and large enough for small scale events. To encourage people to dwell in the square and to provide an area for programmed events.
WB.L.6
Receiving steps The design of Warwick Square should include concave steps to manage the level difference. To provide a space for sitting and dwelling and create a sense of enclosure to the square.
266
WB.L.7
Permeability through the steps The design of the steps should allow access for people to sit and walk through the Flower Amphitheatre habitat. To provide seating and increase usability of the square.
WB.L.8
Celebrate Site history The design of the steps could draw inspiration from the steps of the former Exhibition Centres. To celebrate the character of the Site.
Photograph of former Earls Court Exhibition Centres
WB.L.9
The Flower Amphitheatre The design of the steps must include flower-rich species, as described in the sitewide biodiversity strategy. To align with the sitewide biodiversity strategy and create a Flower Amphitheatre habitat on Warwick Square.
► Refer to biodiversity strategy within Sitewide / Landscape / Green/blue infrastructure.
Illustrative view, Warwick Square
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
267
WB LANDSCAPE | Warwick Square
WB.L.10
Pedestrian access The design of Warwick Square must provide usable, comfortable routes suitable for a range of user requirements and at least 3m wide through the square from Earl’s Court Station to West Brompton Crescent. To ensure equity for all users at a key arrival space.
WB.L.11
Vehicular routes Vehicular movement must be kept to the edge of the square and provide vehicle access from Warwick Road to West Brompton Lane and Warwick Lane. To ensure pedestrian priority space.
WB.L.12
Flowering species Planting must include flowering species. Species should include spring flowering shrubs and trees, late blooming herbs and night-flowering. To reinforce the character of a flower display and to ensure suitable species for pollinators.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Green/ blue infrastructure.
268
Flowering species included in planting
WB.L.13
Planting for seasons Planting list must prioritise a plant mix that can perform throughout all seasons, with species that blossom at different times of the year. To maintain characteristic features during autumn and winter.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Green/ blue infrastructure.
WB.L.14
Flowering species
Reading as one space The design and selection of materials should have a complementary and coherent approach between building façades. To reinforce the legibility of the square as a single space
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Materiality.
Paving material extending to building façade
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
269
WB LANDSCAPE | West Brompton Square
West Brompton Square A welcoming square opposite West Brompton Station where the Bioline* and West Brompton Crescent meet, including space for gathering and sitting, planting and spill-out space in front of active frontages.
*Decking over the West London Railway Line (the Bioline) is subject to agreement with third party land owners. In the event that the bioline does not come forward and the existing SINC is retained, the design codes included in this section will still apply. Key plan
Illustrative landscape plan
270
01.
Identity and Character
A composite space Big Moves A Framed Entrance into Earls Court
WB.L.15
The design of West Brompton Square must include elements of the three overlapping functions - The Bioline, the crescent and activity space. To address the different spaces and needs converging on this space
Roads and Access
BI
OL
IN
E
+
SI
NC
Biodiversity Convergence
Foca
A key strategic location to bring together the ecological value of the Cemetery, railway SINC, the Table and Bioline. W LL
A define routes c and urb
Defining the edge Framing
Redefined square
Road
Decking over the WLL poses an The design of West Brompton Square opportunity to create an active urban space must have a clearly defined edge defined by building adjacent to Oldfrontages Brompton Road. The
Reading the square as a whole, overlapping with the Bioline to create a new, generous urban space
A statio Old Bro Brompt the site coming
WB.L.16 Unified character lapping A station square framed by the existing erous Old Brompton Road that links to West The design of West Brompton Square should be clear read asroad a single Brompton and and an access into 1 Station, 3 space, managing the three overlapping the site, with the crescent and lane routes functions. coming south. This could be achieved through a consistent approach to materiality, planting and / or street furniture.
2
To create a unified character for the square.
WB.L.17
edge should be predominantly planting and allow for pedestrian permeability. To create a clear edge condition to Old Brompton Road and define a clear entrance into the Site.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
271
WB LANDSCAPE | West Brompton Square
WB.L.18
Green corridor The design of West Brompton Square must support a green corridor from Brompton Cemetery to the Bioline. The character of the green corridor along the Bioline should be extended into the square. This could be achieved through an extension of the planting. If the Bioline does not come forward in the form of a deck over the West London Line, additional railside planting should be introduced to enhance ecological value of the existing railway SINC. To ensure ecological connections are made to Brompton Cemetery and the railway SINC.
WB.L.19
Extending tree-lined crescent The arrangement and selection of trees should extend the eastern edge of the crescent, adjacent to the carriageway. To extend the character of a tree-lined crescent to Old Brompton Road.
272
WB.L.20
Planting to support enclosure The design of planted zones should support a sense of enclosure and frame West Brompton Square. This could be achieved through undulating layouts where seating faces the centre of the square. To create a well-defined and contained central space.
WB.L.21
Seating The design of planted zones should include fixed seating at the edges. To create an intimate space fostering social interaction.
5 Flexible Seating: Social and Individual
ncave shapes, or small “rooms,” oups of children or families to on among strangers. WB.L.22 Space for gathering
nations with large groups of
• Ideal for larger pedestrian spaces where a mix of activities occur.
• Flexible configurations allow people to move and shift seating to suit their needs, accommodate groups or individuals, access sun or shade, and pick a viewpoint from which to observe other activities or watch kids playing.
The design of West Brompton Square • Provide seats for a variety of heights and sizes, to accommodate must provide a central gathering the needs of children of various ages. zone, free from seating and planting and large enough for small scale events. This should read as a clearing. To create an intimate space fostering social interaction.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
273
WB LANDSCAPE | West Brompton Square
WB.L.23
Spill-out The design of West Brompton Square should provide spill-out spaces adjacent to Ground Floor active uses, in particular the zone in front of EC01.
EC01
EC22
To animate the public realm.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Spill-out
WB07
space.
WB.L.24
Visibility of active uses The design of planting and furniture should allow good visibility of active Ground Floor uses from within the square. To animate the public realm.
Illustrative view, 344-350 Old Brompton Road and West Brompton Square
274
WB.L.25
South-facing spill out space The design of West Brompton Square should include a generous southfacing spill out space at the base of EC01. To animate the public realm.
Illustrative view, EC01 south-facing terrace
WB.L.26
Desire lines The design of planting and furniture should facilitate movement along desire lines. To promote ease of pedestrian movement and access from West Brompton Station.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
275
WB LANDSCAPE | West Brompton Square
WB.L.27
Pedestrian connections The design of West Brompton Square must support pedestrian movement and contribute to the sitewide movement strategy. To support a pedestrian-first public realm.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
WB.L.28
Vehicle access A vehicular route must be provided to the eastern edge of the square. This provides access from West Brompton Lane and controlled access from West Brompton Crescent. To encourage a low-traffic neighbourhood.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
276
WB.L.29
Ecological Stepping Stone The design of West Brompton Square must create an Ecological Stepping Stone habitat, as described in the sitewide biodiversity strategy. To align with the sitewide biodiversity strategy.
► Refer to biodiversity strategy within Sitewide / Landscape / Green/blue infrastructure.
WB.L.30
Planting selection to improve air quality
Treatment of vehicle route The design and material selection for the vehicle route should respond to the design of the crescent and lane. To create a unified Character Area.
Illustrative view, West Brompton Crescent
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
277
WB LANDSCAPE | West Brompton Square
WB.L.31
Drawing from the local context - the cemetery The design of West Brompton Square should respond to the context of the cemetery, including its wall on to Old Brompton Road. This could include material selection, tree species or planting. To create ties with the surrounding context.
WB.L.32
Old Brompton Road, Brompton Cemetery wall
Tree species selection Selection of the tree species in West Brompton Square must relate to those in Brompton Cemetery. To create ties with the surrounding context and biodiversity
Brompton Cemetery tree species
WB.L.33
Semi-mature tree planting Semi mature trees should be specified in suitable locations to create connectivity for birds and bats from Brompton Cemetery. To align with the sitewide biodiversity strategy.
Semi-mature trees
278
WB.L.34
Lighting design
Lighting design within West Brompton Square should be considerate of bird and bat routes to Brompton Cemetery. To align with the sitewide biodiversity strategy. Low-intensity lighting at low-level
WB.L.35
Maintenance access Access to flat roofs on EC13 and EC15 should be considered and integrated within the design proposals to allow maintenance of adjacent trees. To allow tree canopies to be maintained without accessing private gardens.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
279
WB LANDSCAPE | Squares
Squares Warwick Square and West Brompton Square.
Key plan
WB.L.36
Contextual materials The design of the squares must respond to existing local context and reference the RBKC Streetscape guidance. To support continuity of local context in the public realm. Budolfi Plads - SLA
WB.L.37
Materiality of local context
Shared surfaces The design of the squares could include shared surface materials for vehicle routes. Shared surfaces should be recognisable. This could be achieved through tactile edges or a small upstand. To ensure pedestrian priority within squares. Materials used on shared surfaces
280
WB.L.38
Improving air quality The design of the squares should include plants and tree species that improve air quality. To improve air quality on the edges of the Site.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Green/ blue infrastructure.
Planting selection to improve air quality
WB.L.39
Material loading The design of the squares must demonstrate consideration of the loading limitations of below ground tunnels. To ensure materials do not compromise below ground infrastructure.
► Refer to Spatial Strategies chapter in the
Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
Min 1200mm soil for large tree planting Min 450mm soil for grasses, perennials, shrubs
Min 1200mm soil for large tree planting Min 450mm soil for grasses, perennials, shrubs
Indicative diagram showing considerations for soil depth.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
281
WB LANDSCAPE | West Brompton Crescent
West Brompton Crescent A lively retail street connecting Warwick and West Brompton Squares. It includes a tree-lined, pedestrian-first public realm and active frontages.
Key plan
WB.L.40
Typical street section Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below. At the eastern end of the crescent the character should also respond to Warwick Square.
282
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
18.0m min.
SPILL-OUT
FOOTPATH
PLANTING
CENTRAL MOVEMENT ROUTE
PLANTING
FOOTPATH
SPILL-OUT
2.5m
2.0m min.
2.0m min.
5.0m
2.0m min.
2.0m min.
2.5m
Illustrative street section, West Brompton Crescent
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
The design of West Brompton Crescent should allow for spill-out space in front of active Ground Floor uses. Spill-out zones should include breaks.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
Spill-out zones
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WB.L.41
To animate the public realm and create a vibrant crescent.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Spill-out
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
The design of West Brompton Crescent must provide a footpath on both sides of the central movement route.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
Footpaths
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WB.L.42
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
space.
To encourage pedestrian movement on both sides of the crescent.
WB.L.43
Central movement route The design of West Brompton Crescent must provide a central movement route, allowing for cyclists and controlled access vehicle movement. To contribute to the sitewide movement strategy and provide vehicular and cyclist access.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
283
WB LANDSCAPE | West Brompton Crescent
WB.L.44
Radial grid The design of planting and paving should be set out on a radial grid.
Planting The design of West Brompton Crescent should provide planted zones on both sides of the crescent. To create a tree-lined crescent that references local street typologies.
WB.L.46
Arrangement of planting The design of West Brompton Crescent should maximise planted zones. Planted zones should introduce breaks and not obstruct building entrances. To allow clear access and visibility from the crescent to building entrance and to promote ease of pedestrian movement.
284
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WB.L.45
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
To match the setting out of the adjacent plots.
WB.L.47
Parking / planting The design of Warwick Crescent should accommodate planted zones in between car parking and/or loading bays. Car parking and/or loading bays should not be located in front of main building entrances.
To ensure parking is integrated planting and Spaces, does not obstruct Bjørvika within Masterplan and Urban Oslo - SLA entrances.
WB.L.48
Cycle parking The design of cycle parking should be distributed evenly along the crescent. Cycle parking should not be arranged in long rows to allow for ease of pedestrian movement. To ensure that cycle stands do not obstruct building frontages or clutter the public realm.
WB.L.49
Materiality The design and selection of materials should demarcate pedestrian footpaths and the central movement route. This could be achieved through variation in paving size. To create a clear definition between surfaces for different users. Treatment of vehicle route
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
285
WB LANDSCAPE | West Brompton Place
West Brompton Place An intimate pocket space that blends the character of the crescent and the lane.
Key plan
Illustrative landscape plan
286
WB.L.50
Transition The design of West Brompton Place must create a transition between the three adjacent spaces - the square, the crescent and the lane- by drawing key characteristics from each, such as the formal tree alignment of the crescent or material palettes. To provide a continuous public realm experience.
WB.L.51
Illustrative view, West Brompton Place
Define areas of use from areas of movement The design of West Brompton Place should contribute to the legibility of the use of each particular area. This could be achieved through selection of materiality or planting arrangement. To create a legible and varied public realm.
Illustrative landscape plan
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
287
WB LANDSCAPE | West Brompton Lane
West Brompton Lane A quiet residential street framed by townhouses and workspaces, accommodating pedestrian and vehicle movement.
Key plan
WB.L.52
Typical street section Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below. DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
10.0-11.0m min.
FOOTPATH
PARKING
CENTRAL MOVEMENT ROUTE
FOOTPATH
1.0m
3.0m
5.0m
2.0m
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
Illustrative street section, West Brompton Lane
288
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
The design of West Brompton Lane must provide a central movement route, allowing for cyclists and vehicle movement.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
Central movement zone
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WB.L.53
To contribute to the sitewide movement strategy and provide vehicular and cyclist access.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
WB.L.54
Footpath The design of West Brompton Lane must provide a footpath adjacent to the central movement route. To ensure safe pedestrian movement.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
289
WB LANDSCAPE | West Brompton Lane
The design of parking and/or loading bays should avoid locations in front of residential entrances.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
Parking / loading bays DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WB.L.55
To ensure car parking and loading bays do not obstruct access to homes.
WB.L.56
Parking / planting The design of West Brompton Lane should accommodate planted zones in between parking. To ensure parking is integrated within planting.
Illustrative view, planted zone
290
WB.L.57
Sense of enclosure The design of the threshold between the squares and the lane should create a sense of enclosure. This could be achieved through an arch or planting. To reflect local style of mews lanes and reinforce change in nature of street. Mews arch typology in RBKC
Budolfi Plads - SLA
WB.L.58
Uniform materiality The design and selection of paving must be uniform, avoiding contrasting materials. It should reflect the local character of similar streets. To ensure that the lane reflects the local character and material palette of lanes. Uniform materiality
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
291
WB LANDSCAPE | West Brompton Lane West
West Brompton Lane West A quiet landscaped street, accommodating pedestrian and vehicle movement.
Key plan
WB.L.59
Typical street section Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below. MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
12.0m min.
FOOTPATH
CENTRAL MOVEMENT ROUTE
FOOTPATH
PLANTING
2.0m
5.0m
2.0m
3.0m min.
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
292
Illustrative street section, West Brompton Lane West
The design of West Brompton Lane West must provide a central movement route, allowing for cyclists and controlled access vehicle movement.
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
Central movement zone
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
WB.L.60
To contribute to the sitewide movement strategy and provide vehicular and cyclist access.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
The design of West Brompton Lane West must provide a footpath adjacent to the central movement route.
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
Footpath
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
WB.L.61
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
and movement.
To ensure safe pedestrian movement.
WB.L.62
Planted zone The design of West Brompton Lane West must provide a planted zone with trees on at least one side of the lane. To maximise planting within the lanes.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
293
WB BUILT FORM | Building Typologies
Built Form Building Typologies Mid-scale (Development Zones A, E, F, M) Mid-scale buildings frame West Brompton and Warwick Crescents. Buildings adopt a massing, layout, composition and materiality that is informed by the local character and local typologies.
J
M D E
Smaller-scale (Development Zone D) Smaller-scale buildings are located on West Brompton Lane and define the street’s character, responding to its immediate context and scale.
Pavilion
E
F
D
(Development Zone J) The Pavilion is located on the northern edge of Warwick Square. It provides active frontages which contribute to the animation of the square.
294
F A
oad ck R
i Warw
Warwick Square
Table Park
West Brompton Square
Old Brom
pton Roa
d
Illustrative sketch showing built form typologies
WB BUILT FORM | Mid-scale
Mid-scale (Development Zones A, E, F, M) Mid-scale buildings frame West Brompton and Warwick Crescents. Buildings adopt a massing, layout, composition and materiality that is informed by the local character and local typologies.
Key plan
Illustrative view, West Brompton Crescent
296
WB.B.1
Expressing curves Building façades addressing the crescents should contribute to the legibility of the curve. Large facets should be avoided. To reinforce the legibility, character and sweeping geometry of the crescents.
WB.B.2
Continuity along the crescent Building façades addressing the crescents should have a consistent approach to order in the composition. This could include horizontal expression or datums. To reinforce the geometry of the crescent.
Illustrative view, West Brompton Crescent
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
297
WB BUILT FORM | Mid-scale
WB.B.3
Consistent horizontal datum Buildings façades addressing the crescents should maintain a consistent horizontal datum. This could be expressed through set backs, change of tone or materiality, or rhythm and composition To reinforce the reading of the crescent form and safeguard a formal architectural expression.
WB.B.4
Grain The design of buildings along the crescent should provide harmonising architectural features to read the crescent as a continuous façade. This could be achieved through similar composition, architectural detailing or complementary materials. To express buildings along the crescent as a set piece.
298
Façade expression and material selection expressing grain
WB.B.5
Ground Floor datum Ground Floor façades addressing the crescents should express a clearly defined horizontal datum. To reinforce a Ground Floor horizontal datum and reflect local character.
Ground Floor datum of local street
WB.B.6
Ground Floor façade rhythm Ground Floor façades addressing the crescents should express a consistent vertical rhythm. To reflect the rhythm, grain and expression of local, West London shopping street.
Ground Floor façade rhythm of local street
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
299
WB BUILT FORM | Mid-scale
WB.B.7
Balconies along the crescent Balconies should not project beyond the maximum building line along West Brompton Crescent. If inset balconies are impractical in this location, projecting or semi-projecting balconies should not compromise the reading of the geometry and/or environmental conditions. To reinforce the legibility of West Brompton Crescent as a shopping street typology.
WB.B.8
Illustrative view, West Brompton Crescent
Façade articulation Building façades must respond to the character of the local context. This could be achieved through the expression of architectural components, façade depths and hierarchy, detail, composition or contrast in materiality. To integrate with the local character by interpreting architectural expression in a contemporary approach.
Façade articulation in contemporary and local buildings
300
WB.B.9
Coherent architectural response Where buildings with different uses face each other along West Brompton Crescent their architectural expression must establish a familiar design relationship to one another. For example through common horizontal datums, façade rhythms, tone or materials.
Illustrative view, West Brompton Crescent
To create a harmonious streetscape.
WB.B.10
Familiarity through tone The tone and materiality of the built form across the Character Area should draw from an earthy palette and be complementary to the local context. To reinforce a cohesive and familiar palette.
Palette of materials with an earthy tone
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
301
WB BUILT FORM | Mid-scale
WB.B.11
Relationship between EC09 and EC16 Buildings on EC09 and EC16 should respond both to each other and to the existing context. This could be achieved through composition, tone or materiality, or consistent datums. To reinforce the legibility of a gateway into the Site. Illustrative view, Warwick Square
WB.B.12
Active frontages to the squares Land uses at the Ground Floor should create active frontages facing the squares. This could include retail frontages, food and beverage frontages and residential front doors.
EC16 EC09
To animate the public realm.
EC01
302
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
303
WB BUILT FORM | Smaller-scale
Smaller-scale (Development Zone D) Smaller-scale buildings are located on West Brompton Lane and defines a street character, responding to its immediate context and scale.
Key plan
Illustrative view, West Brompton Lane
304
WB.B.13
Articulation of the building line Smaller-scale buildings must predominantly align to the maximum building line. Designs could offset inwards from the building line within the lane. To create flexibility for entrances and defensible space adjacent to the lane.
WB.B.14
Activation of Warwick Square Ground Floor frontages addressing Warwick Square should be visually connected and transparent, where possible. To animate Warwick Square and to allow the building’s interior functions to foster a connection with the surroundings.
Illustrative view, Warwick Square
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
305
WB BUILT FORM | Smaller-scale
WB.B.15
Expressive roofscapes Smaller-scale buildings could have an expressive roofscape. This could include a pitched roof or shaped parapet. Flat roofs are also acceptable. To create a characterful roof form adjacent to existing neighbours.
WB.B.16
Individual expression Design of Smaller-scale buildings should express their individuality. This could be achieved through the rhythm and composition of the massing or façade, variances in tone and materiality or detail. To reinforce the intimate scale of the lane, referencing local character.
Expression of individual townhouses massing and form
306
WB.B.17
Continuity along the lane Building façades addressing the lane should have a consistent approach to order in the composition. To reflect the order of local streets.
Illustrative view, West Brompton Lane
WB.B.18
Relationship of public realm and private spaces The design of Smaller-scale buildings, in particular residential habitable rooms at grade, must safeguard privacy. This could be achieved through detailing or arrangement of openings. To safeguard privacy of Ground Floor units.
Privacy measures for windows addressing street
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
307
WB BUILT FORM | Smaller-scale
WB.B.19
Coherent architectural response Where buildings with different uses face each other across the lane their architectural expression must establish a familiar design relationship. This could include common horizontal datums, façade rhythms or materials. To create a harmonious streetscape.
WB.B.20
Interface with trees Architectural responses must consider existing trees along the Site’s eastern boundary. This could include features such as gutter guards, rain water pipe locations to reduce maintenance requirements, avoidance of valley gutters, waterproofing design to avoid potential for damp ingress to façades and structure. To ensure impacts to existing trees are minimised and pressure to fell is mitigated.
308
Illustrative view, West Brompton Lane
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
309
WB BUILT FORM | Pavilion
Pavilion (Development Zone J) The Pavilion is located on the northern edge of Warwick Square. It provides active frontages which contribute to the animation of the square.
Key plan
WB.B.21
Contribution to the public realm Ground Floor uses should contribute to the activation of the public realm. This could include cafés, exhibition space or creative commercial spaces. To create a vibrant and engaging environment. Cafe encourages uses of the public realm
310
WB.B.22
Permeable, open and welcoming frontages Ground Floor façades should be visually connected and transparent, where possible. To create a strong visual connection and activate the public realm. Glazing on Ground Floor façades to create transparency
WB.B.23
Integrated with landscape design The design of the Pavilion could be integrated with the landscape. It could include planting within the architecture, or reference the landscape in the architectural expression. To allow for integration of the landscape design within the architecture.
Architecture featuring planting
► Refer to West Brompton / Landscape.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
311
WB BUILT FORM | Pavilion
WB.B.24
Roof articulation The Pavilion could have a distinct roof articulation. To create visual interest and a distinct architectural character.
WB.B.25
Playfulness The Pavilion could explore opportunities for diverse architectural expression. This could be achieved through the use of colour or interactive elements. To create a dynamic and engaging space that inspires creativity.
Use of colour creates a sense of playfulness
312
WB.B.26
Integration of art The Pavilion could provide opportunities for integrated art. The artwork could be developed through consultation with the existing local community or engagement of a local artist. To integrate the community’s identity with the architectural design.
► Refer to Spatial Strategies chapter in the
Integration of art within the Pavilion
Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
313
WB BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape
Impacts on Heritage and Townscape EC02
WB.B.27
Intermediate layering Buildings within Plot EC02 (Development Zone F) should provide an intermediate layer between the existing buildings in the foreground, and the proposed taller buildings behind. This could be achieved through the use of colour, materiality, or architectural expression. To minimise distraction and impact of the change in scale between the existing townscape in the foreground, and the proposed higher development.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Kings Road - View 39
EC02
WB.B.28
Vertical expression Buildings within Plot EC02 (Development Zone F) should mediate between the existing context and taller proposed building behind. This could be achieved through vertical expression. To minimise the perceived scale of the buildings.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Kings Road - View 39
314
EC02
WB.B.29
Distinguishable from foreground Buildings within Plot EC02 (Development Zone F) should have a distinctive rhythm and composition that differ from other buildings in the view. To avoid coalescence in the massing and reduce visual impact on heritage assets and their setting.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Kings Road - View 39
EC10
WB.B.30
Complement local character Buildings within Plots EC09/10 (Development Zone E) should reflect and complement the grain and typologies of existing buildings in the foreground. They should avoid creating a visual distraction and mediate between shorter buildings in the foreground, and taller buildings behind.
EC09
Rectilinear terraced form anticipated within sloped parameter
To complement the existing grain and typologies.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Penywern Road - View 29
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
315
WB BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape
EC10
WB.B.31
EC03
EC09
Expression of building top Building tops in Plots EC03/09/10 (Development Zones E and F) should be clearly legible. This could be achieved by introducing a different rhythm of composition, or changes in tone or materiality. Proposed buildings particularly in the foreground of the view (Plot EC10) should also be further refined to create a sense of vertical rhythm and massing variation. A visual break should be introduced, which could be achieved by set backs, cut backs or change in articulation at the top of the perceived building volume. To create an appropriate relationship with the existing townscape, reducing impact on heritage assets and their setting.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
316
Penywern Road - View 29
WB.B.32
Intermediate layer of EC09/10
EC10
EC09
Rectilinear terraced form anticipated within sloped parameter
Buildings within Plots EC09/10 (Development Zone E) should provide an intermediate layer between the existing buildings in the foreground, and the proposed taller buildings behind. To minimise distraction and impact of the change in scale between the existing townscape in the foreground, and the proposed higher development, and to avoid coalescence of massing.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Penywern Road - View 29 EC03 EC10
WB.B.33
Distinguishable from foreground Buildings within Plots EC03/10 (Development Zones E and F), should be distinguishable from the foreground, other buildings, and each other. Their design should mediate between the foreground and the background, breaking down the massing and avoiding coalescence. To create distinguishable buildings within a broader composition of new and old architecture.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Earl’s Court Square North - View A17
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
317
WB BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape
EC10
WB.B.34
Vertical expression of Plot EC10 Buildings within Plot EC10 (Development Zones E) should mediate between the existing context and taller proposed building behind. This could be achieved through vertical expression. To minimise the perceived scale of the buildings.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Earl’s Court Square North - View A17 EC10
WB.B.35
Complement local character Buildings within Plot EC10 (Development Zone E) should reflect and complement the grain and typologies of existing buildings in the foreground. They should avoid creating a visual distraction and mediate between shorter buildings in the foreground, and taller buildings behind. To complement the existing grain and typologies.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Earl’s Court Square North - View A17
318
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
319
320
5. Warwick Crescent [WC]
Character Area extent
Overview Warwick Crescent is a quiet and contemporary residential area centred around a landscaped crescent that draws on local character and prioritises pedestrians. Key principles that characterise Warwick Crescent include: •
Creating a quiet residential area with a tree-lined crescent and lanes.
•
Providing a range of housing typologies responding to the context of the local area.
•
Developing a transition in scale from the edge of the Site to the Table.
•
Creating a prescence along West Cromwell Road and a key access route to the Site.
► Refer to Illustrative Masterplan chapter in the Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
322
Illustrative view, Warwick Crescent
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
323
WC LANDSCAPE | Spaces
Landscape Spaces
3
6
2
5
4 1
Crescent
St Cuthbert’s Lane (3)
Warwick Crescent (1) A tree-lined contemporary residential crescent.
An extension of Warwick Lane accommodating pedestrian and vehicle movement and connecting the Site to the north.
Lane
Warwick Lane (East and West) (4,5)
Warwick Lane (2) An intimate lane that runs along the Site’s edge to Philbeach Gardens, accommodating pedestrian and vehicle movement.
A quiet landscaped street, accommodating pedestrian and vehicle movement. Place Warwick Place (6) An intimate pocket space that terminates Warwick Crescent.
324
Cro
mw ell R oad
St C
uthb
ert’s
Lan
e
Wes t
wi
w
The Casca des
ic
kC
re s
La
ne
k
W ar
ck
ic Warw
W ar
ce
nt
Warwick Square t en
c es Cr
W es
tB
ro m
pt o
n
Table Park
ulevar
d
Illustrative sketch showing Ground Floor cutaway
WC LANDSCAPE | Warwick Crescent
Warwick Crescent A tree-lined contemporary residential crescent.
Key plan
Illustrative view, Warwick Crescent
326
WC.L.1
Typical street section Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
15.0m min.
FOOTPATH
PLANTING
CENTRAL MOVEMENT ROUTE
PLANTING
FOOTPATH
2.0m
3.0m min.
5.0m
3.0m min.
2.0m
Footpaths The design of Warwick Crescent must provide a footpath on both sides of the central movement route.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WC.L.2
Illustrative street section, Warwick Crescent
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
To ensure safe pedestrian movement.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
327
WC LANDSCAPE | Warwick Crescent
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
The design of Warwick Crescent must provide a central movement route, allowing for cycle and vehicle movement.
15.0m min.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
Central movement route
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WC.L.3
To contribute to the sitewide movement strategy and provide cycle and vehicle access.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
WC.L.4
Parking / planting The design of Warwick Crescent should accommodate planted zones in between parking. To ensure parking is integrated within planting.
WC.L.5
Planting The design of Warwick Crescent should provide planted zones on both sides of the crescent. To create a tree-lined crescent that references local street typologies.
328
WC.L.6
Radial grid The design of planting and paving should be set out on a radial grid. To match the setting out of the adjacent plots.
WC.L.7
Alignment with lanes and walks The design of parking and planted zones must not obstruct entrances to lanes and walks. To allow clear access and visibility from the crescent to other routes.
WC.L.8
Alignment with main entrances The design of car parking and planted zones should not be located in front of residential entrances. To allow clear access and visibility from the crescent to building entrances.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
329
WC LANDSCAPE | Warwick Lane
Warwick Lane An intimate lane that runs along the Site’s edge to Philbeach Gardens, accommodating pedestrian and vehicle movement.
Key plan
Illustrative view, Warwick Lane
330
WC.L.9
Typical street section Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below. DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
SITE BOUNDARY
12.0m min.
Footpaths The design of Warwick Lane must provide a footpath on at least one side of the central movement route.
2.0m
2.8m min.
CENTRAL MOVEMENT ROUTE
PLANTING
6.0m
1.2m
Illustrative street section, Warwick Lane
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WC.L.10
PARKING/ PLANTING
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
FOOTPATH
To ensure safe pedestrian movement.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
331
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
The design of Warwick Lane must provide a central movement route, allowing for cycle and vehicle movement.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
Central movement route
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WC.L.11
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WC LANDSCAPE | Warwick Lane
To contribute to the sitewide movement strategy and provide cycle and vehicle access.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
WC.L.12
Parking / planting The design of Warwick Lane should accommodate planted zones in between car parking. Loading bays should be avoided in front of residential entrances, where possible. To ensure parking is integrated within planting.
WC.L.13
Planting edge treatment The design of Warwick Lane must provide a planted zone adjacent to the boundary adjoining Philbeach Gardens properties. This should be maximised inasmuch as other competing needs would allow. To create an edge condition and create a buffer with neighbouring properties.
332
WC.L.14
Neighbouring trees The design of boundary treatments must minimise impact on existing trees in adjoining properties, such as potential negative impacts of wall treatment or lighting. To promote retention of trees and minimise impact on adjoining properties. Aerial imagery of existing trees in adjoining properties
WC.L.15
Boundary treatment The design of boundary treatments must respond to the outcomes of consultation with neighbours. To foster the participation of the neighbouring communities.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Boundary conditions.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
333
WC LANDSCAPE | St Cuthbert’s Lane
St Cuthbert’s Lane An extension of Warwick Lane accommodating pedestrian and vehicle movement and connecting the Site to the north.
Key plan
Illustrative view, St Cuthbert’s Lane
334
WC.L.16
Consistency of character The design of St Cuthbert’s Lane and Warwick Lane should have a consistent character, movement and hierarchy. This could be achieved through the choice of materiality or planting. To provide a consistent character of the lanes.
WC.L.17
St Cuthbert’s Church setting The design of St Cuthbert’s Lane must consider the adjacent St Cuthbert’s Church. This could be achieved through the arrangement of new planting or responding to materiality. To celebrate local heritage and support the setting of Grade 1 listed St Cuthbert’s Church.
WC.L.18
St Cuthbert’s Lane, Philbeach Gardens
Tree retention The design of St Cuthbert’s Lane must retain existing trees adjacent to St Cuthbert’s Church. If this is not possible, planting of equivalent character should be provided. To frame the setting of the Church and promote retention of the Site’s natural assets.
► Refer to the Arboricultural Impact Assessment (EC.PA.09).
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
335
WC LANDSCAPE | St Cuthbert’s Lane
WC.L.19
Typical street section A - Adjacent to St Cuthbert’s Church Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below.
SITE BOUNDARY
RAILWAY CORRIDOR
20.0m min.
PLANTING
FOOTPATH
CENTRAL MOVEMENT ROUTE
CYCLE ROUTE
PLANTING
3.0m
2.0m
7.0m
3.0m
5.0m
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
Illustrative street section, St Cuthbert’s Lane
Key plan
336
Typical street section B - Adjacent to EC19 Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below.
SITE BOUNDARY
13.0m min. DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WC.L.20
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
FOOTPATH
CENTRAL MOVEMENT ROUTE
CYCLE ROUTE
PLANTING
2.0m
7.0m
3.0m
1.0m
Illustrative street section, St Cuthbert’s Lane
Key plan
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
337
SITE BOUNDARY
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
SITE BOUNDARY
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
SITE BOUNDARY
The design of St Cuthbert’s Lane must provide a footpath on the southern-western side of the lane.
SITE BOUNDARY
Footpath
RAILWAY CORRIDOR
WC.L.21
RAILWAY CORRIDOR
WC LANDSCAPE | St Cuthbert’s Lane
To encourage safe pedestrian movement.
WC.L.22
Central movement route The design of St Cuthbert’s Lane must provide a central movement route, allowing for vehicle movement. To contribute to the sitewide movement strategy and provide vehicle access.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
338
SITE BOUNDARY
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
The design of St Cuthbert’s Lane must provide a cycle route. It could be located on the north-eastern side of the lane. The cycle route could be demarcated.
SITE BOUNDARY
Cycle route
RAILWAY CORRIDOR
WC.L.23
To connect into the sitewide cycle network and promote cyclist and pedestrian safety.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
WC.L.24
Controlled access Vehicular access to St Cuthbert’s Lane from the north and south must be controlled (extent of controlled access is indicated in the diagram). To contribute to the sitewide movement strategy and provide vehicular access.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
Extract of sitewide diagram
Key Vehicle route Controlled access vehicle route
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
339
WC LANDSCAPE | St Cuthbert’s Lane
WC.L.25
Interface with St Cuthbert’s Church The design of St Cuthbert’s Lane must give consideration to the current design and use of potential curtilage around the Church. To have an integrated approach to landscape design that incorporates the neighbouring conditions.
Planted buffer at rear of St Cuthbert’s Church
WC.L.26
Cluny Mews access The design of St Cuthbert’s Lane must enable a future pedestrian and cycle connection to Cluny Mews. Any future proposals to be resolved at later stages of design should be informed by consultation with neighbours, including St Cuthbert’s Church. To safeguard a potential future connection to Cluny Mews. Illustrative masterplan diagram of connection locations.
340
WC.L.27
Cluny Mews alternative access
lift
As an alternative to the Cluny Mews pedestrian and cycle connection, a lift and stair connection could be provided within EC20. To ensure future pedestrian and cycle connectivity. Illustrative masterplan diagram of connection location.
WC.L.28
Public realm design The design and materiality of St Cuthbert’s Lane should contribute to traffic calming and pedestrian safety. This could include banding within the road surface, wall mounted lighting and bollards and vegetated buffers to front doors. To ensure the continuity of safe pedestrian movement.
Vegetated buffer planting and road paving banding
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
341
WC LANDSCAPE | St Cuthbert’s Lane
WC.L.29
Removal of acoustic barrier The design of St Cuthbert’s Lane should include the removal of the existing acoustic barrier. To create a more permeable landscape design
WC.L.30
Access point for railway maintenance The design of St Cuthbert’s Lane must ensure access points for railway maintenance. They should be integrated with the rest of the design. To ensure railway maintenance functionality is retained.
342
WC.L.31
Safe pedestrian crossing The design of St Cuthbert’s Lane must ensure the safety of pedestrians crossing where the Northern Access Road continues alongside the rail corridor. To ensure the continuity of safe pedestrian movement.
WC.L.32
Planting supporting wayfinding The design of land south of EC19 must contribute to wayfinding directing movement from Warwick Lane on to St Cuthbert’s Lane - north and south. This could be achieved through denser planting or the use of level differentiation, making it clear where people should and shouldn’t walk. To provide a clear design that contributes to wayfinding.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
343
WC LANDSCAPE | St Cuthbert’s Lane
WC.L.33
Opportunities for additional nature-based landscaped areas The design of land south of EC19 could be treated as a nature-based landscape or as additional amenity space for residents such as a community garden.
Søndervold Nature Park in Fredericia - SLA
To explore opportunities to amplify nature.
Illustrative view, St Cuthbert’s Lane
WC.L.34
Planting along railway Planting adjacent to the railway corridor must be scrub habitat. To provide a planted buffer between the railway corridor and the Site.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Green/ blue infrastructure.
Planted buffer of scrub habitat
Ørestad City - SLA (habitat types, crub and me
344
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
345
WC LANDSCAPE | Warwick Lane (East and West)
Warwick Lane (East and West) A quiet landscaped street, accommodating pedestrian and vehicle movement.
Key plan
Illustrative landscape plan
346
Typical street section Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below.
FOOTPATH
PLANTED ZONE
CENTRAL MOVEMENT ROUTE
PLANTED ZONE
FOOTPATH
2.0m
3.0m min.
5.0m
3.0m min.
2.0m
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
Illustrative street section, Warwick Lane (East and West)
Footpaths The design of Warwick Lane (East and West) must provide a footpath on both sides of the central movement route.
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
WC.L.36
15.0m min.
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
WC.L.35
To ensure safe pedestrian movement.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
347
WC LANDSCAPE | Warwick Lane (East and West)
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
Warwick Lane (East and West) must provide a central movement route, allowing for cycle and vehicle movement.
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
Central movement route
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
WC.L.37
To contribute to the sitewide movement strategy and provide cycle and vehicle access.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
WC.L.38
Planting Warwick Lane (East and West) should provide a planted zones on both sides of the central movement route. To create a tree-lined lane.
348
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
349
WC LANDSCAPE | Warwick Place
Warwick Place An intimate pocket space that terminates Warwick Crescent.
Key plan
Illustrative landscape plan
350
WC.L.39
Termination of the Warwick Crescent The design of Warwick Place should terminate the route at the western end of the crescent. This could be achieved through a landscape or a building base creating a frontage on to the crescent. To terminate the vista of the crescent.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Spaces
Illustrative views, Warwick Crescent
and routes.
WC.L.40
Community feel If the design of Warwick Place includes a landscaped area, it should be inviting and contribute to creating a community feel and character To invite the local community to use the space.
WC.L.41
Shared surface The design of the carriageway at the end of the crescent could be treated as a shared surface with parking bays located outside of this zone. To create the perception of a wider space and express the pedestrian priority.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
351
WC BUILT FORM | Building Typologies
Built Form
R
S
Q
M
M
M
Building Typologies
K
Key plan
Mid-scale
Standalone
(Development Zone M)
(Development Zones R and S)
Mid-scale buildings frame Warwick Crescent. Buildings adopt a massing, layout, composition and materiality that is informed by the local character and local typologies.
Standalone buildings create a presence along West Cromwell Road. The façades are designed in the round and assist with orientation and way finding.
Common base
Detailed Component
(Development Zone K)
(Development Zone L)
Common base combines taller elements to read as a set piece.
These plots form part of the Detailed Component and will serve as a further level of resolution to communicate the quality and ambition of the later phases.
Smaller-scale (Development Zone Q) A Smaller-scale building is located on St Cuthbert’s Lane and defines the street character, responding to its immediate context and scale.
352
L
e Lan ert’s uthb St C
oad ck R
i Warw
W ar
wi
W ar
w
ic
kC
re s
ck
La
ne
ce
nt
Warwick Square
Table Park
Earls Court Development Code I July 353 IllustrativeI Design sketch showing Built 2025 form typologies
WC BUILT FORM | Mid-scale
Mid-scale (Development Zone M)
Mid-scale buildings frame Warwick Crescent. Buildings adopt a massing, layout, composition and materiality that is informed by the local character and local typologies.
Key plan
Illustrative view, Warwick Crescent
354
WC.B.1
Emerging from local typologies Building façades must reflect and/or include contemporary interpretations of local mansion block typologies. This could be achieved through an ordered composition, massing variations, horizontal datums, or façade details. To integrate with the local character by reinterpreting the architectural expression of a typical local typology.
WC.B.2
Local mansion block, Nevern Mansions
Articulation of building line Massing could introduce set backs or inset façades on Warwick Crescent. To add variation and character that is typical to local typologies.
Articulated building line on Warwick Crescent
e Lan ick w r a W
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
355
WC BUILT FORM | Mid-scale
WC.B.3
Articulation of building Where the Maximum Building Envelope is sloped, the proposed massing response must not be sloped but should incorporate legible horizontal and vertical steps. To ensure meaningful massing legibility, transition in scale and to minimise impact to the adjacent properties on Philbeach Gardens.
► Refer to Sitewide / Parameter Plan details.
WC.B.4
Meaningful stepping Massing should be articulated to avoid abrupt set backs or tiered forms. Where possible, steps in massing greater than 2 storeys should be avoided. To support the legibility and clarity of massing steps.
356
e Lan ick w ar W
e Lan ick w r a W
WC.B.5
Façade hierarchy The treatment of façades facing onto Warwick Crescent should be broken down, introducing hierarchy and rhythm. This could be achieved through a change in façade composition or expression. To reinforce façade hierarchy and create visual interest. Façade hierarchy of local mansion block, Nevern Mansions
WC.B.6
A layered composition The overall composition of eastern elevations should include layering and reinforce legibility. This could be achieved through massing steps or façade articulation to define a bottom, middle and top. To soften the development edge and aid the transition in scale.
Top
Middle
Bottom Layered composition of local mansion block, Nevern Mansions
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
357
WC BUILT FORM | Mid-scale
WC.B.7
Horizontal expression Building façades adjacent to Warwick Crescent could establish clear and identifiable horizontal expression. This could be achieved by articulation of the architectural elements to reinforce horizontal expression such as incorporating banding; or divisions through features such as string courses, cornices or balconies. Stepping out entrances from the primary building line can further emphasise the sense of horizontality.
Horizontal expression of local mansion block, Nevern Mansions
To reinforce the geometry of the crescent and a human, residential scale.
WC.B.8
Definition of a mid rise shoulder height A mid rise shoulder height should be defined along the length of Warwick Crescent. This could also tie in with the mid rise datum defined by the buildings on the other side of the crescent. The shoulder height datum could be articulated through steps in the massing and further defined through differentiation in façade rhythm and composition. To reinforce the reading of the crescent form along with a quiet residential character and street scale.
358
Illustrative view, Warwick Crescent
WC.B.9
Primary and secondary materials Primary materials should be of a consistent tone. The tone of secondary components of the facade could be contrasting, to break up the primary façade, providing variation in the articulation of architectural elements such as window reveals and parapet details. To reveal a contemporary interpretation of a West London mansion block. Use of secondary materials on lintels
WC.B.10
Material tonality Tonality of materials should reflect the character and quality of the Philbeach conservation area. Material tones could reference gault brick, red brick, stucco, stone and stock brick. Some examples are shown in adjacent images. To ensure a neighbourhood that is sensitive to local context.
Existing material tonality in Philbeach conservation area
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
359
WC BUILT FORM | Mid-scale
WC.B.11
Activation of Warwick Crescent Homes located on Warwick Crescent could have individual front doors onto the street. The street could also be activated with residential amenity or shared residential entrances. To create a quiet but active residential neighbourhood.
WC.B.12
Illustrative view, Warwick Crescent
Termination of the Warwick Crescent Design on Plot EC18 should terminate the route at the western end of the crescent. This could be achieved through a landscape or a building base creating a frontage on to the crescent. To terminate the vista of the crescent.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Spaces and routes.
360
Illustrative views, Warwick Crescent
WC.B.13
Activation of Warwick Lane Homes located on Warwick Lane could have individual front doors onto the lane. Alternatively, the Lane could be activated with residential amenity or shared residential entrances. To create an intimate residential neighbourhood facing towards existing properties on Philbeach Gardens. Entrances addressing the street
WC.B.14
Warwick Lane datum A continuous horizontal datum should be expressed along Warwick Lane. This could be achieved through massing setbacks or building expression. To create a uniform expression of scale on Warwick Lane that reflects its intimate character. Illustrative view, Warwick Lane
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
361
WC BUILT FORM | Common Base
Common Base (Development Zone K) Common base combine taller elements that reads as a set piece.
Key plan
Illustrative view, Warwick Square towards West Brompton Crescent
362
WC.B.15
Reference to Detailed Component design Massing, articulation, architectural expression and façade rhythm must read coherently with the detailed design of the adjacent Plot (Development Zone L). To ensure a harmonious streetscape.
► Refer to Detailed Component of the Hybrid Planning Application.
WC.B.16
Illustrative view, From left, EC06, EC05 and EC04
Relationship to ground Buildings should be expressed as ‘buildings to ground’, ‘building base’ or a ‘combined approach’, as described in the Sitewide chapter. To have a well-defined public realm through a common base whilst reading as a street.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Layout and massing.
WC.B.17
Integration of building base Where buildings share a continuous frontage with a Detailed Component, there must be careful coordination of the Ground Floor plane and podium levels to maintain a well considered visual integration between plots. To ensure integrated and visually connected building bases, regardless of phasing.
Continuation of horizontal datum
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
363
WC BUILT FORM | Common Base
WC.B.18
Visibility of active uses The Ground Floor frontages addressing West Brompton Crescent must be designed to maximise visibility of the Ground Floor active uses. This could be achieved through signage, lighting or maximising permeability of the façade. To ensure active uses in this location will be visible on the routes from Earl’s Court and West Brompton Stations.
WC.B.19
Prominent corners Prominent corners should be designed with particular importance and should be richer in detail. This could be achieved through chamfered or rounded corners. To ensure the corner responds to its role from Earl’s Court station.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / frontages and façades.
WC.B.20
Entrances for cultural uses Entrances for cultural uses must be open, visible and welcoming. They could be double height or expressed with distinct architectural details. To create welcoming entrances that create visual interest.
Illustrative view showing the presence of the cultural use addressing the Table Park
364
WC.B.21
Coherent architectural response Where buildings with different uses face each other across the crescent, their architectural expression must establish a familiar design relationship with one another. This could be achieved through horizontal datums, façade rhythms, tone or materials. To ensure a harmonious streetscape.
WC.B.22
Illustrative view, West Brompton Crescent
Activation of the Table frontage Frontages addressing the Table should be active. To animate the public realm within the Table.
► Refer to The Table / Built form / Table frontages.
WC.B.23
Integration of feature signage Main building entrances, including for cultural uses, should explore the opportunity for feature signage which should be integrated into the architecture of the building. To activate the façade along the route from Earl’s Court and West Brompton Stations and assist with wayfinding.
Feature signage
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
365
WC BUILT FORM | Smaller-scale
Smaller-scale (Development Zone Q)
A Smaller-scale building is located on St Cuthbert’s Lane and defines the street character, responding to its immediate context and scale.
Key plan
Illustrative view, St Cuthbert’s Lane
366
WC.B.24
Responding to context Façade expression should respond to the immediate context. This could include the industrial heritage of the railway and the Train Shed to the west or St. Cuthbert’s Church to the east. To make reference to the building’s distinct location. St Cuthbert’s Lane, Philbeach Gardens
WC.B.25
Activation of St Cuthbert’s Lane Building façades addressing St. Cuthbert’s Lane should contribute to and animate the street scape. This should seek to provide façade continuity and reduce the gap between plots where possible, whilst responding to technical Site constraints. Design proposals could include balconies, front entrances and /or amenity that address the lane. To contribute to activating St Cuthbert’s Lane.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
367
WC BUILT FORM | Smaller-scale
WC.B.26
South-western façade treatment Design and treatment of south-west facing façades should consider mitigation of noise and pollution from the rail corridor. To address existing environmental conditions.
WC.B.27
Ground Floor activation Ground Floor frontages onto St. Cuthbert’s Lane should be activated. This could be achieved through residential entrances, non-residential entrances or a visually permeable Ground Floor frontage. To contribute to activating the public realm. Entrances addressing the street
368
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
369
WC BUILT FORM | Standalone (S)
Standalone (S) (Development Zone S) Standalone buildings create a presence along West Cromwell Road. The façades are designed in the round and assist with orientation and way finding.
Key plan
Illustrative view, St Cuthbert’s Lane
370
WC.B.28
Access to Site from the north The design must safeguard the vehicular access route running under it from the north. To ensure the building is designed in line with the sitewide inclusivity and movement strategy.
WC.B.29
Assist with wayfinding The design of the building should assist with wayfinding. This could be achieved through the use of distinct architectural features or selection of materials. To mark the access route in and out of the Site via St. Cuthbert’s Lane. Illustrative view, distinct materials to assist with wayfinding
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
371
WC BUILT FORM | Standalone (S)
WC.B.30
North façade expression North facing façades, onto West Cromwell Road could be expressive in relation to their setting along a main arterial route. This could be achieved through distinctive façade articulation or use of materials. To create a marker building visible from West Cromwell Road.
WC.B.31
North façade treatment Design and treatment of north facing façades should consider mitigation of noise and pollution from West Cromwell Road. Particular consideration should be given to noise and vibration control. To mitigate noise and air impacts from West Cromwell Road.
WC.B.32
Access from West Cromwell Road Building layout and design should enable a future pedestrian and/or cycle access from West Cromwell Road. To enable the transformation of West Cromwell Road into a more pedestrian and cycle friendly environment.
372
WC.B.33
South façades South facing façades should form a continuation of the Cluny Mews development. This could be achieved through applying a similar materiality and tone and / or mirroring the rhythm of fenestration or architectural language. To ensure sensitivity to the setting of Cluny Mews.
WC.B.34
Plot definition Buildings should consider using architectural expression to respond to the adjacent Cluny Mews development. This could be achieved by responding to datums set by the Cluny Mews development and / or allowing for setbacks in the massing to articulate the building.
EC20
Cluny Mews
EC20
Cluny Mews
To ensure a considered response to the setting of Cluny Mews.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
373
WC BUILT FORM | Standalone (S)
WC.B.35
Projecting façades Projecting façades visible from Cluny Mews must be given equal consideration to the articulation and composition as primary façades. This could be achieved through high contrast materials or levels of articulation. To ensure that projecting façades are designed to be visible from Cluny Mews.
WC.B.36
Relationship to St. Cuthbert’s Church North and south facing façades should respond to the architectural language of St. Cuthbert’s Church. This could be achieved through applying a distinctive articulation to the parapet and/ or window surrounds, continuation of the brick materiality or by applying a horizontal banding to articulate datums and / or floor levels. To celebrate and enhance the setting of a Grade 1 listed building.
374
St Cuthbert’s Church, Philbeach Gardens
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
375
WC BUILT FORM | Standalone (R)
Standalone (R) (Development Zone R) Standalone buildings create a presence along West Cromwell Road and the corner of Cluny Mews with Warwick Road. The façades are designed in the round and assist with orientation and way finding.
Key plan
Illustrative view, St Cuthbert’s Lane towards Warwick Lane
376
WC.B.37
Entrance location The positioning of building entrances should prioritise privacy and minimise impact to neighbouring residences. To protect privacy to the homes backing on to Cluny Mews.
WC.B.38
South façade treatment The southern façade should adopt a residential scale. This could be achieved through the use of single storey openings and building elements. To respect the residential setting of Cluny Mews.
WC.B.39
North façade treatment North facing façades, onto West Cromwell Road could be expressive in relation to its setting on a main arterial route. This could be achieved through distinctive façade articulation or innovative use of materials. To create a distinct elevation, visible from West Cromwell Road. Illustrative view, West Cromwell Road
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
377
WC BUILT FORM | Standalone (R)
WC.B.40
Transition in scale The massing should take into account the shift in scale as it transitions from West Cromwell Road to the residences along Philbeach Gardens. To respect the residential setting of Cluny Mews.
WC.B.41
Ground Floor activation Ground Floor frontages onto Cluny Mews and Warwick Road should be activated. This could be achieved through residential entrances, nonresidential entrances or a visually permeable Ground Floor frontage. To contribute to activating the public realm. Entrances addressing the street
WC.B.42
Treatment to balconies Material selection and design of balconies should support privacy. This could include treatments with reduced permeability. To allow for privacy for residents.
Treatment of balconies
378
WC.B.43
Recessive top The expression of the building top must be recognisably different to the principal lower mass of the building and create a more recessive feel to the top floor and plant enclosure. To reflect the adjacent building on West Cromwell Road, and mitigate impact on neighbouring properties along Philbeach Gardens.
Illustrative view, West Cromwell Road
Illustrative view, Warwick Road
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
379
WC BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape
Impacts on Heritage and Townscape WC.B.44
Skyline
EC04
EC05
EC06
Buildings in Plots EC04/05/06(Development Zones K, L and M) must contribute to the formation of a clearly defined skyline. This could be achieved through varied architectural expression between plots, variety in colour or materiality. To ensure an appreciation of depth in the massing and reduce its visual impact on heritage assets and their setting, and avoid coalescence of building massing and façades.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Trebovir Road - View 24
EC04
WC.B.45
EC05
Complement local character Buildings in Plots EC04/05 (in Development Zones K and L) should reflect and complement the grain and typologies of existing buildings in the foreground. They should avoid creating a visual distraction and mediate between shorter buildings in the foreground, and taller buildings behind. To complement the existing grain and typologies.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Penywern Road - View 29
380
EC04
WC.B.46
EC05
Distinguishable from foreground Buildings in Plots EC04/05 (in Development Zones K and L) should have a distinctive rhythm and composition that differ from other buildings in the view. To avoid coalescence in the massing and reduce visual impact on heritage assets and their setting, and achieve a high standard of urban design.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Penywern Road - View 29
WC.B.47
Calmed background
EC06 EC05 EC04
Buildings in Plots EC04/05/06 (in Development Zones K and L) should avoid distracting from the setting and features of the existing buildings in the foreground. To minimise visual impact on heritage assets and their setting.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Kings Road - View 39
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
381
WC BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape
WC.B.48
Complement local character
EC06 EC05 EC04
Buildings in Plots EC04/05/06 (in Development Zones K and L) should reflect and complement the grain and typologies of existing buildings in the foreground. They should avoid creating a visual distraction and mediate between shorter buildings in the foreground, and taller buildings behind. To complement the existing grain and typologies.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Kings Road - View 39
WC.B.49
Distinguishable from foreground
EC06 EC05 EC04
Buildings in Plots EC04/05/06 (in Development Zones K and L) should have a distinctive rhythm and composition that differ from other buildings in the view. To avoid coalescence in the massing and reduce visual impact on heritage assets and their setting, and achieve a high standard of urban design.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Kings Road - View 39
382
WC.B.50
Tripart composition
EC06 EC05 EC04
Buildings in Plots EC04/05/06 (in Development Zones K and L) should be based on a tripart composition. This could be achieved through a clear top, middle and base which contribute to a sense of layering in the view. To contribute to a sense of layering and legibility of the massing.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Kings Road - View 39
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
383
384
6. The Table [TT]
Character Area extent
Overview The Table is the centrepiece of the Site around which all the Character Areas converge. It contains the central public open space - the Table Park - and unfolds as a sequence of Exhibition Gardens that enhance biodiversity and showcase a variety of planting characters and outdoor uses. Key principles that characterise the Table include: •
A destination public open space located at the confluence of key routes.
•
An urban park with a variety of natural landscaped spaces and gardens.
•
Framing the edges of the public realm with active frontages.
•
A Pivot building strategically located for wayfinding.
•
Embracing Site conditions and celebrating the level change through the landscape.
•
Exploring opportunities to strengthen biodiversity links through the Site.
► Refer to Illustrative Masterplan chapter in the Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
386
Illustrative view, the Table
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025 view387 Illustrative of the Table
TT
LANDSCAPE | Spaces
Landscape Spaces Central Zone (1) A destination urban park defined as a recreational lawn. It is framed by a densely planted area along the western edge of the Table, and active frontages which spill out onto the public realm.
2 3
1
North of Table (2) An open space with play space and community use. The Cascades (3) An accessible and inclusive landscape with water features that manage and celebrate the Site’s level change. The Bioline (4) The Bioline extends the Brompton Cemetery ecological habitats into the Site and helps create green areas along the West London Line Railway corridor. Empress Place (5) Codes related to Empress Place are located in the Empress Place Character Area. However, Empress Place is highlighted in the diagram due to spatial continuity.
388
5
4
W ar
wi
W ar
Aisgill Gardens
w
ic
kC
re s
ck
La
ne
ce
nt
The Casca des
Empr ess P lace B
West Bromp to
ouleva
rd
nC res
ce
nt
Table Park
Lillie Road
West Brompton Square
Ol
Earls Court Development I Design Code Ground I July 2025 389 Illustrative sketch showing Floor cutaway
TT
LANDSCAPE | The Table
The Table A multi layered public open space, inviting a variety of activities to happen at its heart. Comprised of four key spaces with their own unique characteristics.
Key plan
Skt Kjeld’s Square - SLA
Landscape-led
TT.L.1
The landscape design must reinforce the Table as the largest green, publicly accessible open space at the centre of the Site. To ensure that designs contribute to the landscape-led vision for the Site.
A variety of uses within the public realm
390
TT.L.2
Predominantly soft landscape The Table must be predominantly soft landscape. To reflect the role of the Table as a green centrepiece to the Site.
Illustrative view, the Table
TT.L.3
Distinct zones The Table must be composed of distinct zones, accommodating various activities and/or with different characters. To provide a varied, thriving public realm.
TT.L.4
Familiar design The distinct zones of the Table must maintain a familiar design language. This could be achieved by materiality or selection of planting species. To allow visual and functional cohesion in support of the Table’s character as a whole. Illustrative landscape plan
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
391
TT
TT.L.5
LANDSCAPE | The Table
Amenity and biodiversity Design must seek a balance between amenity and biodiversity. ThisSUND couldNature Park - SLA be achieved through zoning or through overlapping uses where compatible. To create a new public open space that contributes to both local amenity and biodiversity. Balancing amenity and biodiversity
TT.L.6
Design and microclimate The designs must consider microclimate, in particular daylight/ sunlight exposure and overshadowing, when programming uses for the Table. To promote a comfortable public realm.
Designing with consideration for microclimate
TT.L.7
Vehicle-free The Table must be vehicle-free. Only emergency vehicle access and controlled servicing are permitted. To support a vehicle-free public realm.
Pedestrian priority and cycle-friendly route
392
TT.L.8
East-west route The Table must form part of the eastwest route connecting Aisgill Gardens with Warwick Square. It must provide a clear and legible route through the Site. To contribute to the sitewide inclusivity and movement strategy.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
TT.L.9
North-south route The Table must provide a clear and legible north-south route through Empress Place and the Table Character Areas linking with the east-west route at all phases of the development. The north-south route connects to the Central Zone through the Cascades. To connect West Brompton station and Lillie Road with the East-west route.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
393
TT
TT.L.10
LANDSCAPE | The Table
Interface with other Character Areas Designs for the Table must be carefully integrated with adjacent Character Areas and their public realm. This should include interfaces of materials, planting and general arrangement of spaces. To ensure that the Table fulfils its role at the centre of the Site and brings together the surrounding Character Areas.
► Refer to relevant adjacent Character Areas for additional information.
TT.L.11
Pavilion location A Pavilion or Pavilions may be provided and must be carefully integrated with the landscape. The locations should be easily accessible and should not adversely impact other uses such as play or informal sports. To create a point of interest and gathering place within the Table and enhance access between levels within the development.
► Refer to Sitewide / Parameter Plan details and The Table / Built form / Pavilion
394
TT.L.12
Integration of lifts Lifts should be integrated within a Pavilion structure where this is located along the Table edge. Where a pavilion is not positioned along the edge of the Table, lift access should continue to be integrated into the Empress Boulevard edge condition or landscape. To ensure lifts are integrated within the landscape or a pavilion structure.
Lift integrated into the edge condition
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement, and The Table / Built form / Pavilion.
TT.L.13
Sheltered areas within the Table Areas for shelter must be provided within the Table. These could include the Pavilion, standalone structures, awnings of adjacent buildings or tree canopies. To provide comfort in adverse weather conditions. Shelters provided on edge of play areas
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
395
TT
TT.L.14
LANDSCAPE | The Table
Retention of the Table structure The Table Structure must be retained. Re-profiling the existing structure could be acceptable. Further studies will need to be undertaken to understand the degree and extent to which this is necessary. To retain the Table structure as much as possible.
Aerial image of existing Site condition, including the Table structure
► Refer to Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B).
TT.L.15
Materiality of primary routes and perimeter Materiality of primary routes and spill-out zones adjacent to buildings should be hard wearing and attractive. This could be a natural material such as stone. To create a durable and cohesive public realm.
396
Stone paving on perimeter of public realm
TT.L.16
Materiality of secondary routes Secondary routes within the Table should be semi-permeable. This could be achieved with materials such as resin-bonded gravel or semipermeable paving. Loose permeable materials such as wood chips should be avoided. To create an accessible and durable public realm.
TT.L.17
Resin-bonded gravel on secondary route
Cycle parking Cycle parking must be provided, and it should be strategically located, such as at key entrances. Cycle parking should offer a range of options for different types. This could include micro-mobility such as reclined cycles, handcycles, and cycle trailers. To encourage visiting cyclists to park and enter the Table on foot.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
397
TT
LANDSCAPE | The Table
Indicative diagram of the Table landscape components
sP
es pr
Em e
lac Areas thatthat can accommodate spill-out and pedestrian Areas can accommodate spill-outmovement zones and pedestrian movement Recreational lawn, with nature play and edgesplay of meadow Recreational lawn, with nature and planting edges of meadow planting Focus on events, art and community size and location) Focus on events, art and (indicative community (indicative size and location) Green corridor, focus on biodiversity and planting and planting The Bioline, focus on biodiversity North of Table, with destination play North of Table, with destination play
Cascades, managing level changes and integrating water and integrating water The Cascades, managing level changes
398
Illustrative landscape design
showing one possible arrangement of the Table components
4 5
8
8
6
2
3 1
5
sP
es pr
Em
2
e
lac
4
7
1. Recreational lawn 2. Meadow planting on edges of recreational lawn 3. Opportunity for events, art and community 4. Indicative play areas 5. Areas that can accommodate spill-out spaces and pedestrian movement 6. Cyclists on shared or demarcated east-west cycle route 7. Green corridor, focus on biodiversity and planting 8. The Cascades, level change integrating water and flat plateaus Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
399
TT
LANDSCAPE | Central Zone
Central Zone A destination urban garden defined as a recreational lawn. It is framed by a densely planted area along the western edge of the Table, and active frontages spill out onto the public realm. Key plan
Illustrative sketch, Central Zone
400
TT.L.18
Destination urban gardens The design of the Central Zone must reflect its role as destination urban park, providing usable green areas, open to everyone. To ensure that designs contribute to the landscape-led vision.
Illustrative view, Central Zone
TT.L.19
A variety of functions The design of the Central Zone should accommodate a variety of uses including those shown on the diagram. To provide a balanced range of open space types that support public use and biodiversity.
Key Areas that can accommodate spill-out space and pedestrian movement Recreational lawn, low-flowering grass mix planting Meadow planting (indicative size and location) Nature play (indicative size and location) Focus on events, art and community (indicative size and location) Zone for a dedicated E-W cycle lane Zone for a dedicated cycle lane outside of Central Zone Empress Place (not part of this Character Area) Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
401
TT
TT.L.20
LANDSCAPE | Central Zone
Recreational lawn The design of the Central Zone must provide an open lawn area. The recreational lawn should be the predominant treatment of the Central Zone and support spontaneous everyday use such as informal sports or picnicking. To ensure a dedicated area for informal sports is provided in the Table.
► Refer to Estate Management Framework (EC.PA.35) TT.L.21
Events space The design of the recreational lawn could allow space for small events and other temporary uses. To provide an area within the Table that is to be used for events and other temporary uses such as markets.
TT.L.22
Events space seating Seating could be provided in proximity to event spaces. It should be arranged to enable viewing, resting and allow for temporary seating. To support viewing and activation of events.
402
Recreational lawn area
TT.L.23
Meadow lawn A meadow lawn must be provided. Meadow planting should be arranged on the perimeter of the recreational lawn. Meadow planting could include patches within the recreational lawn. To provide alternative areas for recreation and increased biodiversity.
► Refer to Estate Management Strategy and
biodiversity strategy within Sitewide / Landscape / Green/blue infrastructure.
TT.L.24
Meadow planting framing recreational lawn
Biodiversity contribution The meadow must contribute to the natural benefits of the Table. This could be through a concentration of diverse planting. To maximise variation of planting attracting diverse types of insects and therefore pollinators.
► Refer to biodiversity strategy within Sitewide / Landscape / Green/blue infrastructure.
TT.L.25
Edges of the Central Zone
Meadow planting
CENTRAL ZONE
The design of the Central Zone should allow space for spill-out zones and pedestrian movement on the edges. It should be wide enough to enable emergency vehicle access. To maximise green space in the centre of the Central Zone.
Illustrative sections of edges of Central Zone
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
403
TT
TT.L.26
LANDSCAPE | Central Zone
Cyclists on shared or demarcated cycle route A shared or demarcated cycle route must be provided on the northern side of the Central Zone. This could be separated from the spill-out zone with a planted buffer. To contribute to the sitewide movement strategy.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
SPILL-OUT
FOOTPATH
PLANTING
CYCLE
PLANTING
LAWN
LAWN
PLANTING
FOOTPATH
SPILL-OUT
3.0m
3.0m
VARIES
3.0m
VARIES
VARIES
VARIES
VARIES
3.0m
3.0m
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
404
Illustrative sections, edges of public realm and cycle route
TT.L.27
Additional footpaths The design of the Central Zone should provide additional footpaths to connect desire lines and spaces. The location of footpaths should not impact the function or use of spaces. To provide additional pedestrian connections that do not impact on function of spaces.
TT.L.28
Natural play The design of the Central Zone should provide natural play. This could be achieved through choice of materials and play equipment such as logs, stepping stones and bespoke play equipment. To contribute to the sitewide play strategy and provide variety in play types.
Play features natural materials and interaction with nature
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
405
TT
TT.L.29
LANDSCAPE | Central Zone
Variety of trees The tree planting within the Central Zone must be composed of trees which vary in maturity, size and species. To create a rich and varied landscape that works for all seasons.
Variation of tree species and form of trees
TT.L.30
Tree planting as markers Where tree planting is used to mark significant locations, it could consist of standalone trees or groups of trees. To create a visual hierarchy within the tree planting and assist with wayfinding. Standalone tree as marker of location
406
TT.L.31
Tree planting on recreational lawn Tree planting on the recreational lawn should be composed of deciduous species and should include trees of a range of species, sizes and maturity. To ensure as much daylight as possible reaches the lawn.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Planting.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
407
TT
LANDSCAPE | North of Table
North of Table An open space with play space and community use.
Key plan
TT.L.32
Local play The design of North of Table should provide local play. To contribute to the sitewide play strategy.
Illustrative view, North of Table
408
TT.L.33
Sense of enclosure The design of North of Table should contribute to a sense of enclosure. This could be achieved through the arrangement of street furniture, planting and materiality. To frame the play area, define the extents of North of Table and to provide a more intimate character to support its use as a local play space.
TT.L.34
Movement concentrated on edges The design of North of Table should provide movement routes to the edges. Movement routes should consider spill-out spaces in front of buildings. To concentrate local play at the centre of the space.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
409
TT
TT.L.35
LANDSCAPE | North of Table
Edge of ‘North of Table’ treatment Treatment of the edge of North of Table should be integrated into the public realm. This could include public art, a green wall, integration of play or visibility of the railway. To incorporate existing structures into the public realm.
TT.L.36
Integration with Warwick Crescent Passage The design of North of Table must be integrated with Warwick Walk. This should include integration of materiality. To reinforce change of character between key public space and a passage.
410
TT.L.37
Playful street furniture The design of furniture must facilitate play. This could include furniture designed as much for lying, running, and climbing as it is for sitting. To contribute to the character of North of Table as a local play space. Interactive playful elements as part of the street
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
411
TT
LANDSCAPE | The Cascades
The Cascades An accessible and inclusive landscape with water features that mediate and celebrate the Site’s level change.
Key plan
Illustrative sketch, the Cascades
412
TT.L.38
Celebrate the level changes The design of the Cascades should celebrate the level change. This could be achieved through a terraced landscape or integrated cascading elements that naturally flow with the landscape. To embrace Site conditions and contribute to the unique character of the Cascades.
Level changes celebrated with water element
TT.L.39
Integrated with buildings Landscape levels must align with building entrances. Interfaces should be carefully considered while ensuring spaces remain accessible to people of all abilities. To ensure integration of the public realm with building entrances.
► Refer to The Table / Built form / Pivot.
Illustrative view, the Cascades
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
413
TT
TT.L.40
LANDSCAPE | The Cascades
Pedestrian priority The design of the Cascades must put pedestrians first. This could include design interventions to slow down cyclists while enabling step-free pedestrian access throughout. To create a comfortable and safe environment for pedestrians.
TT.L.41
North-south movement route N
The Cascades must be designed as part of the north-south movement route, which is a key linkage within the Site and beyond. To contribute to the sitewide movement strategy and primary movement routes.
TT.L.42
S
East-west movement route The Cascades must be designed as part of the east-west movement route, which which is a key linkage within the Site and beyond. To contribute to the sitewide movement strategy and primary movement routes.
414
E
W
TT.L.43
Pedestrian and cycle connectivity A shared path to be used by both cyclists and pedestrians must be provided. Shared paths should be wide enough to support all wheelusers, including prams, cargo bikes and children on bicycles. To integrate connections across the Site whilst supporting a regulation of speed.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
TT.L.44
Accessible level change
The Table
+12.5 Aisgill Gardens
+4
ce
Pla
To ensure that the public realm is connected and accessible.
+8
ss
pre
Em
The design of the Cascades must provide an accessible connection between the levels of the Table (+12.5m AOD), Empress Place (+8m AOD) and Aisgill Gardens (+4m AOD).
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
415
TT
TT.L.45
LANDSCAPE | The Cascades
Interacting with water The design of the Cascades must include water. This could be achieved through water play or water features. (Subject to future technical testing / design development) To provide a public realm that contributes to the unique character of the Cascades.
Illustrative view of the Cascades
416
TT.L.46
SuDS / Filtration pools The design of the Cascades should include SuDS features. This could be achieved through a series of connected filtration pools. (Subject to future technical testing / design development) To contribute to the sitewide SuDS strategy.
► Sitewide / Landscape / Green/blue infrastructure.
Illustrative view of the Cascades
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
417
TT
TT.L.47
LANDSCAPE | The Cascades
Seating and furniture The design of seating and furniture could be integrated into the level changes and planting beds. To encourage people to dwell in the Cascades and use street furniture to contribute to its unique character. Illustrative view of the Cascades
TT.L.48
The Cascades habitat The design of the Cascades must create the Cascades habitat, as described in the sitewide biodiversity strategy. To align with the sitewide biodiversity strategy and provide a diverse and connected green network.
► Refer to biodiversity strategy within Sitewide / Landscape / Green/blue infrastructure.
418
Planting selection suitable for Cascades habitat
TT.L.49
Planting in wet and dry conditions Planting selection must be suitable for the wet and dry conditions of the Cascades. To ensure the planting within the Cascades can grow successfully in the micro-climatic conditions.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Green/ blue infrastructure.
Planting in wet conditions
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
419
TT
LANDSCAPE | The Bioline
The Bioline The Bioline extends the Brompton Cemetery ecological habitats into the Site and helps create green areas along the West London Line Railway.
Key plan
Illustrative sketch, the Bioline
420
TT.L.50
Exploring options for development The design of the Bioline must create habitat and biodiversity links through the Site. Subject to agreement with third parties, the design should explore decking over the existing railway structure and providing nature-based zones. If decking over cannot be achieved, the existing SINC must be retained. To contribute to biodiversity networks
Herlev Hospital - SLA
TT.L.51
Maximise biodiversity The design of the Bioline must maximise biodiversity. If the design includes a structure decking over the existing railway, new habitat should be created to maximise biodiversity. To contribute to the sitewide biodiversity strategy.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Green/
Dense planting and natural features maximising biodiversity
blue infrastructure.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
421
TT
TT.L.52
LANDSCAPE | The Bioline
Soft landscape and planting If the design includes a structure decking over the existing railway, the predominant feature of the Bioline must be a central soft landscaped and planted zone. To support a thriving ecological corridor.
TT.L.53
Access through soft landscape If the design includes a structure decking over the existing railway, pedestrian connections through the soft landscape could be included. They must not impact on minimum habitat areas. To provide additional pedestrian connections contributing to a sense of safety whilst walking along the Bioline.
422
TT.L.54
Continuity of green environment If the design includes a structure decking over the existing railway, pedestrian connections through the soft landscape should allow continuous green corridors. This could be achieved through elevated walkways or discontinuous paths such as stepping stones.
Stepping stones within planting
To safeguard continuous green corridors for insects and species.
TT.L.55
Planting for reduced disturbance If the design includes a structure decking over the existing railway, the design and selection of planting must allow for some areas of reduced disturbance by humans. This could be through a concentration of native thorny species, including hawthorn, blackthorn and bramble.
Dense planting for reduced disturbance
To support areas of refuge for local fauna and increase local scrub habitat.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
423
TT
TT.L.56
LANDSCAPE | The Bioline
Planting openings on edges If the design includes a structure decking over the existing railway, denser planting should be located along the centre with openings on the edges. To promote a sense of safety by avoiding areas for people to hide. Planting openings on edges
TT.L.57
The Bioline habitat The design of the Bioline must create The Bioline habitat, as described in the sitewide biodiversity strategy. To align with the sitewide biodiversity strategy and provide a diverse and connected green network.
► Refer to biodiversity strategy within Sitewide / Landscape / Green/blue infrastructure.
Example species: the Bioline
424
TT.L.58
Tree planting on The Bioline If the design includes a structure decking over the existing railway, tree planting must be provided on the Bioline. This should include a range of tree sizes, species and maturity To support the variety of planting on The Bioline.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Planting. TT.L.59
Tree planting with a range of sizes
Nature-based lighting The design and selection of external lighting should minimise impact on flora and fauna. This could be through direction and distribution of lighting, colour temperature and light intensity. To support a thriving ecological corridor.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Lighting
Unshielded light sources attract insects, bats and disturbs birds’ migration
Shielding light sources and aiming the light downwards can help reduce attraction
Using warm colour temperature further reduces the attraction
Dimming the light reduces attraction even more
Lights off wherever possible, when there is no activity to completely stop attraction
Illustrative diagram demonstrating nature-based lighting principles
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
425
TT
BUILT FORM | Building Typologies
Built Form Building Typologies
N
G
H
Pivot (Development Zone N) The Pivot building marks the central node at the junction of the east-west and north-south routes. Pavilion (Development Zone G) The Pavilion has a flexible location within the Central Zone. It acts as a marker and meeting point and provides active, animated frontages.
426
Table facing frontages (Development Zone B, F, K, N) NB. This section includes codes in relation to the frontages within Development Zones B, F , K and N. This codes only refer to the façades facing on to the Table. For more codes in relation to these Development Zones in full, refer to ‘West Brompton’, ‘Warwick Crescent’ and ‘Empress Place’ design codes.
W ar
wi
W ar
Aisgill Gardens
w
ic
kC
re s
ck
La
ne
ce
nt
The Casca des
Empr ess P lace B
West Bromp to
ouleva
rd
nC res
ce
nt
Table Park
Lillie Road
West Brompton Square
Ol
Earls Court Development I Design Code I JulyIllustrative 2025 sketch 427
TT
BUILT FORM | Pivot
Pivot (Development Zone N) The Pivot building marks the central node at the junction of the east-west and north-south routes.
Key plan
Prominent corners
TT.B.1
Prominent corners should be designed with particular importance and should be richer in detail. This could be achieved by distinct balcony details or use of contrasting materials or textures to highlight corners along the length of the building’s façade. To reinforce spatial hierarchy and assist with wayfinding.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Frontages and façades.
428
Key Key corners Detailed Component
TT.B.2
Ground Floor frontages addressing destination public realm Ground Floor frontages addressing areas of destination public realm should consider opportunities for special features. This could include façades designed with transparency providing a visual connection between the building uses and public realm. To ensure façades are treated appropriately for their key location within the destination public realm.
Key Façades addressing destination public realm Destination public realm Detailed Component
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Frontages and façades.
TT.B.3
Inviting after dark Appearance of building façades should be considered at night. This could include the use of creative lighting designs to highlight architectural features or create a distinct ambiance. To ensure an attractive and inviting destination, at different times of day. Illustrative sketch, Pivot building
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
429
TT
TT.B.4
BUILT FORM | Pivot
Expression of Ground Floor The building should be designed with architectural elements or features to give the impression of a light touch to the Ground Floor plane. This could be achieved through elevating the building with columns, allowing for a cantilever at Ground Floor or incorporating extensive glazing. To foster a feeling of openness and connection with the adjacent public realm.
TT.B.5
Access and entrances Entrances must be located adjacent to the main public realm. To ensure activation of the key façades facing destination public realm.
430
Illustrative view, Pivot building
TT.B.6
Integrated with landscape Ground Floor layout and entrances must be integrated with the stepped landscape while ensuring spaces remain accessible to people of all abilities. To ensure careful and considered integration of the public realm with the Ground Floor layout and maximise the feeling of a blurred threshold between interior / exterior.
Illustrative plan, the Cascades and Pivot building
► Refer to The Table / Landscape / The Cascades.
TT.B.7
Servicing constraints There will be a safeguarded service route running below the public realm and the building must allow for service access via the basement. To enable maximisation of active frontages onto the primary route at Ground Floor and ensure a vehicle-free destination pubic realm.
► Refer to Detailed Component of the Hybrid Planning Application.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
431
Cl un y
M
ew s
BUILT FORM | Pavilion
Pavilion
R Nevern Square
W ar w
-2
S
m
m
m
ic k
Notes: 1. All Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B) to be read i Design Code (EC.PA.C) and Development (EC.PA.A). 2. This plan does not present information for a the Detailed Component Boundary. 3. Development Zone's with the suffix '1' lie w suffix '2' lie within RBKC. 4. Dimensions of the street widths and offsets boundary shown on this plan are minimum 5. Maximum Building Line (Ground Floor) are by key infrastructure in Development Zones to Ground Floor constraints.
Ro ad
+2
-2
V2 (Development Zone G)
l Road mw el est Cro A4 / W
- 2m
V1
- 2m
The Pavilion has a flexible location within the Central Zone. It acts as a marker and meeting point and providesWactive, animated frontages. Q
27 m
X
+/-
m
4m
rR oa d
-2
Ph ilb ea ch
19 m
+/- 2m
-2
+/- 2m
Tr eb ov i
- 2m
G ar de ns
m
EARL'S COURT STATION
+/-
18 m
-2
2m
m
- 2m +/- 2m
Z
J
m 18
m
Key plan
11 m
-2
m
12 m
-2 +/2m
bs G Gib
se Clo reen
M
T
+/-
U
- 4m
2m
- 4m
-2
Pavilion location
2m +/-
2m
18
F
m -2
ue en Av
G1
E
G2
H
10 m
B1
I
B2 +/-
To allow flexible location of a Pavilion in the Table.
2m
B1
12
m
A
WEST BROMP STATION
.5 19
m
al oy R
am H
432
C EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
ad Ro lie Lil
d oa eR rav ag Se
To contribute to the identity and significance of the Pavilion and making it a key feature in the urban landscape.
4m
m
The Pavilion should be easily identifiable from different routes. This could be achieved by bold forms, distinctive materials, vibrant colours, integrating signage or lighting.
4m
Extract of Parameter Plan
4m +/-
d Roa End
A focal point
m
4 +/-
th Nor
TT.B.9
B2
+/-
18
2m
+/-
► Refer to Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B). oad Star R
D
- 2m
O
- 2m
+/-
2m
N
+/-
ill sg Ai
M
t dS un
t ree
m
m 40
+/- 2m
If a Pavilion is provided, it must be located in the zone indicated by the Parameter Plan. The location of the Pavilion must not impact clear lines P of sight along the key east-west route into the Table
+/-
K
12 m
12 m
L
Eardley Crescent
m
TT.B.8
+/- 2m
15 m +4m
Aisgill Avenue
2m
TT
TT.B.10
Integration with Table Edge
Subject to its location, the Pavilion could be integrated with Table Edge. If so then the frontage facing onto the Empress Boulevard should take into consideration the rhythm, composition, architectural expression and treatment of the extent of the Table Edge. To ensure the frontage is integrated with the extent of Table Edge.
Illustrative view, Table Edge
► Refer to Empress Place / Built form / Table Edge.
TT.B.11
Lift access to/from Empress Place If a lift is located within the Pavilion, as part of the lift access strategy to/from Empress Place, it should be integrated into the design of the Pavilion, be identifiable and provide weather protection. To ensure that level changes are inclusive and accessible.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape /
Inclusivity and movement, and The Table / Landscape
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
433
TT
TT.B.12
BUILT FORM | Pavilion
Free standing in the Table Subject to its final location, the Pavilion could be free standing within the Table. If so then all frontages must be designed in the round and take into consideration their prominent location within the destination public realm. To ensure all frontages respond to the destination public realm.
TT.B.13
Flexibility for uses The internal layout of the Pavilion should allow for flexibility of uses. An open plan layout could be used to create open, adaptable areas. To encourage flexible uses to evolve over the building’s life span. Pavilion with flexibility for uses
TT.B.14
Roof articulation The Pavilion could have a distinct roof articulation. To create visual interest and a distinct architectural character.
434
TT.B.15
Playfulness The Pavilion could explore opportunities for diverse architectural expression. This could be achieved through the use of colour or interactive elements. To create a dynamic and engaging space that inspires creativity. Use of colour creates a sense of playfulness
TT.B.16
Integration of art The Pavilion could provide opportunities for integrated art. The artwork could be developed through consultation with the existing local community or engagement of a local artist. To integrate the community’s identity with the architectural design.
► Refer to Public Art Strategy.
Integration of art within the Pavilion
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
435
TT
BUILT FORM | Table Frontages
Table Frontages NB. This section includes codes in relation to the frontages within Development Zones B, F, K and N that face onto the Table only.
► Refer to ‘West Brompton’, ‘Warwick
Crescent’ and ‘Empress Place’ Character Areas for additional information on these Development Zones. Key plan
TT.B.17
Visual connection to the public realm Ground Floor frontages should be designed to provide a visual connection to the public realm. This could be achieved through openings, transparency and active uses. To contribute to the activity and the visual interest of the public realm.
436
Transparency of Ground Floor frontage
TT.B.18
Spill-out space Designs should allow for spill-out space adjacent to Ground Floor active uses whilst always ensuring adequate space is provided for pedestrian movement. To encourage activation of the Ground Floor frontages overlooking open space.
Illustrative sections of edges of Central Zone
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Spill-out space.
TT.B.19
Weather protection Ground Floor frontages could include elements such as canopies or awnings. To provide shelter from the sun, rain or wind and allow people to enjoy the outdoor space in various weather conditions. Awning provides weather protection
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
437
TT
TT.B.20
BUILT FORM | Table Frontages
Contribution to the public realm Ground Floor uses should contribute to the activation of the public realm. These could include cafés, culture or community uses. To create a vibrant and engaging environment. Illustrative view, the Table
TT.B.21
Safe and secure frontages Ground Floor frontages facing onto the Table must be well lit, secure and offer uninterrupted visual connection between interior and exterior spaces. To ensure a safe and secure neighbourhood.
Frontages with lighting and visibility at night
438
TT.B.22
Prominent corners Prominent corners should be designed with particular importance and should be richer in detail. This could be achieved by distinct balcony details or use of contrasting materials or textures to highlight corners along the length of the building’s façade. To reinforce spatial hierarchy and assist with wayfinding.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Frontages
Key Key corners
and façades.
TT.B.23
Detailed Component
Façades addressing destination public realm Façades addressing the Table as a destination public realm should consider the opportunity for special features. To frame destination public realm and create an opportunity for special features.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Frontages and façades.
Key Façades addressing destination public realm Destination public realm Detailed Component
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
439
7. Empress Place [EP]
Character Area extent
Overview Adjacent to West Brompton station, Empress Place is a key gateway to the Site and includes one of three innovation clusters, a cultural venue and a mix of new homes. Key principles that characterise Empress Place include: •
Creating an innovation cluster with a new commercial address along Lillie Road.
•
Extending a vehicle-free, landscaped boulevard with local character into the Site.
•
Integrating old and new architectural elements creating a coherent and layered family of buildings.
•
Locating a cultural venue with entrances from Empress Place and the Table Park and animating the public realm.
•
Framing the boulevard with residential buildings that step up towards the centre of the Site.
► Refer to Illustrative Masterplan chapter in the Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
442
Illustrative view, Empress Place Boulevard
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
443
EP
LANDSCAPE | Spaces
Landscape Spaces Boulevard (1) Empress Place Boulevard A landscaped, mixed-use street, creating a vibrant environment that accommodates pedestrian and cyclist movement. Passage (2) Empress Place Passage Empress Place Passage allows for taxi drop-off and servicing whilst enabling safe movement of pedestrians. Lillie Road Edge (3) Lillie Road provides two access points to the site, with an enhanced pedestrian zone.
444
1
2
3
W ar
w
Aisgill Gardens
ic
kC
re s
ce
nt
The Casca d
es
Empr ess P lace B
West Bromp to
ouleva
nC
rd
res
ce
nt
Table Park
Lillie Road
West Brompton Square
Illustrative sketch showing Ground Floor cutaway
EP
LANDSCAPE | Empress Place Boulevard
Empress Place Boulevard A landscaped, mixed-use street, creating a vibrant environment that accommodates pedestrian and cyclist movement.
Key plan
Illustrative view, Empress Place
446
EP.L.1
Contributing to the northsouth route The design of Empress Place Boulevard must provide a clear and legible north-south route through Empress Place and the Table Character Areas linking with the east-west route at all phases of the development. To connect West Brompton station and Lillie Road with the East-west route.
North-south route
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
Silkeborg Pedestrian Streets and Søndertorv - SLA
EP.L.2
Vehicle-free The design of Empress Place Boulevard must be vehicle-free, except for emergency vehicles, maintenance and controlled servicing. To ensure a pedestrian-first public realm.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
Vehicle-free route
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
447
EP
EP.L.3
LANDSCAPE | Empress Place Boulevard
Typical street section Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
19.5m min. (distance between existing terraces)
FOOTPATH
PLANTING
CENTRAL MOVEMENT ROUTE
PLANTING
FOOTPATH
4.25m
3.0m min
5.0m
3.0m min
4.25m
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
448
Illustrative street section, Empress Place Boulevard (dimensions shown are indicative, subject to min. distances between existing buildings)
EP.L.4
Cycle route The design of Empress Place Boulevard must provide a central movement route for cyclists. The cycle route could be demarcated. To connect into the sitewide cycle network and promote cyclist and pedestrian safety.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
EP.L.5
Spill-out The design of Empress Place Boulevard should allow for spill-out space in front of active Ground Floor uses. To allow space for active Ground Floor uses to spill-out into the street.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Spill-out space.
EP.L.6
Planting The design of Empress Place Boulevard must provide planted zones and trees on either side of the Empress Place Boulevard. To create a two sided tree-lined street that references local street typologies and extends the character of Empress Place. Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
449
EP
EP.L.7
LANDSCAPE | Empress Place Boulevard
Arrangement of planting The design of Empress Place Boulevard should maximise planted zones. Planted zones should introduce breaks and not obstruct building entrances. To allow clear access and visibility from the boulevard to building entrance and to promote ease of pedestrian movement.
EP.L.8
SuDS features The design of Empress Place Boulevard should incorporate SuDS features. They should be integrated in the planted zones. To reduce the quantity of water run-off and improve water quality.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Green/ blue infrastructure.
EP.L.9
Existing street levels The Proposed Site levels should align to existing levels where they meet. To tie into retained elements buildings, façades and / or curtilage, and surrounding streets.
450
EP.L.10
Curtilage Zone The curtilage elements of the existing buildings - such as lightwells, railings and steps - contribute to the character of Empress Place. Design of the public realm should consider retention or re-purpose of these elements. To retain the existing character of Empress Place without undermining a generous and accessible public realm.
EP.L.11
Illustrative view, Empress Place
Level change along Empress Place Where changes in levels are required, these must be designed to as shallow a gradient as possible, with appropriate level landings throughout. To ensure accessibility and continuity of the public realm.
EP.L.12
Levels adjacent to the Table The design of Empress Place Boulevard should be level for the section west of the Table. To ensure a level interface with adjacent active Ground Floor uses and potential for spill-out.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
451
EP
EP.L.13
LANDSCAPE | Empress Place Boulevard
Access to the Table The design of Empress Place Boulevard should provide pedestrian access to the Table adjacent to the cultural venue in WB08. To strengthen the connection of the cultural venue to the public realm. Illustrative view, Empress Place
EP.L.14
Climate resilient streetscapes The design of Empress Place Boulevard must create a climate resilient streetscape habitat, characterised by tree-lined streets and incorporating SuDS features, as described in the sitewide biodiversity strategy. To align with the sitewide biodiversity strategy and create a climate resilient streetscape habitat on the boulevard.
► Refer to biodiversity strategy within Sitewide / Landscape / Green/blue infrastructure.
Example species: Climate Resilient Streetscapes
452
EP.L.15
Extending local character The design of Empress Place Boulevard should consider materials that are sympathetic to the local context of LBHF and the existing street (Lillie Road). To ensure that the public realm ties into local character.
EP.L.16
Integration with the Cascades The design of Empress Place Boulevard must be carefully integrated with the Cascades. Materiality at thresholds should be continuous. To support a transition between Character Areas and reinforce the legibility of the north-south route.
Illustrative landscape plan
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / The Cascades.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
453
EP
LANDSCAPE | Empress Place Passage
Empress Place Passage Empress Place Passage allows for taxi drop-off and servicing whilst enabling safe movement of pedestrians.
Key plan
EP.L.17
Facilitate vehicle access The design of Empress Place Passage must provide vehicle access. The design should enable vehicles to turn around. To allow for vehicle access to service key pedestrian priority spaces.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
EP.L.18
Ensure pedestrian safety The design of Empress Place Passage must provide a footpath on at least one side of the movement route. To prioritise pedestrian safety in the public realm.
Delineation through materiality for pedestrian safety
454
EP.L.19
Demarcating zones The design and selection of materials should demarcate pedestrian and vehicle zones. This could be achieved through variation in paving size. To create a clear definition between surfaces for different users.
Variation in paving size
EP.L.20
Controlled traffic The design of Empress Place Passage must provide traffic control measures at the end of the street to limit access to Empress Place Boulevard. To reinforce the pedestrian priority environment of Empress Place.
Illustrative landscape plan
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
455
EP
LANDSCAPE | Lillie Road Edge
Lillie Road Edge Lillie Road provides two access points to the site, with an enhanced pedestrian zone.
Key plan
EP.L.21
Wayfinding The design of Lillie Road Edge must prioritise the movement from West Brompton station to Empress Place Boulevard. This could include tone and materiality strategies, layout principles or signage. To assist with orientation and wayfinding from the edges of the Site into the Earls Court Development.
EP.L.22
Signage The design of signage must be visible and legible, drawing pedestrians into Empress Place Boulevard. To assist with orientation and wayfinding.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Wayfinding.
Visible and legible signage
456
EP.L.23
Materials The design and selection of paving must integrate with both the existing materiality and guidance, and the newly proposed materials within the Site. To ensure the emerging material palette integrates with existing or future highways works. Existing condition, Empress Place and Lillie Road
EP.L.24
Spill-out The design of Lillie Road Edge could provide spill-out space, adjacent to active Ground Floor uses, where practical. To allow space for active Ground Floor uses to spill-out into the street.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Spill-out space.
EP.L.25
Existing condition, The Prince
Unobstructed public realm The design of spill-out spaces must maintain usability of the public realm without unreasonable obstruction. To safeguard the movement and use of the public realm.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
457
EP
BUILT FORM | Building Typologies
Built Form Building Typologies Large-footprint (Development Zone B and C) Located on either side of Empress Place Boulevard, Large-footprint buildings create a sense of arrival into the Site. A stepped massing, common datums as well as rhythm, composition and expression provide a familiar approach to other building typologies. The diagrammatic layout and massing illustrated in this Design Code for Development Zone C shows these plots as a commercial form, but they could also be configured as residential plots (or mixed use including hotel / education uses) in accordance with the Development Specification and Parameter Plan allocation. Table Edge (Development Zone B) The Table Edge addresses Empress Place Boulevard, providing active frontage and managing a level change to the Table. Detailed Component (Development Zone H) These plots form part of the Detailed Component and will serve as a further level of resolution to communicate the quality and ambition of the later phases.
458
B
H B C
B
C
W ar
w
Aisgill Gardens
ic
kC
re s
ce
nt
The Casca d
es
Empr ess P lace B
West Bromp to
ouleva
nC
rd
res
ce
nt
Table Park
Lillie Road
West Brompton Square
Earls Court Development Code I July 459 IllustrativeI Design sketch showing Built 2025 form typologies
EP
BUILT FORM | Large-footprint
Large-footprint (Development Zone B and C) Located on either side of Empress Place Boulevard, Large-footprint buildings create a sense of arrival into the Site.
Key plan
Illustrative image of Empress Place Boulevard
460
EP.B.1
Existing buildings The character of the existing buildings should be reflected and celebrated in the designs for Empress Place. This could include their character, scale, expression, materiality, detail and proportion. To celebrate the existing character of Empress Place.
Existing condition of Empress Place
Solid, continuous parapets
Order, composition and scale of openings
Materiality and ornamental details
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
461
EP
EP.B.2
BUILT FORM | Large-footprint
Partial retention of existing buildings The design must prioritise the retention of existing buildings or façades and incorporate them into the proposal in a coherent approach. There are other elements of the building that should not be considered suitable for retention, such as mansard roofs and alterations/extensions. Where technical design development demonstrates that a retention option is not possible, then reduced retention or demolition are acceptable outcomes in the sequence identified in the adjacent diagram. To retain and build on the Site history and architectural character of Empress Place.
EP.B.3
Enhancing active frontages Extending the public realm to the front of the existing building line along Empress Place should be explored. To enhance active frontages and interaction between internal and external spaces.
► Refer to Empress Place / Landscape. 462
Retention
Partial retention
Façade retention
Demolition Order of priority
EP.B.4
Prioritising active frontages Buildings must contribute to the activation of the public realm. Existing light wells could be either retained or covered. To prioritise active frontages and interaction between internal and external spaces.
► Refer to Empress Place / Landscape.
EP.B.5
Façade alteration to existing façades Alterations to existing façades are acceptable, but they must retain a legible composition that relates to the original façade character. For example, existing window and door heights could be altered to provide level access and views from the inside. To retain the recognisable character of the existing buildings
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
463
EP
EP.B.6
BUILT FORM | Large-footprint
Additional openings to existing façades Additional or widened openings should be limited to ensure general composition and legibility of the existing façades. To avoid erosion of the existing façade character legibility.
EP.B.7
Legibility of the existing façades The massing of proposed buildings must be set back or sloped so that they are subservient to the existing terraces. This does not include existing mansard roofs (as outlined in EP.B.2). To reinforce a familiar street scale along Empress Place.
464
EP.B.8
Integration of historic / proposed volumes The volume of the historic building must be legible in the overall massing composition where integrated with a new building. A single floor with set back or mansard roof could be introduced if it does not compromise the legibility of the existing façade. To build on the Site history by retaining the character the existing buildings.
EP.B.9
Integration of existing façades and new building Where new buildings and spaces are proposed behind any retained façade, they should provide an appropriate transition in the scale and rhythm of the new elements when seen in relation to the existing condition. To reinforce the integration of the historic elements into the new design and avoid retained façades reading as external planes.
Existing condition, Empress Place
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
465
EP
EP.B.10
BUILT FORM | Large-footprint
Define the edge of the boulevard Large-footprint buildings must define the edge of the boulevard and predominantly align to the maximum building line or the existing building façade line. To define the edge of a key route and align to existing street.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Layout and massing.
Maximum Building Line
EP.B.11
Integrated façades Where façades are retained, façade design for the upper levels must consider their relationship with the retained elements of the existing buildings through tone, materiality, composition or other forms of expression. To create a sense of coherence between existing and newly proposed buildings.
466
Existing condition, Empress Place
EP.B.12
Vertical rhythm The building façade should express a rhythm that responds to the proportions of the existing Empress Place terraces. This could be achieved through a regularity in vertical articulation or building element composition. To create cohesive and familiar rhythm along Empress Place.
EP.B.13
Illustrative view, Empress Place Boulevard
Coherent architecture Large-footprint buildings should read coherently in relation to other Largefootprint and Smaller-scale buildings. This could be achieved through detailed articulation, consistent composition or associated datums. To create cohesive and balanced architectural composition. Coherent architectural expression
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
467
EP
EP.B.14
BUILT FORM | Large-footprint
Complementing local character Buildings within plots WB07/08 (Development Zone B) should respond to and complement the grain, materiality and typologies of existing buildings in the immediate street context. They should avoid creating a visual distraction and mediate between shorter buildings in the foreground, and taller buildings behind. To complement the existing grain, break down the massing of the large combined plots and enhance legibility of the built form.
EP.B.15
Complementary grain and materiality to site context
A family of buildings The design of Large-footprint buildings should provide harmonising architectural features to allow them to be read as part of the same cluster of buildings. This could be achieved through similar composition, architectural detailing or complementary materials. To ensure buildings along Empress Place Boulevard are read as a cluster.
468
A family of buildings
EP.B.16
Prominent corners Prominent corners are façades fronting or terminating important routes and views within Empress Place Boulevard. They should be designed with particular importance and incorporate prominent features. To reinforce spatial hierarchy and assist with wayfinding.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Frontages and façades.
Key Prominent corners Detailed Component
EP.B.17
Lillie Road corners Building corners addressing Lillie Road could consider chamfering to reflect the existing built form. To highlight entrances to the Site and reflect existing buildings.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
469
EP
EP.B.18
BUILT FORM | Large-footprint
Cultural venue The design of WB08 should reflect the cultural use within the building. This should include an open and welcoming entrance which is integrated with the public realm. To reflect the cultural use within the building and allow it to contribute to the public realm. Illustrative view, WB08 from the Table
EP.B.19
Entrances The design of WB08 should provide a pedestrian entrance to the building from both boroughs. To provide access to the cultural venue across both boroughs and different directions in the Site.
470
EP.B.20
Addressing the Table Where a building has an address on the Table, the design of the building must contribute to the experience of the destination public realm. This could be achieved through expressed entrances, animated façades or a change in expression. To create an architectural composition that contributes to the public realm through transparency that integrates interior and exterior space, and general character.
EP.B.21
Illustrative view, WB07 from the Table
Relationship to ground Large-footprint buildings should have a clear response to meeting the ground as a well-defined base. It could read as continuous and take precedent over the buildings sitting ‘on top’. To create a continuous street frontage and unify the ground plane.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Layout and massing.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
471
EP
EP.B.22
BUILT FORM | Large-footprint
Legibility of the base The design of the base must respond to the heights established by the scale of the existing buildings on Empress Place. To reinforce the existing datum levels and create a familiar street scale extending through the Site.
EP.B.23
Expressed entrances Entrances along Empress Place Boulevard should be clearly expressed and easily identifiable. This could be achieved through changes in tone or materiality or recessed entrances. To create legibility in building façades and improve wayfinding.
472
EP.B.24
Active frontages Façades facing key routes should include active frontages. These could include doors and / or a degree of transparency. To contribute to the animation of the public realm.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Frontages and façades.
EP.B.25
Active uses on the Ground Floor
Parallel building lines Proposed building façades addressing Empress Place Boulevard and Lillie Road should be arranged at upper levels to be predominantly parallel to the existing building façades and / or street edges line. To reinforce the spatial condition of the existing streets.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
473
EP
EP.B.26
BUILT FORM | Large-footprint
Accessible roof terraces The provision of a publicly accessible roof terrace should be prioritised where technical, spatial and operational considerations can be met. Where a publicly accessible roof terrace is delivered it should provide access to good sunlight and views towards the river. Views north onto the Table Park should also be explored. Accessible roof terraces should include greening where possible. To enable publicly accessible amenity space on upper levels of the masterplan.
EP.B.27
Planting at upper levels Setbacks or roof terraces at upper levels should include green roofs or planting. To increase planting across the Site.
474
Planted zones on accessible terrace
EP.B.28
Tone of new buildings The tone of new building façades should be informed by the existing façades. To reinforce a cohesive and familiar palette that responds to the predominant tone of the local context. Tones informed by existing buildings
Tone of existing buildings on Empress Place
EP.B.29
Materials showcasing innovation Material choices should showcase innovation. This could include materials that incorporate technological advancements. To create buildings that reflect the innovative nature of the uses and activities that happen inside them.
Innovative materials visible from street
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
475
EP
EP.B.30
BUILT FORM | Large-footprint
Façades facing the bus facility Façades facing the bus facility are prominent and visible from Lillie Road. They should reflect their role as key frontages in the context of being seen from Lillie Road and addressing the bus facility. Façades should also consider integration of a bus standing facility that should be safe and well-lit. To address the different streets buildings are facing.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Frontages and façades.
476
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
477
EP
BUILT FORM | Table Edge
Table Edge (Development Zone B) The Table Edge addresses Empress Place Boulevard, providing active frontage and managing a level change to the Table.
Key plan
Illustrative image of Empress Place Boulevard
478
EP.B.31
Define the edge of the boulevard The design of the Table Edge must define the edge of the boulevard and predominantly align to the maximum building line. To define the edge of a key route and align to existing street.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Layout and massing.
EP.B.32
Arches used to define the edge of the boulevard
Extend the Table The design of the Table Edge must extend the character of the Table over to the edge of Empress Place Boulevard. To extend the Table and connect it to Empress Place.
EP.B.33
Visual connection to the Table The design of the Table Edge should provide a connection indicating that the Table is present and accessible above. This could be achieved through planting visible from the Ground Floor public realm. To create a visual connection between Empress Place Boulevard and the Table.
Illustrative image of Empress Place Boulevard
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
479
EP
EP.B.34
BUILT FORM | Table Edge
Animate the public realm Ground Floor frontages must be permeable and support visual connection with the public realm. To animate the public realm.
EP.B.35
Reference to Detailed Component design Massing, articulation, architectural expression and façade rhythm should respond to the detailed design of the adjacent Plot (Development Zone H). To ensure a harmonious streetscape.
► Refer to Detailed Component of the Hybrid Planning Application.
EP.B.36
Vertical rhythm The building façade must express a vertical rhythm that responds to the proportions of the existing Empress Place terrace buildings. This could be achieved through a regularity in vertical articulation or building element composition. To create a cohesive and familiar rhythm along Empress Place Boulevard.
480
Railway arches
EP.B.37
Integration of buildings on the edge of the Table Where buildings/structures are located on the edge of the Table, such as the Pavilion, the design of the Table Edge could be integrated with the design of those buildings. To ensure that the relationship of the built form is considered.
► Refer to The Table / Built form / Pavilion. EP.B.38
Accessible connection between levels A level access and lift connection must be provided between Empress Place Boulevard and the Table. This should be visible from key surrounding routes. To provide an accessible and inclusive public realm.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity
and movement, The Table / Landscape and The Table / Built form / Pavilion.
EP.B.39
Unique typology The design of the Table Edge must celebrate the unique typology and setting underneath the Table. This could be achieved through façade composition, entrances, tone or materiality. To animate the public realm.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
481
EP
BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape
Impacts on Heritage and Townscape WB02 WB07/08
EP.B.40
Intermediate layering Buildings within Plots WB02, WB07/08 (Development Zones B1,B2 and C) should provide an intermediate layer between the existing buildings in the foreground, and the proposed taller buildings behind. This could be achieved through the use of colour, materiality, or architectural expression. To minimise distraction and impact of the change in scale between the existing townscape in the foreground, and the proposed higher development.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Kings Road - View 39
WB02 WB07/08
EP.B.41
Vertical expression Buildings within Plots WB02, WB07/08 (Development Zones B1,B2 and C) should mediate between the existing context and taller proposed building behind. This could be achieved through vertical expression. To minimise the perceived scale of the buildings.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Kings Road - View 39
482
EP.B.42
Distinguishable from foreground
WB02 WB07/08
Buildings within Plots WB02, WB07/08 (Development Zones B1,B2 and C) should have a distinctive rhythm and composition that differ from other buildings in the view. To avoid coalescence in the massing and reduce visual impact on heritage assets and their setting.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Kings Road - View 39
EP.B.43
Marker
WB02 WB01
Design of WB01/02 (Development Zone C) should appear as a marker. It should be distinguishable from other buildings in the view. This could be achieved through the use of colour, materiality, or architectural expression. To reflect the role of the buildings as a marker.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Ongar Road - View 59
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
483
EP
EP.B.44
BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape
Greenery on terraces
WB02 WB01
Landscape could be introduced on south facing terraces of WB01/02 (Development Zone C). To reinforce the stepping of the massing.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Ongar Road - View 59
EP.B.45
Expressing of stepping
WB02 WB01
Design of WB01/02 (Development Zone C) could incorporate variation in heights of set backs and proportions of different sections of the façade. To reinforce a sense of layering, and reduce coalescence, and make the building distinguishable from the foreground.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Ongar Road - View 59
484
EP.B.46
Distinguishable from foreground
WB02 WB01
Building design within Plots WB01/02 (Development Zone C) should have a distinctive rhythm and composition that differ from other buildings in the view. To avoid coalescence in the massing and reduce visual impact on heritage assets and their setting, and achieve a high standard of urban design.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Ongar Road - View 59
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
485
486
8. Aisgill Gardens [AG]
Character extent Earls Court Development I Design Code I Area July 2025
487
Overview Aisgill Gardens is a community green that includes amenities for all ages and connects to the neighbouring Gibbs Green and West Kensington Estates. It plays an important role as the primary arrival point from the west and as a destination play space. Key principles that characterise Aisgill Gardens include: •
Creating a community green stitching together the adjacent residential Estates with the new community in an intimate, natural environment.
•
Providing a destination play space with sensory landscapes and adventure play.
•
Activating building frontages that spill-out into the landscape.
•
Providing a community hall with animated frontages and community uses.
•
Creating a prominent location along the key northsouth and east-west routes.
► Refer to Illustrative Masterplan chapter in the Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
488
Illustrative view, Aisgill Gardens
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
489
AG
LANDSCAPE | Spaces
Landscape Spaces Community green Aisgill Gardens (1) A generous, inclusive and communityoriented green open space that brings residents together and welcomes people into the Site.
1
Potential MUGA usage
Key plan
490
l Lane Aisgil
Lillie Siding s Squar e
Aisgill Gardens
The Casca des
Table Park
Earls Court Development I Design Code Ground I July 2025 491 Illustrative sketch showing Floor cutaway
AG
LANDSCAPE | Aisgill Gardens
Aisgill Gardens A generous, inclusive and communityoriented green open space that brings residents together and welcomes people into the Site.
Key plan
Illustrative landscape plan
492
AG.L.1
Community green The design of Aisgill Gardens should be a centre for the local community, and should have a distinctive identity. To ensure Aisgill Gardens meets the needs and reflects the identity of the local community. Illustrative view, Aisgill Gardens
AG.L.2
Complete at every stage The design of Aisgill Gardens must ensure the public realm is usable and comfortable at every stage as the proposal comes forward. To deliver a public realm that can be used at all stages of delivery.
AG.L.3
Ensuring East-west connection The design of Aisgill Gardens must ensure an east-west cycle and pedestrian connection at every delivery stage. The connection must tie into the wider Site cycle network. To ensure there is east-west connectivity at all stages of delivery.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
493
AG
AG.L.4
LANDSCAPE | Aisgill Gardens
Northern boundary edge treatment The design of the northern boundary edge treatment must be integrated with the public realm and contribute to the activation of the space. This could be achieved through interactive play elements, public art or planting. To support well integrated interim edge treatments that contribute to the public realm.
AG.L.5
Definition of the public realm The design of Aisgill Gardens must include a permeable edge. This could be achieved through planting and landscape design, or include a Pavilion. To provide a sense of enclosure on the western boundary.
► Refer to Aisgill Gardens / Built form / Pavilion (P).
AG.L.6
Transition in character The eastern boundary should define a notional boundary between Lillie Sidings Square and the Cascades with the community garden. To provide a legible and varied public realm
494
Edge treatment with integrated play, on Site
AG.L.7
Intimate spaces The design of Aisgill Gardens should facilitate a sense of enclosure and intimacy. This could be achieved through the arrangement of street furniture, planting or materiality. To frame and define the extent of Aisgill Gardens from adjacent key open spaces. Planting used to facilitate a sense of enclosure
Skt Kjeld’s Square - SLA
AG.L.8
Variety of uses The design of Aisgill Gardens should accommodate a variety of uses. These could include a sensory forest, picnic lawns, quiet spaces and nature trails. To create a welcoming and varied public open space, designed around inclusivity and varied needs of different age groups and abilities. Public realm with a variety of uses including sitting and play
AG.L.9
Destination play space The design of Aisgill Gardens must offer a destination play space. To create a zone within Aisgill Gardens that plays a key role in promoting its playful and open character.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Play. Play feature as part of destination play space
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
495
AG
AG.L.10
LANDSCAPE | Aisgill Gardens
Variety of play The design of Aisgill Gardens must accommodate different types of play. This could include formal and informal play. To create a welcoming and varied public open space, designed around inclusivity and varied needs of different age groups and abilities. Nature trails providing variety of play
AG.L.11
Adventure play The design of Aisgill Gardens should provide adventure play. This could be through large scale climbing apparatus, tunnels, slides or water play. To contribute towards establishing Aisgill Garden’s identity as a destination play space. Play structures that incorporate climbing, tunnels and slides
AG.L.12
Spill-out zone The design of Aisgill Gardens should have spill-out zones adjacent to buildings for active Ground Floor uses. They should not conflict with building entrances and movement routes. To allow space for active Ground Floor uses to spill-out into Aisgill Gardens.
496
AG.L.13
Vehicle-free The design of Aisgill Gardens must be vehicle-free. Only emergency vehicle access is permitted. To enhance safety for pedestrians and cyclists of all ages.
AG.L.14
Allowing pedestrian movement on the edges The design of Aisgill Gardens should enable pedestrian movement along the edges. This should take into consideration spill-out spaces in front of buildings. Pedestrian movement could also be through the landscaped areas. To safeguard space at the heart of the community green for the uses described.
AG.L.15
Cycle movement The design of Aisgill Gardens should provide a visible cycle route supporting an east-west connection. This could be located on the southern edge of Aisgill Gardens. To contribute to the sitewide cycling strategy and connect into the local network.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
497
AG
AG.L.16
LANDSCAPE | Aisgill Gardens
Cycle parking The design of Aisgill Gardens should provide cycle parking adjacent to the cycle route through Aisgill Gardens. Cycle parking should be wellintegrated with the public realm. To facilitate cycling and change of means between cycling and walking.
AG.L.17
Playful street furniture The design of street furniture could facilitate play. This could include furniture designed for play as well as sitting or include playful elements. To contribute to the character of Aisgill Gardens as a play-led, community recreational space. Interactive playful elements as part of the street
AG.L.18
Integration of materials The design and selection of materials should provide an appropriate interface with the neighbouring Estate and adjacent key spaces. This could be achieved by adopting particular characteristics of tone, or through either considered transition or differentiation of materials. To create cohesion and legibility of way-finding across Site, whilst also knitting into its context.
498
Local materials are used in the new public realm
AG.L.19
Community Orchard The design of Aisgill Gardens must create a Community Orchard habitat, as described in the sitewide biodiversity strategy. To align with the sitewide biodiversity strategy and provide a diverse and connected green network.
► Refer to biodiversity strategy within Sitewide / Landscape / Green/blue infrastructure.
Example species: Community Orchard
AG.L.20
Planting supporting flowering & fruiting species Plant species selection must include a selection of flowering and fruiting species. To support the character of play and stay orchards.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Planting. Flowering and fruiting species
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
499
AG
BUILT FORM | Building Typologies
Built Form Building Typologies Perimeter block façade (Development Zone U) NB. This section includes codes in relation to the southern façade along Aisgill Gardens only. For more detail on the treatment of regular perimeter blocks, refer to ‘Lillie Sidings, Built form’ Pavilion (Development Zones I and P) The Pavilions frame the western edge of Aisgill Gardens and provide active, animated frontages and communityfocused uses. Detailed Component (Development Zone H) These plots form part of the Detailed Component and will serve as a further level of resolution to communicate the quality and ambition of the later phases.
500
U
P
I
H
l Lane Aisgil
Lillie Siding s Squar e
Aisgill Gardens
The Casca des
Table Park
Earls Court Development Code I July 501 IllustrativeI Design sketch showing built 2025 form typologies
AG
BUILT FORM | Perimeter Block
Perimeter Block (Development Zone U) Southern façades along Aisgill Gardens only.
AG.B.1
Permeable Ground Floor frontages Ground Floor façades facing onto Aisgill Gardens should be visually permeable, clearly legible and inviting. To create a connection between exterior and interior spaces, encouraging people to engage with their surroundings and others, fostering a sense of community.
502
AG.B.2
Supporting a community ecosystem Buildings should be designed to accommodate spill-out space to support community and cultural uses. To create a vibrant community ecosystem supported by a variety of services. Supporting a community ecosystem
AG.B.3
Rhythm and human scale Façades should adopt a human scale. This could be achieved through grain, rhythm, differentiating lower levels, or façade articulation. To enhance the pedestrian experience.
Illustrative view, Aisgill Lane towards Development Zone U
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
503
AG
AG.B.4
BUILT FORM | Perimeter Block
Prominent corners Prominent corners should be designed with particular importance and should be richer in detail. To reinforce spatial hierarchy and assist with wayfinding.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Frontages and façades.
AG.B.5
Integration of artwork Façades facing onto Aisgill Gardens could provide opportunities for integrated community art. The artwork could be developed through consultation with the existing local community. To integrate the architecture in the cultural identity of the local community and develop a distinct ‘local’ character to this area.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Public Art.
504
Artwork integrated into the building façade
AG.B.6
Reference to Detailed Component design Massing, articulation, architectural expression and façade rhythm should respond to the detailed design of the adjacent Plot (Development Zone H), facing onto Aisgill Gardens. To ensure a harmonious streetscape.
► Refer to Detailed Component of the Hybrid Planning Application.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
505
AG
BUILT FORM | Pavilions
Pavilions (Development Zones I and P) The Pavilions frame the western edge of Aisgill Gardens and provide active, animated frontages and communityfocused uses.
Illustrative view, Aisgill Gardens towards Development Zone I
506
AG.B.7
Contribution to the public realm Ground Floor uses should contribute to the activation of the public realm. This could include cafés, culture or community uses. To create a vibrant and engaging environment. Cafe encourages uses of the public realm
AG.B.8
Permeable, open and welcoming frontages Ground Floor façades should be visually connected and transparent, where possible. To create a strong visual connection and activate the public realm. Glazing on Ground Floor façades to create transparency
AG.B.9
Integrated with landscape design The design of the Pavilion must be integrated with the landscape. It could include referencing a similar material palette and integration of planting. To allow for integration of the landscape design.
► Refer to Aisgill Gardens / Landscape.
Illustrative view, Aisgill Gardens towards Development Zone I
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
507
AG
AG.B.10
BUILT FORM | Pavilions
Roof articulation The design of the Pavilion could have a distinct roof articulation. To create visual interest and a distinct architectural character.
AG.B.11
Weather protection The design of the Pavilion should provide areas for shelter from the weather. This could be achieved through incorporating elements such as canopies or awnings. To provide comfort in adverse weather conditions. Awning provides weather protection
508
AG.B.12
Integration of art The design of the Pavilion could provide opportunities for integrated art. The artwork could be developed through consultation with the existing local community or engagement of a local artist. To integrate the community’s identity with the architectural design.
► Refer to Public Art Strategy.
AG.B.13
Integration of art within the Pavilion
Playfulness The design of the Pavilion could explore opportunities for diverse architectural expression. This could be achieved through the use of colour or interactive elements. To create a dynamic and engaging space that inspires creativity.
Use of colour creates a sense of playfulness
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
509
AG
BUILT FORM | Pavilion (I)
Pavilion (I) (Development Zone I) The Pavilions frames the western edge of Aisgill Gardens and provide active, animated frontages and communityfocused uses.
Illustrative view, Aisgill Gardens towards Development Zone I
510
AG.B.14
Reference to Detailed Component design Massing, articulation, architectural expression and façade rhythm should respond to the detailed design of the adjacent Plot (Development Zone H). To ensure a harmonious streetscape.
► Refer to Detailed Component of the Hybrid Planning Application.
AG.B.15
Responding to the public realm The Pavilion should allow for flexible ground floor community uses and respond to the public realm as well as allowing for improvements to the existing MUGA. To ensure the Pavilion and ground floor uses are integrated with the public realm of Aisgill Gardens.
Illustrative view, Aisgill Avenue towards the Pavilion
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
511
AG
BUILT FORM | Pavilion (P)
Pavilion (P) (Development Zone P) The Pavilion frames the western edge of Aisgill Gardens and provide active, animated frontages and communityfocused uses.
AG.B.16
Pavilion within Aisgill Gardens Design of Aisgill Gardens must include a permeable edge. This could be achieved through planting and landscape design, or include a Pavilion. The Pavilion should form one possible option of design exploration for defining the edge condition of Aisgill Gardens. To create welcoming and identifiable points of entry to the Site and transition between the scale of the existing houses and street and that of the gardens and buildings defining it.
► Refer to Aisgill Gardens / Landscape. 512
Illustrative view, Aisgill Gardens
m -2
m 40
AG.B.17
-2
m
N Pavilion location
ill sg Ai
et tre dS n Mu
+/
m
ue en Av
If a Pavilion is proposed, it must be located within the zone of allowable movement in Aisgill Gardens.
-2
P H
To allow flexible location of a Pavilion in Aisgill Gardens.
I
► Refer to Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B). Aisgill Avenue
Extract of Parameter Plan
d Roa End
AG.B.18
th Nor
oad Star R
EMPRESS STATE BUILDING
Flexibility for uses The internal layout of the Pavilion could allow for flexibility of uses. An open plan layout could be used to create open, adaptable areas. To encourage flexible uses to evolve over the building’s life span. Pavilion with flexibility for uses
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
513
514
9. Lillie Sidings [LS]
Character Area extent
Overview Lillie Sidings celebrates the Site’s industrial heritage with a new mixed- use destination square, framed by the reimagined Train Shed, hosting dining, events and cultural activities. Key principles that characterise Lillie Sidings include: •
Creating a vehicle-free destination square at the centre connected by a network of lanes, walks and the boulevard.
•
Exploring the creative reuse of the historic Lillie Bridge Depot (The Train Shed) with a cultural destination at Ground Floor.
•
Allowing active uses to spill-out onto the square bringing the public realm to life.
•
Stitching in and stepping down in scale to meet existing streets and the adjacent Estates.
•
Creating a mix of housing typologies, catering for multi-generational living across multiple tenures.
► Refer to Illustrative Masterplan chapter in the Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
516
Illustrative view, Lillie Sidings Square
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
517
LS
LANDSCAPE | Spaces
Landscape Spaces Destination Square Lillie Sidings Square (1) A destination square, celebrating the Site’s industrial heritage and embedding flexibility for events. Boulevard
7 2
West Kensington Boulevard Link (2) West Kensington Boulevard Link connects the north-south route from Lillie Sidings Square toward West Kensington station with an active treelined pedestrian and cycle route. Lane Aisgill Lane (3)
4
6 1 3
5
Aisgill Lane provides a linear landscape on the edge of the Site and accommodates pedestrian and vehicle movement. Lillie Sidings Lane (4) Lillie Sidings Lane provides access and servicing alongside the railway. Walk Lillie Sidings South Walk and Lillie Sidings North Walk (5, 6) The walks provide intimate, pedestrian priority connections that support a transition from destination public realm to quiet residential areas. West Kensington Walk (7) The walk provides a quiet, pedestrian priority connection. 518
Key plan
We st
ingt
mw ell
Ro ad
on B
St C
uthb
ert’s
Lan
e
oule vard
l Lane
Ken s
Aisgil
We st
Cro
Lillie Siding s Squar e
Aisgill Gardens
The Casca des Earls Court Development I Design Code Ground I July 2025 519 Illustrative sketch showing Floor cutaway
LS
LANDSCAPE | Lillie Sidings Square
Lillie Sidings Square A destination square, celebrating the Site’s industrial heritage and embedding flexibility for events.
Key plan
Illustrative landscape plan
520
LS.L.1
Destination square The design of Lillie Sidings Square should reflect its role as a destination square. This could be achieved through selection of materials, furniture, or lighting. To align with the public realm hierarchy and reinforce the role of Lillie Sidings Square as a destination square. Destination square
LS.L.2
Celebrate industrial heritage The design of Lillie Sidings Square should celebrate the industrial heritage of the Site. This could be achieved through the re-use of industrial elements in the public realm or referencing industrial materials. To celebrate the history and former uses of the Site.
Celebrating existing industrial elements
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
521
LS
LS.L.3
LANDSCAPE | Lillie Sidings Square
Sense of enclosure The design of Lillie Sidings Square must facilitate a sense of enclosure. This could be achieved through the visibility of the edges or the distribution of planting, street furniture and lighting. To frame the square and define the extent of a key space.
LS.L.4
Encourage spill-out The design of Lillie Sidings Square must incorporate spill-out space. Spill-out space on the eastern edge adjacent to the Train Shed should be generous. This could enable activities such as outdoor seating for food & beverage. To activate the square.
LS.L.5
North-south route provision The design of Lillie Sidings Square must provide a north-south pedestrian and cycle route. This should form part of the wider north-south route connecting West Brompton to West Kensington stations. To connect the north-south route and reinforce the sitewide movement strategy.
522
Indicative location
LS.L.6
Trees adjacent to northsouth route Tree planting must be aligned adjacent to the north-south route. Tree planting in other parts of the square should also be considered to further enhance the pedestrian routes. To extend the boulevard character of the north-south route through the square.
LS.L.7
Indicative location
SuDS features The design of Lillie Sidings Square should provide SuDS features such as rain gardens or bio-swales. They could be located adjacent to the north-south route. To align with the Sitewide SuDS strategy and encourage SuDS features in the public realm.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Green and blue infrastructure.
LS.L.8
Indicative location
Planting in the square The design of plant beds could be arranged to align with the former railway tracks. To celebrate the history and former uses of the Site through arrangement of planting and trees.
Indicative location
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
523
LS
LS.L.9
LANDSCAPE | Lillie Sidings Square
Maximise flexibility The design of Lillie Sidings Square should allow for areas that remain free of planting and furniture. To create a square that supports events and other temporary uses.
Flexibility in the arrangement of planting
LS.L.10
Post-industrial Remediation Gardens The design of Lillie Sidings Square must create Post-industrial Remediation Gardens habitat, as described in the sitewide biodiversity strategy. To align with the sitewide biodiversity strategy and provide a diverse and connected green network.
► Refer to biodiversity strategy within Sitewide /
Landscape / Green/blue infrastructure. City Dune - SLA
LS.L.11
Example species: Post-industrial Remediation Gardens
Maturity of planting Tree selection should include a variety of trees with a range of maturity. To reflect the destination square character of Lillie Sidings Square.
A range of maturity of trees
524
LS.L.12
Street furniture The design of street furniture should celebrate the industrial heritage of the Character Area. This could be achieved through the choice of materiality and form. To celebrate the history and former uses of the Site. Street furniture with industrial heritage character
LS.L.13
Re-use of found objects or materials The design of Lillie Sidings Square should explore the potential re-use of found objects, materials or signage, for example, former train tracks. To build from the history of the Site. Found material on Earls Court Site
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
525
LS
LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Boulevard Link
West Kensington Boulevard Link West Kensington Boulevard Link connects the north-south route from Lillie Sidings Square toward West Kensington station with an active treelined pedestrian and cycle route.
Key plan
Illustrative view, West Kensington Boulevard Link towards West Kensington
526
Bjørvika Masterplan and Urban Spaces, Oslo - SLA
LS.L.14
Vehicle-free The design of West Kensington Boulevard Link must be vehiclefree, except for emergency vehicles, maintenance and controlled servicing. To support a pedestrian-first public realm.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
LS.L.15
Vehicle-free route
Contributing to the northsouth route The design of West Kensington Boulevard Link must form part of the north-south route connecting West Brompton with West Kensington stations. It should be an extension of the boulevard and strengthen wayfinding. To connect West Kensington station with West Brompton station and Lillie Road in a legible, north-south route.
North-south route
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
527
LS
LS.L.16
LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Boulevard Link
Typical street section Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
18.0m min.
FOOTPATH/ SPILL-OUT
CYCLE ROUTE
PLANTING
FOOTPATH/ SPILL-OUT
5.0m
3.0m
5.0m min.
6.0m
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
528
Illustrative street section, West Kensington Boulevard Link
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
The design of West Kensington Boulevard Link must provide a cycle route connecting West Kensington Boulevard to Lillie Sidings Square. The cycle route could be shared or demarcated.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
Cycle route
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
LS.L.17
To connect into the sitewide cycle network and promote cyclist and pedestrian safety.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
LS.L.18
Spill-out space location The design of West Kensington Boulevard Link could include spill-out space in front of active Ground Floor uses. To allow space for active Ground Floor uses to spill-out into the street.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Spill-out space.
LS.L.19
Planting The design of West Kensington Boulevard Link must provide a planted zone on at least one side of the cycle route. To create a landscaped public realm.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
529
LS
LS.L.20
LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Boulevard Link
Arrangement of planting The design of West Kensington Boulevard Link should maximise planted zones. Planted zones should introduce breaks and not obstruct building entrances. To allow clear access and visibility from the boulevard to building entrance and to promote ease of pedestrian movement.
LS.L.21
Formal line of trees The design of West Kensington Boulevard Link should provide a formal line of trees on at least one side of the boulevard. To enhance the character of the boulevard.
530
LS.L.22
Integration with West Kensington The design of West Kensington Boulevard Link must be carefully integrated with West Kensington Boulevard. This should be through a continuation of materials and street furniture. To create a continuous boulevard typology.
LS.L.23
Transition into Lillie Sidings Square The design and selection of materials at thresholds should provide a distinction between the boulevard and the square. To support a transition between the boulevard and the square.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
531
LS
LANDSCAPE | Aisgill Lane
Aisgill Lane Aisgill Lane provides a linear landscape on the edge of the Site and accommodates pedestrian and vehicle movement.
Key plan
Illustrative view, Aisgill Lane
532
LS.L.24
Interface with existing edge The design of Aisgill Lane must consider the interface with the existing boundary edge. To ensure sensitive integration of the new lane with the existing neighbourhood.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Boundary conditions.
LS.L.25
Aerial imagery of existing condition of Estate edge
Alignment of levels The design of Aisgill Lane should align proposed levels with the existing adjoining public realm, where practical. To promote connectivity and access.
Illustrative street section
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
533
LS
LS.L.26
LANDSCAPE | Aisgill Lane
Permeable edge The design of Aisgill Lane should explore increasing the permeability of the existing boundary condition. Proposals could include opening appropriate breaks through the existing wall, replacing it with a hedge or a planted linear landscape with SuDS feature.
Illustrative street section
The Design of boundary treatment should respond to the outcome of consultation with neighbours. To provide a landscaped and wellintegrated edge to the Site and interface with neighbours. Illustrative street section
Illustrative street section
LS.L.27
Planting The design of Aisgill Lane must provide generous planted zones with trees adjacent to the boundary. To support biodiversity in the Site and green interface with adjoining properties. Planted zone
534
Silkeborg Pedestrian Streets and Søndertorv - SLA
LS.L.28
Planting heights The design of planting should allow for visual permeability across the edge condition. To maintain lines of sight across the across the Site boundary. Illustrative street section
LS.L.29
Opportunity for SuDS The design of planted zones should include SuDS features. This could include bio-swales and/or rain gardens. To contribute to the Sitewide SuDS strategy.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Green/ blue infrastructure.
LS.L.30
SuDS features along street
Sun tolerant plant selection The plant selection should favour species that can tolerate exposure to sunlight. To enable planting to thrive.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Planting. Sun tolerant planting selection
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
535
LS
LS.L.31
LANDSCAPE | Aisgill Lane
Vehicular route The design of Aisgill Lane must provide vehicular and cycling access route to plots within Development Zone U. To ensure functional requirements are met.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement and Lillie Sidings / Built form / Perimeter block.
LS.L.32
Vehicular access Traffic control measure indicative location
Controlled traffic The design of Aisgill Lane must provide traffic control measures at the end of the lane. They should be wellintegrated with the public realm and landscape features. To ensure pedestrian safety at the termination of the lane. Landscape features used as traffic control measure
536
LS.L.33
Play on the way The design of Aisgill Lane must explore incidental play opportunities that are integrated into the public realm for all ages. This could include landscaping, furniture or play equipment. To maximise opportunities for play in Lillie Sidings and contribute to the sitewide play strategy.
Incidental play opportunities along street
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
537
LS
LANDSCAPE | Lillie Sidings Lane
Lillie Sidings Lane Lillie Sidings Lane provides access and servicing alongside the railway.
Key plan
LS.L.34
Landscape buffer The design of Lillie Sidings Lane should include planting adjacent to the railway. To create a landscape buffer for noise and improve air quality from the railway corridor.
Planted buffer
538
Kanalbyen in Fredericia - SLA
LS.L.35
Semi-natural vegetation Where there is planting adjacent to the railway corridor, it must be seminatural vegetation. This could include woodland and flower-rich grassland. To promote biodiversity in the Site and contribute to the sitewide UGF strategy. Semi-natural vegetation
LS.L.36
Boundary with railway The design of the boundary treatment adjacent to the rail corridor must be coordinated with Network Rail and follow Network Rail guidance. To ensure the boundary with the railway is safe and secure.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Boundary conditions.
Illustrative landscape plan
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
539
LS
LANDSCAPE | Lillie Sidings Walks (North & South)
Lillie Sidings Walks (North & South) The walks provide intimate, pedestrian priority connections that support a transition from destination public realm to quiet residential areas. The northern link also enables potential future links with Mund Street and the Gibbs Green estate. Key plan
LS.L.37
Typical street section Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below.
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
540
BUILDING LINE
BUILDING LINE
9.0m min.
DEFENSIBLE SPACE
PLANTED ZONE
CENTRAL MOVEMENT ROUTE
PLANTED ZONE
DEFENSIBLE SPACE
1.5m
3.0m
5.0m
3.0m
1.5m
Illustrative street section, Lillie Sidings Walks (North and South)
LS.L.38
Intimate character The design of Lillie Sidings Walks (North & South) must reflect their residential character. This could be achieved through arrangement and selection of planting, defensible space and shared surface. To create a quiet, residential walk with amenity for residents. Illustrative view, Lillie Sidings Walk (South)
LS.L.39
Pedestrian priority The design of Lillie Sidings Walks (North & South) should prioritise pedestrians. Controlled access points for vehicles could be provided at the south-western end of the walks. To support a pedestrian-first public realm.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
Illustrative view, Lillie Sidings Walk (South)
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
541
LS
The design of Lillie Sidings Walks should provide planted zones adjacent to defensible space. Where there is no defensible space, it should be located adjacent to the building line.
BUILDING LINE
Planting BUILDING LINE
LS.L.40
LANDSCAPE | Lillie Sidings Walks (North & South)
To reinforce the intimate character of the walks.
Illustrative street section, planting
The design of Lillie Sidings Walks (North & South) should allow for planted defensible space adjacent to habitable rooms located at grade.
BUILDING LINE
Defensible space BUILDING LINE
LS.L.41
To create amenity and privacy for Ground Floor residents.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Defensible space.
Illustrative street section, defensible space
542
LS.L.42
Tree planting Planting should include trees. Trees should not be planted in immediate proximity to projecting balconies or the building line. This could be through staggering planting or alternating planting with balconies. To support the green and leafy character of the walks. Planted zone with trees
LS.L.43
Variation of tree planting The selection of trees should provide variation of species and form. This could be achieved through a variety of single and multi-stemmed trees. To reinforce the residential character of the walks. Variation of tree species and form of trees
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
543
LS
LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Walk
West Kensington Walk The walks provides intimate, pedestrian priority connection.
Key plan
LS.L.44
Typical street section Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below. 12.0m min.
12.0m varies (inclusive of planting and pedestrian movement) Control dimension Illustrative dimension
544
Illustrative street section, West Kensington Walk
Budolfi Plads - SLA
LS.L.45
Vehicle-free The design of West Kensington Walk should be vehicle-free. This includes private vehicles, servicing and waste collection. To support a pedestrian-first public realm.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
LS.L.46
VIA Vika & Ruseløkkveien - SLA Pedestrian and cycle route
Planted walk The design of West Kensington Walk should include a zone for planting and trees. To support the green and leafy character of West Kensington Walk. VIA Vika & Ruseløkkveien - SLA Planted zone in walk
LS.L.47
Dwelling space The design of West Kensington Walk should reinforce its character as a dwelling space. This could be achieved through arrangement of informal seating. To support a comfortable dwelling space. Informal seating within planted areas
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
545
LS
BUILT FORM | Building Typologies
Built Form Building Typologies Common base (Development Zone T) Common base combines taller elements to read as a set piece. The design explores the retention and extension of the existing Train Shed and its industrial character.
W W U
Perimeter block (Development Zone U) Perimeter blocks are located on the western edge of Lillie Sidings Square. They consider their immediate context on each side of their block and adopt a form, scale and character that responds to it.
T U
U
Transition block (Development Zone U & W) Transition blocks frame the edges of the boulevard link connecting Lillie Sidings Square with West Kensington Boulevard. They activate a key route and mediate the transition in scale and character.
546
Key plan
We st
ingt
mw ell
Ro ad
on B
St C
uthb
ert’s
Lan
e
oule vard
l Lane
Ken s
Aisgil
We st
Cro
Lillie Siding s Squar e
Aisgill Gardens
The Casca des Earls Court Development Code I July 547 IllustrativeI Design sketch showing built 2025 form typologies
LS
BUILT FORM | Common Base
Common Base (Development Zone T) Common base combines taller elements to read as a set piece. The design explores the retention and extension of the existing Train Shed and its industrial character.
Key plan
Illustrative view, Lillie Sidings Walk towards Lillie Sidings Square
548
LS.B.1
Activation of Lillie Sidings Square Ground Floor frontages facing Lillie Sidings Square should be designed to maximise opportunities for active and publicly accessible uses. This could be achieved by designing permeable façades, avoiding blank walls and enabling spill-out space. To create dynamic Ground Floor uses that contribute towards activation of the destination square.
Activation of square
► Refer to Lillie Sidings / Landscape / Lillie Sidings Square.
LS.B.2
Distinct industrial identity Buildings should have a distinct architectural identity, responding to their immediate context and history of the Site. This could include building expression, materiality and details responding to the industrial features of the historic Train Shed. To contribute to the identity of Lillie Sidings Square as an important cultural destination.
Illustrative view, Lillie Sidings Square
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
549
LS
LS.B.3
BUILT FORM | Common Base
A family of buildings Buildings over the existing Train Shed should read as a set piece. This could be achieved through a common approach to façade expression including rhythm and composition, tone and materiality, and/or openings. To reinforce the legibility of these buildings as a coherent set.
LS.B.4
Partial retention of Train Shed Design should seek to retain elements of the existing Train Shed and incorporate them into the new design through an integrated approach. Where technical design development demonstrates that a retention option is not possible, reduced retention through to demolition are acceptable outcomes in the sequence identified in the adjacent diagram To retain and build on the Site history and architectural character of the Train Shed.
Existing condition of the Train Shed
550
Façade and structure partial retention
Façade partial retention
Full demolition Order of priority
LS.B.5
Extension of the existing Train Shed footprint The design should explore extending the footprint of the existing Train Shed building southwards. The extension could respond to the existing rhythm, composition and materiality. However, the new element should be distinct in its appearance. To frame Lillie Sidings Square and provide a sense of enclosure and contribute to retaining the industrial character of Lillie Sidings.
LS.B.6
Façade rhythm of existing bays The buildings fronting onto Lillie Sidings must make reference to the rhythm of bays of the existing Train Shed. To evoke the memory of the historic Train Shed building.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
551
LS
LS.B.7
BUILT FORM | Common Base
Maximise internal flexibility Where the existing structure is retained, interventions or reconfiguration to its internal fabric should be designed to allow for maximum internal flexibility. To allow for the creative reuse of the existing Train Shed building for a range of culture and event spaces. Flexibility in the adaptive re-use of existing structure
LS.B.8
Residential entrances Where residential entrances do not address Lillie Sidings Square, they must be visible, well lit, secure and provide a reasonable buffer from the railway. To ensure a safe and secure residential neighbourhood. Residential entrance that is visible and secure
LS.B.9
Prominent corners Prominent corners should be designed with particular consideration and should be richer in detail. The prominent corner should feature on the taller element. To reinforce spatial hierarchy and assist with wayfinding to create visual interest on the taller element.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Frontages and façades.
552
LS.B.10
Balcony expression Balcony fronts or balustrades should be permeable and constructed from lightweight industrial materials such as steel, or coated aluminium. To make reference to the industrial character of Lillie Sidings. Balcony expression
LS.B.11
Industrial materials New building materials and features should respond to the Site’s industrial past as a railway depot. This could be achieved through material selection or tone or other references. To make reference to the industrial character of Lillie Sidings. Industrial materials on Earls Court Site
LS.B.12
Re-use of found objects or materials Designs should explore the potential re-use of found objects, materials or signage. To build from the history of the Site.
Found material on Earls Court Site
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
553
LS
BUILT FORM | Perimeter Block
Perimeter Block (Development Zone U) Perimeter blocks are located on the western edge of Lillie Sidings Square. They consider the immediate context on each side and adopt a form, scale and character that responds to it.
Key plan
Illustrative view, Aisgill Lane
554
LS.B.13
Define the edge of the public realm Perimeter blocks must define the edges of the public realm, including Lillie Sidings Square and Aisgill Gardens. They should predominantly align to the Maximum Building Line. To define the edge of the public realm.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Layout and massing.
Maximum Building Line
LS.B.14
Responding to existing context Perimeter blocks addressing Aisgill Lane should consider the context of the scale and grain of the facing buildings. This could be achieved through the stepping and/or articulation of the massing, or façade expression. To ensure a scale that is responsive to the existing context.
Stepping of building massing
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
555
LS
LS.B.15
BUILT FORM | Perimeter Block
Urban grain Perimeter blocks could be broken down as a series of individual buildings. This could be achieved through change in façade expression or tone and materiality. To break down the overall massing of plots lending them a more comfortable, human scale sensitive to its context.
Illustrative view, Lillie Sidings Walk South
LS.B.16
Façades onto Lillie Sidings Square Façades facing onto Lillie Sidings Square should have an industrial character that responds to the Train Shed. This could be achieved through material selection or tone or other references. To build a character that responds to the existing industrial character.
556
Illustrative view, Lillie Sidings Square
LS.B.17
Active frontages Ground Floor frontages onto Lillie Sidings Square must be active, welcoming and visible. This could involve using large areas of glazed façades. Back of house entrances should be avoided in this location. To support the character of Lillie Sidings Square as a vibrant destination square.
Active frontages along street
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Frontages and façades.
LS.B.18
Residential frontage on to Aisgill Lane Where practical, the Ground Floor frontage addressing Aisgill Lane should maximise residential frontages with front doors to individual homes or shared entrances. To provide individual homes that respond the grain and rhythm of West Kensington Estate.
Residential entrances addressing the street
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
557
LS
LS.B.19
BUILT FORM | Perimeter Block
Location of vehicular entrances of WK10 Location of vehicular entrances to WK10 from Aisgill Lane should be located as far north as practical. To extend the landscape area with controlled vehicular access.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement and Lillie Sidings / Landscape / Aisgill Lane.
LS.B.20
Balconies along Lillie Sidings Walks (North and South) Proposals should consider distances between balconies where they are positioned on both sides along Lillie Sidings Walks (North and South). Balconies could explore options where they are staggered in plan to increase clearance distances. Alternative options could explore combining projecting, with inset or partially inset balconies. Designs should consider daylight / sunlight levels to private amenity and north facing fully inset balconies should be avoided. To increase clearance between balconies where they are positioned on both sides of the walks.
► Refer to Lillie Sidings / Landscape / Lillie Sidings Walks (North and South).
558
Plan
Section
BUILDING LINE
Plan
BUILDING LINE
Balconies inset on one side
Section
BUILDING LINE
Plan
BUILDING LINE
Partially inset balconies
BUILDING LINE
BUILDING LINE
Balconies staggered in plan
Section
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
559
LS
LS.B.21
BUILT FORM | Perimeter Block
Treatment to balconies onto destination public realm Where balconies are projecting onto Lillie Sidings Square and Aisgill Gardens, the balustrades should be permeable. To animate the public realm. Treatment of balconies
LS.B.22
Treatment to other balconies Material selection and design of balconies not addressing destination public realm including Lillie Sidings Walks and internal courtyards should support privacy. This could include treatments with reduced permeability. To allow for privacy for residents.
560
Treatment of balconies
LS.B.23
A family of buildings The design of perimeter blocks should provide some harmonising architectural features to allow them to be read as part of the same cluster of buildings. The harmony could be reflected through similar composition, architectural detailing or complementary materials. To ensure coherence between adjacent buildings.
A family of buildings
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
561
LS
BUILT FORM | Transition Block
Transition Block (Development Zone U & W) Transition blocks frame the edges of the boulevard link connecting Lillie Sidings Square with West Kensington Boulevard. They activate a key route and mediate the transition in scale and character.
Key plan
Illustrative view, Lillie Sidings Square towards West Kensington
562
LS.B.24
Define the edge of the public realm Transition blocks must define the edge of West Kensington Boulevard Link. They should predominantly align to the Maximum Building Line. To define the edge of the public realm.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Layout and massing.
LS.B.25
Plan Maximum Building Line
Activation of the northsouth route Ground Floor frontages facing onto West Kensington Boulevard Link should be open, active and inviting. To activate the north-south route to West Kensington Boulevard Link.
LS.B.26
Prominent corners Prominent corners should be designed with particular importance and should be richer in detail. To reinforce spatial hierarchy and assist with wayfinding.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Frontages and façades.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
563
LS
LS.B.27
BUILT FORM | Transition Block
Treatment of northern façades Design and treatment of north facing façades should consider mitigation of environmental conditions from West Cromwell Road and the railway lines. To mitigate noise and air impacts from West Cromwell Road. Northern façades
LS.B.28
Expression of Ground Floor frontages Ground Floor frontages along the West Kensington Boulevard Link should establish a compatible rhythm and expression. To reinforce the continuous curve and rhythm of the crescent forming the route to West Kensington station.
LS.B.29
Ground Floor frontages with a consistent expression
A family of buildings Transition blocks should provide harmonising architectural features. This could be achieved through composition, architectural detailing or complementary materials. To ensure coherence between adjacent buildings and to allow them to be read as part of a cluster of buildings. A family of buildings
564
Predominant residential use The following codes expand on the design of transition blocks with a predominant residential use.
LS.B.30
A residential scale Massing should be broken down into clear, legible volumes. This could include a series of volumes arranged around a central courtyard. To ensure a scale suitable for a residential typology.
Illustrative view, WK07
LS.B.31
Fine urban grain for residential use The articulation of each building volume should contribute to the reading of the massing as a series of individual volumes. This could be achieved through changes in façade treatment or subtle variation of tonality. To ensure the urban grain is of a human scale suited to residential typology.
Fine urban grain
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
565
LS
LS.B.32
BUILT FORM | Transition Block
Treatment of internal façades The treatment of internal (courtyard facing) façades should be considered for visibility from Lillie Sidings Square. To ensure all façades are treated appropriately to their visibility from key open spaces. Internal façades visible from Lillie Sidings Square
Predominant commercial use The following codes expand on the design of transition blocks with a predominant non-residential use.
LS.B.33
Articulation of building base, for commercial use Building expression should contribute to the legibility of the building base along West Kensington Boulevard link. This could be achieved through set backs or facade expression. To reinforce a datum fronting onto the Boulevard Link.
566
Articulation of building base
LS.B.34
Vertical expression, for commercial use Façade design could emphasise verticality. This could be achieved through slimmer proportions of fenestrations or diminishing patterns of decreasing scale of façade elements towards the top of the building. To make the building appear slender and create the impression of lightness.
LS.B.35
Vertical façade expression
Distinctive top, for commercial use Building tops should be distinct. This could be achieved through materiality or articulation. To draw create the feeling of a more slender silhouette. Distinctive building top
LS.B.36
Visible entrances, for commercial uses Ground Floor entrances must be open, visible and welcoming. Entrances could be double height or expressed with distinct architectural details. Signage and lighting could be used to ensure the entrance is prominent and well lit. To create welcoming entrances, inviting public use of the Ground Floor spaces. Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
567
LS
BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape
Impacts on Heritage and Townscape LS.B.37
Expression of building tops
WK09
WK08
Buildings tops in Plots WK07/08/09 (Development Zones T and W) should be clearly legible. This could be achieved by introducing a different rhythm of composition, or changes in tone or materiality. To create an appropriate relationship with the existing townscape, reducing impact on heritage assets and their setting.
Philbeach Gardens - View 25 WK09
WK08
WK07
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Philbeach Gardens - View A14
LS.B.38
Distinguishable from foreground
WK09
WK08
Buildings within Plots WK08/09 (Development Zone T) should be distinguishable from the existing buildings in the foreground, safeguarding their legibility in the view. This could be achieved through the use of colour, materials and architectural expression. To separate foreground and background and contribute to a sense of layering and reduce visual impact on heritage assets and their setting.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
568
Philbeach Gardens - View 25
LS.B.39
Visual richness
WK09
WK08
The façade design of buildings in Plots WK08/09 (Development Zone T) should include enhanced visual richness. This could be achieved by contrasting tones between building components, or adding detailing. To distinguish from the existing buildings at the foreground of the view.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Philbeach Gardens - View 25
WK09
LS.B.40
WK08
Breaks or steps in massing Massing of buildings within Plots WK08/09 (Development Zone T) should be distinguishable in this view. This could be achieved by breaks or stepping in the massing. To avoid coalescence.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Philbeach Gardens - View A14
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
569
LS
BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape
WK11
LS.B.41
Complement local character Building design within Plot WK11 (Development Zone U) should reflect and complement the grain and typologies of existing buildings seen from Charleville Road. They should avoid creating a visual distraction and mediate between shorter buildings in the foreground, and taller buildings behind. To complement the existing grain and typologies.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Charleville Road - View A30
LS.B.42
Distinguishable from foreground
WK07
WK08
Buildings within Plots WK07/08 (Development Zones T and W) should be distinguishable from the existing buildings in the foreground. This could be achieved through a distinctive rhythm and composition, the use of colour, materials or architectural expression. To separate foreground and background and contribute to a sense of layering and reduce visual impact on heritage assets and their setting.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Charleville Road - View A30
570
LS.B.43
Complement local character
WK08 WK07 WK09
Buildings in Plots WK07/08/09 (Development Zones T and W) should reflect and complement the grain and typologies of existing buildings in the foreground. They should avoid creating a visual distraction and mediate between shorter buildings in the foreground, and taller buildings behind. To complement the existing grain and typologies.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Ongar Road - View 59
LS.B.44
Complement local character
WK05
Buildings in Plots WK05 (Development Zone W) should reflect and complement the grain and typologies of existing buildings in the foreground. They should avoid creating a visual distraction and mediate between shorter buildings in the foreground, and taller buildings behind. To complement the existing grain and typologies.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Comeragh Road - View 47
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
571
LS
LS.B.45
BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape
Distinguishable from foreground
WK05
Buildings in Plots WK05 (Development Zone W) should be distinguishable from the existing buildings in the foreground. This could be achieved through a distinctive rhythm and composition, the use of colour, materials or architectural expression. To separate foreground and background and contribute to a sense of layering and reduce visual impact on heritage assets and their setting.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
LS.B.46
Calmed background
Comeragh Road - View 47
WK05
Buildings in Plot WK05 (Development Zone W) should avoid distracting from the setting and features of Comeragh Road. To minimise visual impact on heritage assets and their setting.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Comeragh Road - View 47
572
LS.B.47
Expression of building top
WK05
Buildings tops in Plot WK05 (Development Zone W) should be clearly legible. This could be achieved by introducing a different rhythm of composition, or changes in tone or materiality. To create an appropriate relationship with the existing townscape, reducing impact on heritage assets and their setting.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Comeragh Road - View 47
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
573
574
10. West Kensington [WK]
Character Area extent
Overview The West Kensington Character Area helps open up the Site and extends the neighbourhood towards West Cromwell Road. Its proximity to the station and key arterial road provides an opportunity for a new mixed-use gateway along the route into central London. Key principles that characterise West Kensington include: •
Creating a gateway to the Earls Court Site from West Kensington station.
•
Extending Beaumont Avenue into a tree-lined Boulevard.
•
Generous landscaping of the boulevard as an extension of the Exhibition Garden concept.
•
Using a range of commercial typologies that support an ecosystem of innovative uses.
•
Integrating a mix of cafés, shops and workspaces that create an active street.
► Refer to Illustrative Masterplan chapter in the Design and Access Statement: Masterplan (EC.PA.08).
576
Illustrative view, West Kensington Boulevard
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
577
WK LANDSCAPE | Spaces
Landscape Spaces 8
7 4
5
3
1
9
6 2
Boulevard
Place
West Kensington Boulevard (1)
West Kensington Place North (5)
A landscaped, mixed-use street, accommodating pedestrian and vehicle movement.
A landscaped open space, accommodating vehicle access to plots and pedestrian movement.
Walk
West Kensington Place South (6)
Gibbs Walk (2)
A pocket of landscaped open space, providing opportunities for play.
A pedestrian-only, intimate planted walk with a connection to Gibbs Green Close. Passage
West Kensington Deck-over (7)
West Kensington Passage West (3)
An area of public realm, accommodating pedestrian and vehicle access.
A landscaped open space, accommodating vehicle access to plots and pedestrian movement. West Kensington Passage East (4) A landscaped open space, accommodating vehicle access to plots and pedestrian movement.
578
Other
West Cromwell Road Interface (8) Safeguarded areas for public realm and potential future provision of pedestrian access at the interface with West Cromwell Road West Kensington Station Square (9) An intimate local Square that addresses the station and forms a gateway into the Boulevard
Wes tC
romw ell R oad
ing
ton
Bou
leva
l Lane
Ken s
Aisgil
We st
rd
Lillie Siding s Squar e
Illustrative sketch showing Ground Floor cutaway
WK LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Boulevard
West Kensington Boulevard A landscaped, mixed-use street, accommodating pedestrian and vehicle movement. Key plan
Illustrative view, West Kensington Boulevard
580
WK.L.1
Contributing to the northsouth route The design of West Kensington Boulevard must form part of the north-south route connecting West Brompton with West Kensington stations. It should be an extension of the boulevard and strengthen wayfinding. To connect West Kensington station with West Brompton station and Lillie Road in a legible, north-south route.
North-south route
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
WK.L.2
Extending nature The design of West Kensington Boulevard should extend nature along the north-south route and should include tree-lined streets, biodiverse planting strategies and SuDS features. To promote biodiversity and extend nature along the north-south route. Planted zone with biodiverse planting and SuDS features
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
581
WK LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Boulevard
WK.L.3
Typical street section A - Adjacent to WK02 and WK03 Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
18.0m min.
FOOTPATH
PLANTING
CENTRAL MOVEMENT ROUTE
PARKING / PLANTING
FOOTPATH
PLANTING/ ENTRANCES
2.0m
2.0m
7.0m
3.0m
2.0m
2.0m
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
Illustrative street section, West Kensington Boulevard
Key plan
582
Typical street section B - Adjacent to WK01 and WK02 Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
16.0m min. DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WK.L.4
FOOTPATH
PARKING / PLANTING
CENTRAL MOVEMENT ROUTE
PLANTING
FOOTPATH
2.0m
3.0m
7.0m
2.0m
2.0m
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
Illustrative street section, West Kensington Boulevard
Key plan
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
583
WK LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Boulevard
WK.L.5
Typical street section C - Adjacent to WK02 and Kensington Hall Gardens Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below.
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
EXISTING BUILDING LINE - KENSINGTON HALL GARDENS
14.6m min.
FOOTPATH
PARKING
CENTRAL MOVEMENT ROUTE
EXISTING PARKING
FOOTPATH
2.5m
2.5m
5.0m
2.1m
2.5m
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
Illustrative street section, Beaumont Avenue
Key plan
584
The design of West Kensington Boulevard must provide a footpath on both sides of the central movement route.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
Footpaths DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WK.L.6
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
The design of West Kensington Boulevard must provide a central movement route, allowing for cyclist and vehicle movement.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
Central movement route DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WK.L.7
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
To ensure safe pedestrian movement.
To contribute to the sitewide movement strategy and provide vehicular and cyclist access.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
585
WK LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Boulevard
The design of West Kensington Boulevard should accommodate planted zones in between parking.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
Parking / planting DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WK.L.8
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
The design of planting in the public realm adjacent to Development Zones must allow access to building entrances.
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
Planting / entrances DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
WK.L.9
DEVELOPMENT ZONE LINE
To ensure parking is integrated within planting.
To encourage planting in the public realm that does not impact building access.
586
WK.L.10
No through road for vehicles The design of the eastern end of West Kensington Boulevard must include provision for vehicle turning. To create a vehicle-free public realm along the extent of the West Kensington Boulevard Link and beyond. Illustrative landscape plan
WK.L.11
Pedestrian-priority design The design of the eastern end of West Kensington Boulevard must put people first. This should be achieved by a raised street surface or other layout configurations and material treatment that signals the end of a carriageway and space that is shared. To create a people-first public realm. Illustrative view, West Kensington Boulevard
WK.L.12
Climate Resilient Streetscapes The design of the end of West Kensington Boulevard must create Climate Resilient Streetscapes habitat, as described in the sitewide biodiversity strategy. To align with the sitewide biodiversity strategy and provide a diverse and connected green network.
► Refer to biodiversity strategy within Sitewide / Landscape / Green/blue infrastructure.
Example species: Climate Resilient Streetscapes
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
587
WK LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Boulevard
WK.L.13
Opportunity for SuDS The design of the planted zone should include SuDS features. This could include bio-swales and rain gardens. To contribute to the sitewide SuDS strategy. SuDS features along street
WK.L.14
Play on the way The design of West Kensington Boulevard should include incidental play opportunities that are integrated into the public realm for all ages. This could include landscaping, furniture or play equipment. To maximise opportunities for play in West Kensington and contribute to the sitewide play strategy.
WK.L.15
Incidental play opportunities along street
Extending local character The design and selection of materials should integrate with both the existing and emerging character of North End Road and Beaumont Avenue. To ensure that the new public realm ties into existing local character. Existing condition of Beaumont Avenue
588
WK.L.16
Integration with Beaumont Avenue The design of West Kensington Boulevard must be carefully integrated with the existing Beaumont Avenue. Materiality at thresholds should be continuous. To support a transition between the existing Beaumont Avenue and the Boulevard.
WK.L.17
Integration with Beaumont Avenue
Integration with West Kensington Boulevard Link The design of West Kensington Boulevard must be carefully integrated with West Kensington Boulevard Link. This should be through a continuation of paving materials and street furniture. To create a continuous boulevard typology.
► Refer to Lillie Sidings / Landscape / West Kensington Boulevard Link.
WK.L.18
Integration with West Kensington Boulevard Link
Paving continuity Where building façades are set back from the primary building line, materials should be continuous. To provide uniformity and to support the flow of movement.
Footpath materiality extending beyond colonnade
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
589
WK LANDSCAPE | Gibbs Walk
Gibbs Walk A pedestrian-only, intimate planted walk with a connection to Gibbs Green Close.
Key plan
WK.L.19
Typical street section 12.0m min.
12.0m varies (inclusive of planting and pedestrian movement)
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
590
Illustrative street section, Gibbs Walk
Road mwell est Cro A4 / W
WK.L.20
X
Y
Safeguarding pedestrian access
W
WEST KENSINGTON STATION
th Nor
The interface with Gibbs Green P Close in Development Zone Z must be safeguarded as a future potential pedestrian access route.
*
Z
se Clo reen bs G ib G
d Roa End
To support future provision for pedestrian access and future connections to Gibbs Green Close.
nue PCV Ave ont um Bea
► Refer to Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B).
Extract of Parameter Plan
t ree St nd Mu
WK.L.21
Intimate character
To create a quiet, residential walk with amenity for residents.
d Roa End
oad Star R
th Nor
The design of Gibbs Walk must reflect its residential character. This could be achieved through arrangement and selection of planting, defensible space and materials.
Illustrative street section, West Kensington Boulevard towards Gibbs Walk
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
591
WK LANDSCAPE | Gibbs Walk
WK.L.22
Animation of the public realm The design of Gibbs Walk should encourage animation of the public realm. This could be achieved through provision of front doors, spill-out or public art. To support an activate and animated walk.
► Refer to West Kensington / Built form /
Illustrative landscape plan
Mid-scale (Z).
WK.L.23
Planted walk The design of Gibbs Walk should include a zone for planting and trees. To support the green and leafy character of Gibbs Walk.
Planted zone on pedestrianised route
592
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
593
WK LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Passage West
West Kensington Passage West A landscaped open space, accommodating vehicle access to plots and pedestrian movement. Key plan
Illustrative landscape plan
594
WK.L.24
Servicing access to WK02 The design of West Kensington Passage West must enable servicing access to WK02. The materiality should be a shared surface that prioritises pedestrian movement. To ensure service access requirements for plots minimise impact on a pedestrian-first public realm.
WK.L.25
Play feature within planted zone
Safeguarding for future station capacity enhancement The design of West Kensington Passage West must safeguard sufficient space for a potential entrance to West Kensington Station. Should the new station entrance come forward, the character of the passage could reflect that of a station square. To ensure an adaptable public realm should a new station entrance come forward in future proposals.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
595
WK LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Place North
West Kensington Place North A landscaped open space, accommodating vehicle access to plots and pedestrian movement. Key plan
WK.L.26
Typical street section Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below.
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
27.0m min.
FOOTPATH
PARKING
CENTRAL MOVEMENT ROUTE
PLANTING
FOOTPATH
2.5m
3.0m
5.0m
14.0m varies
2.5m
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
596
Illustrative street section, West Kensington Place North
The design of West Kensington Place North must provide a footpath adjacent to the Maximum Building Line on both sides of the Place.
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
Footpaths MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
WK.L.27
To encourage pedestrian movement on both sides of the boulevard.
The design of West Kensington Place North must provide a central movement route, allowing for cyclist and vehicle movement.
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
Central movement route MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
WK.L.28
To contribute to the sitewide movement strategy and provide vehicular and cyclist access.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
597
WK LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Place North
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
Where parking is provided, it should be located on the western edge of the central movement route.
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
Parking
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
WK.L.29
To ensure parking is not located adjacent to play, where practical.
WK.L.30
Planting The design of West Kensington Place North should provide a generous planted zone. To encourage planting and amenity in the public realm.
598
WK.L.31
Opportunities for play The design of West Kensington Place North should include opportunities for play. This should be located in the planted zone. To maximise play opportunities and contribute to the sitewide play strategy. Play feature within planted zone
WK.L.32
Playful street furniture The design of street furniture could facilitate play. This could include furniture designed for play as well as sitting or include playful elements. To contribute to the character of West Kensington Place as a local play space. Street furniture which enables incidental play
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
599
WK LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Place South
West Kensington Place South A pocket of landscaped open space, providing opportunities for play. Key plan
Illustrative landscape plan
600
WK.L.33
Densely planted The design of West Kensington Place South must be densely planted and reflect a forested character. To maximise planting along the northsouth route and provide a buffer to the Estate edge.
Dense planted zone with trees
WK.L.34
Opportunities for play The design of West Kensington Place South must include opportunities for play. To maximise play opportunities and contribute to the sitewide play strategy.
Playful elements within the planted zones
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
601
WK LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Place South
WK.L.35
Naturalistic play equipment The design of play equipment should contribute to the naturalistic character of West Kensington Place South. This could include logs, stepping stones and bespoke play equipment. To support the forested, naturalistic character of West Kensington. Naturalistic play equipment
WK.L.36
Safe and protected play spaces Where play space is provided, it should be protected from the service routes along West Kensington Boulevard and be located along the eastern edge of the place. This could include implementing traffic control measure to create a separation. To ensure play space is safe and protected from vehicle movement.
602
WK.L.37
Opportunity for SuDS The design of West Kensington Place South should incorporate SuDS features. They should be integrated in the planted zones. The design should explore the opportunities to link the SuDS with the continuous zone of SuDS along the southern edge of the West Kensington Boulevard. To create a continuous zone of SuDS in West Kensington.
SuDS features along street
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Green/ blue infrastructure.
WK.L.38
Landscape buffer The design of West Kensington Place South must provide a buffer to the existing residential properties along Gibbs Green Close. To minimise the impact to neighbouring properties.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Boundary conditions.
Planted buffer
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
603
WK LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Passage East
West Kensington Passage East A landscaped open space, accommodating vehicle access to plots and pedestrian movement. Key plan
WK.L.39
Typical street section Spatial arrangement, setting out and key dimensions for this typical street section are set out in the diagram below.
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
18.0m min.
FOOTPATH
PARKING / PLANTING
CENTRAL MOVEMENT ROUTE
PARKING / PLANTING
FOOTPATH
3.0m
3.0m
6.0m
3.0m
3.0m
Control dimension Illustrative dimension
604
Illustrative street section, West Kensington Passage East
The design of West Kensington Passage East must provide a footpath on both sides of the central movement route.
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
Footpaths MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
WK.L.40
To ensure safe pedestrian movement.
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
The design of West Kensington Passage East must provide a central movement route, allowing for cyclist and vehicle movement.
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
Central movement route
MAXIMUM BUILDING LINE
WK.L.41
To contribute to the sitewide movement strategy and provide access.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Inclusivity and movement.
WK.L.42
Parking / planting The design of West Kensington Passage East should accommodate planted zones in between parking. To ensure parking is integrated within planting.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
605
WK LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Square
West Kensington Square An intimate local Square that addresses the station and forms a gateway into the Boulevard that will also provide a local transport interchange that is well-lit and welcoming.
WK.L.43
Key plan
New station entrance The design of West Kensington Square should be able to accommodate a new entrance to West Kensington Station from the south. To improve connectivity to and from West Kensington Station. Location of new station entrance
WK.L.44
Maintaining key pedestrian routes The design of West Kensington Square should accommodate and amplify main pedestrian routes to and from the station. To improve connectivity to and from West Kensington Station. Key pedestrian routes
606
WK.L.45
Spill-out and building entrance The design of West Kensington Square should accommodate an entrance to WK02 and associated spill-out space onto the square whilst maintaining an appropriate scale of space for pedestrian movement and planting. To animate the public realm.
WK.L.46
WK02 entrance location
Arrangement of planting The arrangement of planting should create separation from adjacent roads and define a central zone. Planting should be arranged to enable flexible space for small pop-ups where possible and arranged with due consideration of existing pedestrian crossings and bus stop location. To create an enclosed public square.
WK.L.47
Suggested locations of buffer planting
Street Furniture The design of West Kensington Square should provide seating elements for people using West Kensington Station and arranged with due consideration of existing pedestrian crossings and bus stop location. To provide places to dwell or wait within the square. Suggested location of street furniture
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
607
WK LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Square
WK.L.48
Public art The design of the new entrance to West Kensington Square could incorporate public art that references the local context. To create ties with the surrounding context. Wall mural
WK.L.49
Planting The planting within West Kensington Square should be located within raised containers due to below ground constraints. To mitigate disruption to below ground services. Planting in raised containers
WK.L.50
Feature paving The design of West Kensington Square could include feature paving that highlights flexible zones or direction of travel. To differentiate the square from the surrounding public realm and highlight key spaces and routes. Example of feature paving
608
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
609
WK LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Deck-over
West Kensington Deck-over An area of public realm, accommodating pedestrian and vehicle access. Key plan
Illustrative landscape plan
610
WK.L.51
Vehicle-free The design of West Kensington Deckover should safeguard vehicle-free areas, where access is not required. To provide a pedestrian-first public realm that provides meaningful amenity for residents. Landscaped public realm
WK.L.52
Service access The design of West Kensington Deck-over must provide service and emergency vehicle access to Development Zone V1/V2. This could be on the eastern side away from the public realm connection. To align with the sitewide movement strategy and ensure access and servicing requirement to the Development Zone.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
611
WK LANDSCAPE | West Kensington Deck-over
WK.L.53
Preservation of existing trees and vegetation Existing trees and vegetation in this area should be preserved, where possible. To support protection of the SINC.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Boundary conditions.
Aerial photography of existing condition
WK.L.54
Landscape buffer The design of West Kensington Deckover must consider planting adjacent to the railway. To create a landscape buffer for noise and to improve air quality from the railway corridor.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Boundary conditions.
612
Planted buffer
WK.L.55
Deck edge treatment The design of fall protection measures and treatment to the deck edges should be well integrated into the public realm. This could include integration of artwork, a green wall, or integration of play. To ensure safe and animated public realm.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
613
WK LANDSCAPE | Interface with West Cromwell Road
Interface with West Cromwell Road The existing area to the south of West Cromwell Road is not required for access to building entrances to support the framework plan proposals. Key plan
Should traffic calming and highway improvements to West Cromwell Road come forward in the future, this area has the potential to be developed to provide a pedestrianised interface accessible from the main public realm.
WK.L.56
Safeguarding pedestrian access The area interfacing with West Cromwell Road in Development Zone X must be safeguarded as a future potential pedestrian access route.
V1
X
Y
To support future provision for WEST pedestrian access and futureKENSINGTON STATION connections should improvement works to West Cromwell Road come forward. nt Avenue PCV P
► Refer to Parameter Plans (EC.PA.B).
V2
Road mwell est Cro A4 / W
o um Bea
* Cycle route
Z
Vehicular route
th Nor d Roa End
Service route
W
Extract of Parameter Plan
se Clo reen bs G ib G
Potential access - Location and type to be determined through detail design
614
t
WK.L.57
Integration with existing pathway on West Cromwell Road Should a new pedestrianised route come forward in this location, then it must be integrated with the levels of the existing pedestrian footway along the southern side of West Cromwell Road. Opportunities to enhance the pedestrian environment should also be explored.
Existing condition of West Cromwell Road
To ensure new proposals are integrated with existing public realm.
WK.L.58
Preservation of existing trees and vegetation Existing trees and vegetation in this area should be preserved, where possible. To support protection of the SINC.
Aerial photography of existing condition
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
615
WK BUILT FORM | Building Typologies
Built Form Building Typologies V X X
X Z
Large-footprint
Standalone
(Development Zone X)
(Development Zone V)
Located on West Kensington Boulevard, Large-footprint buildings create a sense of arrival into the Site. A stepped massing, common datums as well as rhythm, composition and expression provide a familiar approach to other building typologies.
A Standalone building creates a presence along West Cromwell Road. The façades are designed in the round and assist with orientation and way finding.
Mid-scale (Development Zones X and Z) Mid-scale buildings frame West Kensington Boulevard. Buildings adopt a massing, layout, composition and materiality that is informed by the local character and local typologies.
616
Wes tC
romw ell R oad
ing
ton
Bou
leva
l Lane
Ken s
Aisgil
We st
rd
Lillie Siding s Squar e
Earls Court Development Code I July 617 IllustrativeI Design sketch showing built 2025 form typologies
WK BUILT FORM | Large-footprint
Large-footprint (Development Zone X) Located on West Kensington Boulevard, Large-footprint buildings create a sense of arrival into the Site. A stepped massing, common datums as well as rhythm, composition and expression provide a familiar approach to other building typologies.
Key plan
The diagrammatic layout and massing illustrated in this Design Code shows these plots as a commercial form, but they could be configured as residential plots in accordance with the Development Specification and Parameter Plan allocation.
WK.B.1
Express uses Building uses should be visible from primary frontages. This could be achieved through providing glazing at street level. Consideration of programming to locate a diverse range of uses towards the front of the building could also contribute to active and interesting frontages. To amplify activity and celebrate diversity of uses.
618
Expression of uses on the Ground Floor
WK.B.2
Visible entrances Ground Floor entrances must be open, visible and welcoming. Entrances could be double height or expressed with distinct architectural details. Signage and lighting could be used to ensure the entrance is prominent and well lit. To create welcoming entrances, inviting public use of the Ground Floor spaces. High level of transparency on the Ground Floor
WK.B.3
Location of commercial entrances Primary commercial Ground Floor entrances could be located on prominent parts of the façade such as building corners. Entrances could be set back from the main route and protected by a colonnade structure. To create open and welcoming Ground Floor commercial frontages with visible entrances.
WK.B.4
Entrance located on primary frontage
Location of back of house entrances Entrances to back of house areas should be located on rear or side elevations. To reduce areas of inactive frontage on primary façades. Potential location for back of house entrances
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
619
WK BUILT FORM | Large-footprint
WK.B.5
Set back Ground Floor frontages Ground Floor frontages could consider set backs from the primary building line. This could be achieved with the introduction of a colonnade where the Ground Floor frontage is set back to create a sheltered walkway in front of building entrances. To maximise pedestrian movement and ensure buildings work with the public realm to create a sense of place.
WK.B.6
Colonnade and sheltered walkway
Set back entrance
Articulation of building base Façade treatment should be used to reinforce legibility of a horizontal datum along West Kensington Boulevard. This could include setting back the massing or through subtle differentiated expression. To reinforce a continuous 2 storey datum.
Articulation of building base
620
WK.B.7
Vertical expression Façade design could emphasise verticality. This could be achieved through the use of slimmer proportions of fenestration, cladding elements or balcony proportions. Façade composition could also use variations in rhythm and composition towards the top of the building. To make the building appear slender and create the impression of lightness.
WK.B.8
Vertical façade expression
Façade composition Façade design could introduce breaks to interrupt a regular façade rhythm such as larger aperture sizes and windows with deeper reveals. To break up and mitigate the width of the massing.
Façade composition with a regular façade rhythm
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
621
WK BUILT FORM | Large-footprint
WK.B.9
Expression of corners Façade design could explore expression of corners. This could include creating projections, or a change in the facade rhythm, composition or expression. To break up and mitigate the width and perceived flatness of the façade. Expression of corner on primary route
WK.B.10
Façades and amenity spaces facing onto West Cromwell Road Façades and amenity spaces facing north towards West Cromwell Road should consider environmental conditions - such as access to light or mitigation to noise or air pollution- as well as the visibility and expression of the façade. This could be achieved through landscaping, massing articulation, façade composition and openings, or changes in materiality. To consider the particular environmental conditions whilst creating visual interest on to West Cromwell Road as a key gateway.
622
Façade responding to environmental conditions
WK.B.11
Alignment addressing townscape view from Mornington Avenue A visual separation between the buildings in Development Zone X should be clearly legible from Mornington Avenue to avoid coalescence. Consideration of the building alignment is essential paying particular attention to the view from Mornington Avenue.
Alignment addressing townscape view
To reinforce the continuation of Mornington Avenue as a visual link.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts to heritage and townspace in LBHF.
WK.B.12
Articulation of a continuous intermediate datum Building articulation should contribute towards the reading of an intermediate datum along the length of West Kensington Boulevard. To establish an intermediate scale responding to local context and providing a sense of balance and proportion to larger blocks.
Intermediate datum
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
623
WK BUILT FORM | Large-footprint
WK.B.13
A distinctive building top Building tops should be distinct. This could be achieved through materiality or articulation. To draw create the feeling of a more slender silhouette.
Distinctive building top
WK.B.14
Green roof to intermediate set backs Where possible, set backs at roof level should consider the location of a green roof or green accessible rooftop. To contribute to amplifying nature and biodiversity.
► Refer to Sitewide / Landscape / Green/ blue infrastructure.
624
Planted zones on accessible terrace
WK.B.15
Materials showcasing innovation Material choices should showcase innovation relevant to its predominant use. This could include materials that incorporate technological advancements. To create buildings that reflect the innovative nature of the uses and activities that happen inside them.
WK.B.16
Innovative materials visible from street
A family of buildings The design should provide some harmonising architectural features to allow them to be read as part of the same cluster of buildings. This could be achieved through composition, architectural detailing or complementary materials. To ensure coherence between adjacent buildings.
A family of buildings
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
625
WK BUILT FORM | Mid-scale (X)
Mid-scale (X) (Development Zone X) Mid-scale buildings frame West Kensington Boulevard. Buildings adopt a massing, layout, composition and materiality that is informed by the local character and local typologies.
WK.B.17
Key plan
Articulation of building base Façade treatment should be used to reinforce legibility of a horizontal datum along West Kensington Boulevard. This could include setting back the massing or through subtle differentiated expression. To reinforce a continuous 2 storey datum.
Continuous datum
626
WK.B.18
Façade onto Beaumont Avenue The façade design could introduce a rhythm and / or introduce breaks. To create visual interest on to the streetscape.
Façades addressing Beaumont Avenue
WK.B.19
Façades facing onto West Cromwell Road Façade design facing north towards West Cromwell Road should consider environmental conditions such as access to light or mitigation to noise or air pollution- as well as the visibility and expression of the façade. This could be achieved through massing articulation, façade composition and openings, or changes in materiality.
Illustrative view, West Cromwell Road
To consider the particular environmental conditions whilst creating visual interest on to West Cromwell Road as a key gateway.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
627
WK BUILT FORM | Mid-scale (X)
WK.B.20
Location of entrances Primary Ground Floor entrances should be visible. They could be set back from the main route and protected by a colonnade structure, or introduce a change of tonality or material. To create open and welcoming Ground Floor commercial frontages with visible entrances. Location of entrances
WK.B.21
Safeguarding access to existing TfL assets If a second station entrance is required, the Plot design should allow for retention of and access to the existing TfL outbuildings including the Connect Hub and TfL substation. The TfL Welfare Facility could be relocated to benefit the building layout. Engagement with TfL will be necessary to agree access and relocation requirements. To ensure safeguarding of access to and retention of TfL assets.
628
Connect Hub Substation Welfare Facility
Aerial photography of existing condition
WK.B.22
Safeguarding for future station capacity enhancement The design must safeguard a step free access route to the northern edge for the West Kensington station enhancement works. Improvements to the existing entrance should be considered where practical. To ensure the building design is responsive should a new station entrance come forward in future proposals.
Safeguarding future station capacity enhancement
► Refer to West Kensington / Landscape / West Kensington Passage West.
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
629
WK BUILT FORM | Mid-scale (Z)
Mid-scale (Z) (Development Zone Z) Mid-scale buildings frame West Kensington Boulevard. Buildings adopt a massing, layout, composition and materiality that is informed by the local character and local typologies.
Key plan
Illustrative view, West Kensington Boulevard
630
WK.B.23
Emerging from local typologies Building façades must reflect and/or include contemporary interpretations of local mansion block typologies, in particular those of Kensington Hall Gardens along Beaumont Avenue. This could be achieved through an ordered composition, massing variations, horizontal datums, or façade details. To integrate with the local character by reinterpreting the architectural expression of a typical local typology.
WK.B.24
Kensington Hall Gardens
Expression of entrances Entrances should be clear and legible. Architectural expression such as high contrasting materials could be used to frame the entrances. To reference the clarity of entrances and framing seen in the existing mansion blocks along Beaumont Avenue.
Kensington Hall Gardens
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
631
WK BUILT FORM | Mid-scale (Z)
WK.B.25
A layered composition
Top
Façade composition of the northern elevation should include layering and reinforce legibility. This could be achieved through massing steps or façade articulation to define a bottom, middle and top.
Middle
To soften the development edge and aid the transition in scale.
Bottom
Kensington Hall Gardens
WK.B.26
Extending existing datums Façade expression should contribute towards the reading of a continuous intermediate datum established by the mansion blocks at Kensington Hall Gardens. This could be defined in the massing steps or a clear datum established in the façade treatment. To establish an intermediate scale responding to local context and providing a sense of balance and proportion along the length of the Boulevard.
632
Development Zone B
DEVELOPMENT ZONE Z
Kensington Hall Gardens
KENSINGTON HALL GARDENS
Illustrative section of height datums
WK.B.27
Façades facing the Gibbs Green Estate Façades facing Gibbs Green Close should not be considered back of house, but be designed in the round. To contribute positively to the neighbouring Estate. Façades facing the Gibbs Green Estate
WK.B.28
Façades facing Gibbs Walk Façades facing the walk should incorporate front doors, habitable rooms and active frontage. If back of house uses are to be accommodated onto the Ground Floor frontage, consideration should be given to their clustering. To contribute to the streetscape of the connection from the Gibbs Green Estate and avoid long blank façades.
Façades facing Gibbs Walk
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
633
WK BUILT FORM | Standalone
Standalone (Development Zone V) A Standalone building creates a presence along West Cromwell Road. The façades are designed in the round and assist with orientation and way finding.
WK.B.29
Safeguarding Road to Rail vehicle access Access to a Road to Rail Facility which is required for service access to TfL assets must be safeguarded for and integrated into the design of this Plot. To ensure access to TfL assets is retained.
► Refer to EC.PA.44 - LBD Preliminary Relocation Station.
WK.B.30
Assist with wayfinding North and south building façades should be designed to assist with wayfinding. This could be achieved by using distinct architectural features or applying experimental materials or colours to the façade. To enable the building to be identifiable from West Cromwell Road and from Lillie Sidings Square.
634
Key plan
WK.B.31
North façade treatment North facing façades, onto West Cromwell Road could be expressive in relation to its setting on a main arterial route. This could be through distinctive façade articulation or use of materials. To create a marker building visible from West Cromwell Road. Expressive façade through selection of materials
WK.B.32
Addressing the public realm West facing frontages should address the new public realm. Back of house entrances should not be located on west facing frontages. To ensure west facing frontages respond to and are integrated with the public realm. West Kensington Deck-over
WK.B.33
Response to existing and emerging character of West Cromwell Road Building treatment could respond to the character of emerging proposals along West Cromwell Road. To create proposals with a relationship to existing and emerging character. Existing character of West Cromwell Road
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
635
WK BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape
Impacts on Heritage and Townscape WK.B.34
Skyline
WK03 WK04
WK01
Buildings within Plots WK01/03/04 (Development Zones X and Z) visible along Comeragh Road must form a clearly defined and articulated skyline, and contain differentiation. To avoid coalescence of building massing and façade, and reduce visual impact on heritage assets and their setting along Comeragh Road.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Comeragh Road - View 47
WK.B.35
Distinguishable from foreground
WK03 WK04
WK01
Buildings in plots WK01/03/04 (Development Zones X and Z) should be complementary but distinguishable from the existing buildings in the foreground, safeguarding their legibility in the view. This could be achieved through the use of colour, materials and architectural expression. To separate foreground and background and contribute to a sense of layering and reduce visual impact on heritage assets and their setting.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
636
Comeragh Road - View 47
WK.B.36
Distinguishable from one another
WK03 WK04
WK01
Buildings in plots WK01, WK03 and WK04 (Development Zones Z and X) should have a distinctive rhythm and composition that differ from other buildings in the view. To avoid coalescence in the massing and reduce visual impact on heritage assets and their setting, and achieve a high standard of urban design.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Comeragh Road - View 47
WK.B.37
Façade breaks
WK04
Expression within Plot WK04 (Development Zone X) could express a regular grain, broken down with features such as double height openings, and/or materiality. To break up the width of the massing, and reinforce the grain established by the existing buildings in the foreground, thereby minimising distraction from the existing buildings in the foreground.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Comeragh Road - View 47
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
637
WK BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape
WK.B.38
Meaningful stepping
WK04
WK03
Façade expression within Plots WK03/04 (Development Zone X) should contain meaningful stepping of 2 storeys or more. To ensure clarity and hierarchy of massing, and provide a mediation in scale from Mornington Avenue
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Mornington Avenue - View 41
WK.B.39
Distinguishable from foreground
WK04
WK03
Design of buildings within Plots WK03/04 (Development Zone X) should have a distinctive rhythm and composition that differ from other buildings in the view. To avoid coalescence in the massing and reduce visual impact on heritage assets and their setting, and achieve a high standard of urban design.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Mornington Avenue - View 41
638
WK.B.40
Façade breaks
WK03
WK04
Façade expression within Plots WK03/04 (Development Zone X) should express a regular grain, broken down with features such as expression of architectural componentry and/or articulation of datums, setback and buildings tops, and/or contrasts in materiality. To break up the width of the massing, and mitigate the scale of buildings as seen from a distance.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Talgarth Road - View 45
WK.B.41
Meaningful stepping
WK03
WK04
Façade expression within Plots WK03/04 (Development Zone X) should contain massing steps of 2 storeys or more. To ensure clarity and hierarchy of massing, and provide a mediation in scale from the A4/Talgarth Road.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Talgarth Road - View 45
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
639
WK BUILT FORM | Impacts on Heritage and Townscape
WK.B.42
Expression for speed
WK03
WK04
Expression within Plots WK03/04 (Development Zone X) should allow for façades to be read from a walking pace, to that of a moving vehicle. To recognise the range of speeds at which these façades will be viewed along a prominent route in and out of London.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Talgarth Road - View 45
WK.B.43
Marker
WK03
WK04
Design of WK03/04 (Development Zone X) should appear as a marker. They should be distinguishable from other buildings in the view. This could be achieved through the use of colour, materiality, or architectural expression. To reflect the role of the buildings as a gateway marker.
► Refer to Sitewide / Built form / Impacts on heritage and townscape.
Talgarth Road - View 45
640
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2025
641
Image Credits Every effort has been made to trace the copyright holders, but if any have been inadvertently overlooked, the necessary arrangements will be made at the first opportunity. Vision 35 The Architects’ Journal 35 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) 35 SLA / Mikkel Eye
642
Sitewide Landscape 116 Hawkins\Brown 118 Hawkins\Brown 123 Alamy Stock Photo 123 Hawkins Brown 125 SLA / Øystein Haara 125 Alamy Stock Photo 126 SLA 126 Alamy Stock Photo 130 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) 131 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) 132 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 136 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 136 Hawkins\Brown 137 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 145 Studio Egret West (multiple) 146 SLA / Mikkel Eye 146 SLA (multiple) 148 SLA 148 SLA / Sigrid Bjorbekkmo 148 Studio Egret West (multiple) 149 SLA / Sigrid Bjorbekkmo (multiple) 149 SLA 150 SLA / Magnus Klitten 150 SLA / Mikkel Eye 150 SLA / Rasmus Hjortshøj 151 SLA / Jon Bjarni Hjartarson
152 SLA / Mikkel Eye 152 SLA (multiple) 153 SLA / Jon Bjarni Hjartarson 153 SLA / Sigrid Bjorbekkmo (multiple) 154 SLA / Sigrid Bjorbekkmo (multiple) 154 SLA / Jens Lindhe 155 SLA 155 SLA / Mikkel Eye 155 SLA / Rasmus Hjortshøj 156 Studio Egret West 157 SLA / Laura Stamer 158 Studio Egret West 159 SLA / Mikkel Eye 159 SLA 159 SLA / Laura Stamer 162 Alamy Stock Photo 163 Alamy Stock Photo 164 Maccreanor Lavington / David Grandorge 165 SLA 165 SLA / Mikkel Eye 166 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 166 Studio Egret West 173 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 173 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) 174 Maccreanor Lavington / Alex Upton 174 Alamy Stock Photo 174 Studio Egret West 175 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) 175 SLA / Mikkel Eye 176 Hawkins\Brown 177 Studio Egret West 177 Maccreanor Lavington / Fiona Smallshaw Fenman
151 SLA / Aspelin Ramm and Åasmund Holien Mo 151 SLA
178 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) 179 Studio Egret West 179 Alamy Stock Photo
180 Speirs Major (multiple) 180 SLA 181 Speirs Major (multiple) 182 Speirs Major 183 Speirs Major (multiple) 184 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) 185 Haworth Tompkins / Fred Howarth 185 Alamy Stock Photo 187 SLA / Mikkel Eye (multiple) 187 SLA / Rasmus Hjortshøj 188 Studio Egret West 188 Hawkins\Brown (multiple) 189 SLA
224 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 224 Haworth Tompkins / Fred Howarth 224 Alamy Stock Photo 225 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 226 Hawkins\Brown (multiple) 226 Maccreanor Lavington / Fiona Smallshaw Fenman 226 Maccreanor Lavington / John Sturrock 227 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker (multiple) 227 Hawkins Brown (multiple) 228 Maccreanor Lavington / Fiona Smallshaw Fenman
189 Studio Egret West (multiple) 190 Studio Egret West 190 Alamy Stock Photo 191 Hawkins\Brown 191 Alamy Stock Photo 192 Studio Egret West 192 Hawkins\Brown 193 Studio Egret West 193 Hawkins\Brown Built form 199 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 203 Maccreanor Lavington / Fiona Smallshaw Fenman 206 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) 207 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) 213 Maccreanor Lavington / Fiona Smallshaw Fenman 215 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 215 Hawkins\Brown 216 Hawkins\Brown (multiple) 216 Maccreanor Lavington / Fiona Smallshaw Fenman 217 Maccreanor Lavington / Fiona Smallshaw Fenman 222 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker
252 Studio Egret West 252 Maccreanor Lavington / David Grandorge 256 Haworth Tompkins / Fred Howarth 256 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker
(multiple) 222 Hawkins\Brown 223 Studio Egret West
307 Hawkins\Brown 310 Alamy Stock Photo 311 Hawkins\Brown 311 Alamy Stock Photo
West Brompton Landscape 267 Alamy Stock Photo 268 SLA 269 SLA /Sigrid Bjorbekkmo 269 Alamy Stock Photo 277 SLA / Laura Stamer 277 SLA /Sigrid Bjorbekkmo 278 Studio Egret West (multiple) 279 Studio Egret West 280 SLA / Mikkel Eye 285 SLA 285 SLA / Øystein Haara 291 SLA / Mikkel Eye Built form 298 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 299 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) 300 Maccreanor Lavington / John Sturrock 306 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2024
643
312 Alamy Stock Photo 313 Alamy Stock Photo Warwick Crescent Landscape 340 Hawkins\Brown 341 - SLA 344- SLA / Mikkel Eye Built form 359 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 361 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 363 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 365 Haworth Tompkins / Philip Vile 368 Hawkins\Brown 378 Hawkins\Brown 378 Maccreanor Lavington / Alex Upton
644
424 SLA 425 SLA Built form 434 Alamy Stock Photo 435 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) 436 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 437 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 438 Hawkins\Brown
The Table Landscape 390 SLA 390 Alamy Stock Photo 390 Studio Egret West 392 Studio Egret West (multiple) 392 SLA / Emilie Koefod 395 Hawkins Brown 395 Alamy Stock Photo 398 Maccreanor Lavington / Fiona Smallshaw Fenman 397 Studio Egret West 402 Studio Egret West
Empress Place Landscape 447 SLA / Mikkel Eye 452 SLA / Jon Bjarni Hjartarson 452 SLA / Aspelin Ramm and Åasmund Holien Mo 452 SLA 454 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 455 SLA / Øystein Haara 456 Alamy Stock Photo 457 Unknown Built form 467 Hawkins\Brown 468 Hawkins\Brown 468 Alamy Stock Photo 473 Hawkins\Brown 474 Studio Egret West 475 Hawkins\Brown (multiple) 475 Alamy Stock Photo 479 Alamy Stock Photo 480 Alamy Stock Photo
403 Studio Egret West (multiple) 405 SLA / Mikkel Eye 406 Studio Egret West (multiple) 411 Alamy Stock Photo 413 SLA / Rasmus Hjortshøj 418 SLA / Rasmus Hjortshøj 419 Studio Egret West 421 SLA / Laura Stamer 423 SLA 423 SLA / Mikkel Eye 424 SLA / Sigrid Bjorbekkmo (multiple)
Aisgill Gardens Landscape 494 Studio Egret West 495 SLA / Mikkel Eye 495 SLA 495 SLA / Jens Lindhe 495 Studio Egret West 496 SLA / Mikkel Eye 496 Studio Egret West 498 Alamy Stock Photo
498 Studio Egret West 499 SLA / Mikkel Eye 499 SLA (multiple) Built form 503 Hawkins\Brown 504 Hawkins\Brown 507 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) 507 Hawkins\Brown 508 Alamy Stock Photo 509 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) 513 Alamy Stock Photo Lillie Sidings Landscape 521 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) 524 SLA / Mikkel Eye 524 SLA / Magnus Klitten 524 SLA / Rasmus Hjortshøj 524 SLA / Jens Lindhe 525 Studio Egret West 527 SLA / Øystein Haara 534 Studio Egret West 535 SLA / Mikkel Eye 535 Studio Egret West 536 Studio Egret West 537 SLA / Mikkel Eye 538 Studio Egret West 539 SLA / Mikkel Eye 543 Hawkins\Brown & Studio Egret West 543 Studio Egret West 545 SLA / Mikkel Eye 545 SLA (multiple) Built form 549 Alamy Stock Photo 552 Alamy Stock Photo 552 Hawkins\Brown 553 Hawkins\Brown 553 Studio Egret West 555 Haworth Tompkins / Philip Vile 556 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker (multiple) 560 Maccreanor Lavington / Fiona Smallshaw Fenman
560 Maccreanor Lavington / Alex Upton 561 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Crocker 564 Haworth Tompkins / Fred Howarth 565 Studio Egret West 567 Hawkins\Brown (multiple) West Kensington Landscape 581 SLA 587 SLA / Aspelin Ramm and Åasmund Holien Mo 588 SLA 588 Alamy Stock Photo 589 Alamy Stock Photo 592 Hawkins\Brown 599 SLA / Mikkel Eye 599 Alamy Stock Photo 601 SLA 601 SLA / Mikkel Eye 602 SLA / Mikkel Eye 603 SLA / Mikkel Eye 603 Studio Egret West 608 Studio Egret West (multiple) 609 Studio Egret West 611 SLA / Jens Lindhe 612 Studio Egret West Built form 618 Hawkins\Brown 619 Hawkins\Brown (multiple) 620 Alamy Stock Photo 620 Hawkins\Brown 621 Hawkins\Brown (multiple) 622 Hawkins\Brown (multiple) 622 Maccreanor Lavington / Tim Croker 624 Hawkins Brown 624 Studio Egret West 625 Alamy Stock Photo (multiple) 631 Kinleigh Folkard & Hayward (multiple) 632 Kinleigh Folkard & Hayward 635 Studio Egret West
Earls Court Development I Design Code I July 2024
645
Thank you Hawkins\Brown & Studio Egret West EC.PA.C-01 July 2025